Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/436/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/436/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:32 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:32 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/436/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/436/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/436/ thebookvoice.com no Casandra Lemke Jr. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/436/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124628 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House Burning: The Founding Fathers, Our National Debt, and Why It Matters to You Author: Simon Johnson, James Kwak Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is mired in debt—more than $30,000 for every man, woman, and child. Bitter fighting over deficits, taxes, and spending bedevils Washington, D.C., even as partisan gridlock has brought the government to the brink of default. Yet the more politicians on both sides of the aisle rant and the citizenry fumes, the more things seem to remain the same.   In White House Burning, Simon Johnson and James Kwak—authors of the national best seller 13 Bankers and cofounders of The Baseline Scenario, a widely cited blog on economics and public policy—demystify the national debt, explaining whence it came and, even more important, what it means to you and to future generations. They tell the story of the Founding Fathers’ divisive struggles over taxes and spending. They chart the rise of the almighty dollar, which makes it easy for the United States to borrow money. They account for the debasement of our political system in the 1980s and 1990s, which produced today’s dysfunctional and impotent Congress. And they show how, if we persist on our current course, the national debt will harm ordinary Americans by reducing the number of jobs, lowering living standards, increasing inequality, and forcing a sudden and drastic reduction in the government services we now take for granted.   But Johnson and Kwak also provide a clear and compelling vision for how our debt crisis can be solved while strengthening our economy and preserving the essential functions of government. They debunk the myth that such crucial programs as Social Security and Medicare must be slashed to the bone. White House Burning looks squarely at the burgeoning national debt and proposes to defuse its threat to our well-being without forcing struggling middle-class families and the elderly into poverty.   Carefully researched and informed by the same compelling storytelling and lucid analysis as 13 Bankers, White House Burning is an invaluable guide to the central political and economic issue of our time. It is certain to provoke vigorous debate. Simon Johnson, James Kwak Tue, 03 Apr 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124628 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House Burning: The Founding Fathers, Our National Debt, and Why It Matters to You Author: Simon Johnson, James Kwak Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is mired in debt—more than $30,000 for every man, woman, and child. Bitter fighting over deficits, taxes, and spending bedevils Washington, D.C., even as partisan gridlock has brought the government to the brink of default. Yet the more politicians on both sides of the aisle rant and the citizenry fumes, the more things seem to remain the same.   In White House Burning, Simon Johnson and James Kwak—authors of the national best seller 13 Bankers and cofounders of The Baseline Scenario, a widely cited blog on economics and public policy—demystify the national debt, explaining whence it came and, even more important, what it means to you and to future generations. They tell the story of the Founding Fathers’ divisive struggles over taxes and spending. They chart the rise of the almighty dollar, which makes it easy for the United States to borrow money. They account for the debasement of our political system in the 1980s and 1990s, which produced today’s dysfunctional and impotent Congress. And they show how, if we persist on our current course, the national debt will harm ordinary Americans by reducing the number of jobs, lowering living standards, increasing inequality, and forcing a sudden and drastic reduction in the government services we now take for granted.   But Johnson and Kwak also provide a clear and compelling vision for how our debt crisis can be solved while strengthening our economy and preserving the essential functions of government. They debunk the myth that such crucial programs as Social Security and Medicare must be slashed to the bone. White House Burning looks squarely at the burgeoning national debt and proposes to defuse its threat to our well-being without forcing struggling middle-class families and the elderly into poverty.   Carefully researched and informed by the same compelling storytelling and lucid analysis as 13 Bankers, White House Burning is an invaluable guide to the central political and economic issue of our time. It is certain to provoke vigorous debate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House Burning: The Founding Fathers, Our National Debt, and Why It Matters to You Author: Simon Johnson, James Kwak Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is mired in debt—more than $30,000 for every man, woman, and child. Bitter fighting over deficits, taxes, and spending bedevils Washington, D.C., even as partisan gridlock has brought the government to the brink of default. Yet the more politicians on both sides of the aisle rant and the citizenry fumes, the more things seem to remain the same.   In White House Burning, Simon Johnson and James Kwak—authors of the national best seller 13 Bankers and cofounders of The Baseline Scenario, a widely cited blog on economics and public policy—demystify the national debt, explaining whence it came and, even more important, what it means to you and to future generations. They tell the story of the Founding Fathers’ divisive struggles over taxes and spending. They chart the rise of the almighty dollar, which makes it easy for the United States to borrow money. They account for the debasement of our political system in the 1980s and 1990s, which produced today’s dysfunctional and impotent Congress. And they show how, if we persist on our current course, the national debt will harm ordinary Americans by reducing the number of jobs, lowering living standards, increasing inequality, and forcing a sudden and drastic reduction in the government services we now take for granted.   But Johnson and Kwak also provide a clear and compelling vision for how our debt crisis can be solved while strengthening our economy and preserving the essential functions of government. They debunk the myth that such crucial programs as Social Security and Medicare must be slashed to the bone. White House Burning looks squarely at the burgeoning national debt and proposes to defuse its threat to our well-being without forcing struggling middle-class families and the elderly into poverty.   Carefully researched and informed by the same compelling storytelling and lucid analysis as 13 Bankers, White House Burning is an invaluable guide to the central political and economic issue of our time. It is certain to provoke vigorous debate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! John Stossel Tue, 10 Apr 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mobs, Messiahs, and Markets: Surviving the Public Spectacle in Finance and Politics Author: Lila Rajiva, William Bonner Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Collectively, people think and act in ways that are different from how they think and act as individuals. Understanding these differences, says William (Bill) Bonner, a longtime maverick observer of the financial world and the vagaries of the investing public, is vital to preserving your wealth and personal dignity. From the witch hunts of the early modern world to the war on terror, from the dot-com mania to the real-estate bubble, people have always been caught up in frauds, conceits, and wild guesses - often with devastating results. Now Bonner and co-author Lila Rajiva show groupthink at work in an improbable array of instances throughout history and reveal why swimming against the current pays. They explain why people so often abandon good sense and good behavior to 'follow the crowd' and show you how to avoid getting caught up in the public spectacles around you. If an investor merely recognizes the way mob sentiment works, he is far ahead of others. Ordinary people turn billions of dollars worth of their hard-earned money over to brokers and fund managers daily, believing that these strangers will give them back even more. Why? This audiobook demonstrates that investors are in fact caught between a rock and a soft place - between the private world they can understand and master and the misleading public spectacle of the markets. 'The farther away you get from your investments, and the less you suffer the consequences if they go bad, the worse your performance will be,' say Bonner and Rajiva. 'That's why 'collective' investments like index-linked funds, mutual funds, hedge funds, insurance funds, and pension funds are usually so bad. The investors are too far from the facts, and the managers are too far from the consequences.' Lila Rajiva, William Bonner Thu, 01 Nov 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124443 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mobs, Messiahs, and Markets: Surviving the Public Spectacle in Finance and Politics Author: Lila Rajiva, William Bonner Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Collectively, people think and act in ways that are different from how they think and act as individuals. Understanding these differences, says William (Bill) Bonner, a longtime maverick observer of the financial world and the vagaries of the investing public, is vital to preserving your wealth and personal dignity. From the witch hunts of the early modern world to the war on terror, from the dot-com mania to the real-estate bubble, people have always been caught up in frauds, conceits, and wild guesses - often with devastating results. Now Bonner and co-author Lila Rajiva show groupthink at work in an improbable array of instances throughout history and reveal why swimming against the current pays. They explain why people so often abandon good sense and good behavior to 'follow the crowd' and show you how to avoid getting caught up in the public spectacles around you. If an investor merely recognizes the way mob sentiment works, he is far ahead of others. Ordinary people turn billions of dollars worth of their hard-earned money over to brokers and fund managers daily, believing that these strangers will give them back even more. Why? This audiobook demonstrates that investors are in fact caught between a rock and a soft place - between the private world they can understand and master and the misleading public spectacle of the markets. 'The farther away you get from your investments, and the less you suffer the consequences if they go bad, the worse your performance will be,' say Bonner and Rajiva. 'That's why 'collective' investments like index-linked funds, mutual funds, hedge funds, insurance funds, and pension funds are usually so bad. The investors are too far from the facts, and the managers are too far from the consequences.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mobs, Messiahs, and Markets: Surviving the Public Spectacle in Finance and Politics Author: Lila Rajiva, William Bonner Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Collectively, people think and act in ways that are different from how they think and act as individuals. Understanding these differences, says William (Bill) Bonner, a longtime maverick observer of the financial world and the vagaries of the investing public, is vital to preserving your wealth and personal dignity. From the witch hunts of the early modern world to the war on terror, from the dot-com mania to the real-estate bubble, people have always been caught up in frauds, conceits, and wild guesses - often with devastating results. Now Bonner and co-author Lila Rajiva show groupthink at work in an improbable array of instances throughout history and reveal why swimming against the current pays. They explain why people so often abandon good sense and good behavior to 'follow the crowd' and show you how to avoid getting caught up in the public spectacles around you. If an investor merely recognizes the way mob sentiment works, he is far ahead of others. Ordinary people turn billions of dollars worth of their hard-earned money over to brokers and fund managers daily, believing that these strangers will give them back even more. Why? This audiobook demonstrates that investors are in fact caught between a rock and a soft place - between the private world they can understand and master and the misleading public spectacle of the markets. 'The farther away you get from your investments, and the less you suffer the consequences if they go bad, the worse your performance will be,' say Bonner and Rajiva. 'That's why 'collective' investments like index-linked funds, mutual funds, hedge funds, insurance funds, and pension funds are usually so bad. The investors are too far from the facts, and the managers are too far from the consequences.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Down Tyranny: Crushing Obama's Dreams of a Socialist America Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trickle Down Tyranny is the single book you need to stop Obama's emerging dictatorship before we lose all of our constitutional, God-given rights. These pages show you the dangerous laws and powergrabs of the Obama administration … and what we can do to stop this leftist gang from seizing another term in office. Will President Obama transform the greatest engine of freedom the world has ever known into a Stalin-like regime? Trillions in new debt. His solution? Print more money, crippling American taxpayers and our children with unlimited debt. He's hobbled the most powerful military in the world, rendering us unable to maintain our advanced weapons and technological advantages over the enemies at our gates. And what does Obama do as Iran spews genocidal dictates? He continues to push a ''diplomatic'' solution. Obama is transforming us into a second-class nation, with communists and Islamists given free rein to expand their power. As Obama accrues power with little opposition and his oppression creeps down from the top, the American people must stop the tyranny! Michael Savage Tue, 03 Apr 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124416 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Down Tyranny: Crushing Obama's Dreams of a Socialist America Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trickle Down Tyranny is the single book you need to stop Obama's emerging dictatorship before we lose all of our constitutional, God-given rights. These pages show you the dangerous laws and powergrabs of the Obama administration … and what we can do to stop this leftist gang from seizing another term in office. Will President Obama transform the greatest engine of freedom the world has ever known into a Stalin-like regime? Trillions in new debt. His solution? Print more money, crippling American taxpayers and our children with unlimited debt. He's hobbled the most powerful military in the world, rendering us unable to maintain our advanced weapons and technological advantages over the enemies at our gates. And what does Obama do as Iran spews genocidal dictates? He continues to push a ''diplomatic'' solution. Obama is transforming us into a second-class nation, with communists and Islamists given free rein to expand their power. As Obama accrues power with little opposition and his oppression creeps down from the top, the American people must stop the tyranny! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Down Tyranny: Crushing Obama's Dreams of a Socialist America Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trickle Down Tyranny is the single book you need to stop Obama's emerging dictatorship before we lose all of our constitutional, God-given rights. These pages show you the dangerous laws and powergrabs of the Obama administration … and what we can do to stop this leftist gang from seizing another term in office. Will President Obama transform the greatest engine of freedom the world has ever known into a Stalin-like regime? Trillions in new debt. His solution? Print more money, crippling American taxpayers and our children with unlimited debt. He's hobbled the most powerful military in the world, rendering us unable to maintain our advanced weapons and technological advantages over the enemies at our gates. And what does Obama do as Iran spews genocidal dictates? He continues to push a ''diplomatic'' solution. Obama is transforming us into a second-class nation, with communists and Islamists given free rein to expand their power. As Obama accrues power with little opposition and his oppression creeps down from the top, the American people must stop the tyranny! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown Author: David Corn Narrator: David Corn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran journalist David Corn—Washington Bureau Chief for Mother Jones magazine and New York Times bestselling author of Hubris (with Michael Isikoff) and The Lies of George W. Bush—now brings us  Showdown, the dramatic inside story of Barack Obama’s fight to save his presidency. With Bob Woodward-esque insight and narrative flair, Corn takes readers into the White House and behind the political scenes during the beleaguered president’s pivotal third year, and explores the most earth-shaking events of the Obama presidency—from the game changing 2010 elections to the Arab Spring, the debt ceiling battle with Congressional Republicans, the killing of Osama bin Laden and beyond. David Corn Tue, 20 Mar 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124308 thebookvoice.com 13:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown Author: David Corn Narrator: David Corn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran journalist David Corn—Washington Bureau Chief for Mother Jones magazine and New York Times bestselling author of Hubris (with Michael Isikoff) and The Lies of George W. Bush—now brings us  Showdown, the dramatic inside story of Barack Obama’s fight to save his presidency. With Bob Woodward-esque insight and narrative flair, Corn takes readers into the White House and behind the political scenes during the beleaguered president’s pivotal third year, and explores the most earth-shaking events of the Obama presidency—from the game changing 2010 elections to the Arab Spring, the debt ceiling battle with Congressional Republicans, the killing of Osama bin Laden and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown Author: David Corn Narrator: David Corn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Veteran journalist David Corn—Washington Bureau Chief for Mother Jones magazine and New York Times bestselling author of Hubris (with Michael Isikoff) and The Lies of George W. Bush—now brings us  Showdown, the dramatic inside story of Barack Obama’s fight to save his presidency. With Bob Woodward-esque insight and narrative flair, Corn takes readers into the White House and behind the political scenes during the beleaguered president’s pivotal third year, and explores the most earth-shaking events of the Obama presidency—from the game changing 2010 elections to the Arab Spring, the debt ceiling battle with Congressional Republicans, the killing of Osama bin Laden and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Grit: What It Will Take to Survive and Win in the 21st Century Author: Tony Blankley Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans need to toughen up, personally, culturally, and as a national fighting force, if we are to survive the unprecedented threat from Islamist assault. So says New York Times bestselling author Tony Blankley in his new book, American Grit. In it, Blankley prescribes a three-pronged approach, and lays out a compelling plan for the US to implement: – A universal military draft of both men and women--not only to boost the size of our fighting force, but to instill a unity of toughness and cultural purpose among both the personally self-indulgent and un-assimilated immigrants. – A policy to get us on the road to energy independence to expand our diplomatic and economic options in the Middle East and around the world. – A serious and sophisticated program for communicating Western moral values and the American spirit of self-determination to people living under oppressive regimes as well as to voters here at home. These three components were the key to America's success in previous wars, and must be 'rediscovered' today. The 'PC' crowd will complain, but Blankley argues that this conservative manifesto to re-establish American grit is essential—our nation's very survival depends on it. Tony Blankley Tue, 13 Jan 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124115 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Grit: What It Will Take to Survive and Win in the 21st Century Author: Tony Blankley Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans need to toughen up, personally, culturally, and as a national fighting force, if we are to survive the unprecedented threat from Islamist assault. So says New York Times bestselling author Tony Blankley in his new book, American Grit. In it, Blankley prescribes a three-pronged approach, and lays out a compelling plan for the US to implement: – A universal military draft of both men and women--not only to boost the size of our fighting force, but to instill a unity of toughness and cultural purpose among both the personally self-indulgent and un-assimilated immigrants. – A policy to get us on the road to energy independence to expand our diplomatic and economic options in the Middle East and around the world. – A serious and sophisticated program for communicating Western moral values and the American spirit of self-determination to people living under oppressive regimes as well as to voters here at home. These three components were the key to America's success in previous wars, and must be 'rediscovered' today. The 'PC' crowd will complain, but Blankley argues that this conservative manifesto to re-establish American grit is essential—our nation's very survival depends on it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Grit: What It Will Take to Survive and Win in the 21st Century Author: Tony Blankley Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans need to toughen up, personally, culturally, and as a national fighting force, if we are to survive the unprecedented threat from Islamist assault. So says New York Times bestselling author Tony Blankley in his new book, American Grit. In it, Blankley prescribes a three-pronged approach, and lays out a compelling plan for the US to implement: – A universal military draft of both men and women--not only to boost the size of our fighting force, but to instill a unity of toughness and cultural purpose among both the personally self-indulgent and un-assimilated immigrants. – A policy to get us on the road to energy independence to expand our diplomatic and economic options in the Middle East and around the world. – A serious and sophisticated program for communicating Western moral values and the American spirit of self-determination to people living under oppressive regimes as well as to voters here at home. These three components were the key to America's success in previous wars, and must be 'rediscovered' today. The 'PC' crowd will complain, but Blankley argues that this conservative manifesto to re-establish American grit is essential—our nation's very survival depends on it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124068 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambassador in Paris: The Reagan Years Author: Evan Galbraith Narrator: Matthew Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Evan Galbraith represented America in Paris for four years during Reagan's administration. He paints a vivid picture showing the life of an American ambassador in the grand and glamorous city of Paree. He opened up the US Embassy to more than 75,000 guests at over 500 events during his stay. Notwithstanding his popularity as a host however, Galbraith was often controversial. On one occasion, he refused to board France's ultramodern train with the Transportation Minister, Charles Fiterman, because he was a Communist Party member. Galbraith was direct and forceful in his defense of such issues as the US intervention in Grenada, American policy in Central America, and Western relations with the Soviets. His story is often amusing when describing his involvement on talk shows, the embassy dinner parties, and meetings with the socialist government's leaders. Evan Galbraith Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124068 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambassador in Paris: The Reagan Years Author: Evan Galbraith Narrator: Matthew Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Evan Galbraith represented America in Paris for four years during Reagan's administration. He paints a vivid picture showing the life of an American ambassador in the grand and glamorous city of Paree. He opened up the US Embassy to more than 75,000 guests at over 500 events during his stay. Notwithstanding his popularity as a host however, Galbraith was often controversial. On one occasion, he refused to board France's ultramodern train with the Transportation Minister, Charles Fiterman, because he was a Communist Party member. Galbraith was direct and forceful in his defense of such issues as the US intervention in Grenada, American policy in Central America, and Western relations with the Soviets. His story is often amusing when describing his involvement on talk shows, the embassy dinner parties, and meetings with the socialist government's leaders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ambassador in Paris: The Reagan Years Author: Evan Galbraith Narrator: Matthew Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Evan Galbraith represented America in Paris for four years during Reagan's administration. He paints a vivid picture showing the life of an American ambassador in the grand and glamorous city of Paree. He opened up the US Embassy to more than 75,000 guests at over 500 events during his stay. Notwithstanding his popularity as a host however, Galbraith was often controversial. On one occasion, he refused to board France's ultramodern train with the Transportation Minister, Charles Fiterman, because he was a Communist Party member. Galbraith was direct and forceful in his defense of such issues as the US intervention in Grenada, American policy in Central America, and Western relations with the Soviets. His story is often amusing when describing his involvement on talk shows, the embassy dinner parties, and meetings with the socialist government's leaders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123063 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disquisition on Government Author: John C. Calhoun Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written between 1843 and 1848, John C. Calhoun's A Disquisition on Government addresses such diverse issues as states' rights and nullification, slavery, and the growth of the federal judicial power. Articulating Calhoun's perspective on government as seen from the point of view of a permanent minority (the South), A Disquisition on Government relies on the doctrine of a concurrent majority. Calhoun's concurrent majority captures the idea that because unchecked majority rule can lead to tyranny over minority interests, minority groups should possess veto power government actions that affect them. Although Calhoun primarily intended this doctrine as a justification for slavery, the broader idea of a concurrent majority as a protection for minority rights has since become a pillar of American political thought. John C. Calhoun Mon, 26 Dec 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123063 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disquisition on Government Author: John C. Calhoun Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written between 1843 and 1848, John C. Calhoun's A Disquisition on Government addresses such diverse issues as states' rights and nullification, slavery, and the growth of the federal judicial power. Articulating Calhoun's perspective on government as seen from the point of view of a permanent minority (the South), A Disquisition on Government relies on the doctrine of a concurrent majority. Calhoun's concurrent majority captures the idea that because unchecked majority rule can lead to tyranny over minority interests, minority groups should possess veto power government actions that affect them. Although Calhoun primarily intended this doctrine as a justification for slavery, the broader idea of a concurrent majority as a protection for minority rights has since become a pillar of American political thought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disquisition on Government Author: John C. Calhoun Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Written between 1843 and 1848, John C. Calhoun's A Disquisition on Government addresses such diverse issues as states' rights and nullification, slavery, and the growth of the federal judicial power. Articulating Calhoun's perspective on government as seen from the point of view of a permanent minority (the South), A Disquisition on Government relies on the doctrine of a concurrent majority. Calhoun's concurrent majority captures the idea that because unchecked majority rule can lead to tyranny over minority interests, minority groups should possess veto power government actions that affect them. Although Calhoun primarily intended this doctrine as a justification for slavery, the broader idea of a concurrent majority as a protection for minority rights has since become a pillar of American political thought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drift: The Unmooring of American Military Power Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that charts America’s dangerous drift into a state of perpetual war. 'One of my favorite ideas is, never to keep an unnecessary soldier,' Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1792. Neither Jefferson nor the other Found­ers could ever have envisioned the modern national security state, with its tens of thousands of 'privateers'; its bloated Department of Homeland Security; its rust­ing nuclear weapons, ill-maintained and difficult to dismantle; and its strange fascination with an unproven counterinsurgency doctrine. Written with bracing wit and intelligence, Rachel Maddow's Drift argues that we've drifted away from America's original ideals and become a nation weirdly at peace with perpetual war, with all the financial and human costs that entails. To understand how we've arrived at such a dangerous place, Maddow takes us from the Vietnam War to today's war in Afghanistan, along the way exploring the disturbing rise of executive authority, the gradual outsourcing of our war-making capabilities to private companies, the plummeting percentage of American families whose children fight our constant wars for us, and even the changing fortunes of G.I. Joe. She offers up a fresh, unsparing appraisal of Reagan's radical presidency. Ultimately, she shows us just how much we stand to lose by allowing the priorities of the national security state to overpower our political discourse. Sensible yet provocative, dead serious yet seri­ously funny, Drift will reinvigorate a 'loud and jangly' political debate about how, when, and where to apply America's strength and power--and who gets to make those decisions. Rachel Maddow Tue, 27 Mar 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122870 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drift: The Unmooring of American Military Power Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that charts America’s dangerous drift into a state of perpetual war. 'One of my favorite ideas is, never to keep an unnecessary soldier,' Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1792. Neither Jefferson nor the other Found­ers could ever have envisioned the modern national security state, with its tens of thousands of 'privateers'; its bloated Department of Homeland Security; its rust­ing nuclear weapons, ill-maintained and difficult to dismantle; and its strange fascination with an unproven counterinsurgency doctrine. Written with bracing wit and intelligence, Rachel Maddow's Drift argues that we've drifted away from America's original ideals and become a nation weirdly at peace with perpetual war, with all the financial and human costs that entails. To understand how we've arrived at such a dangerous place, Maddow takes us from the Vietnam War to today's war in Afghanistan, along the way exploring the disturbing rise of executive authority, the gradual outsourcing of our war-making capabilities to private companies, the plummeting percentage of American families whose children fight our constant wars for us, and even the changing fortunes of G.I. Joe. She offers up a fresh, unsparing appraisal of Reagan's radical presidency. Ultimately, she shows us just how much we stand to lose by allowing the priorities of the national security state to overpower our political discourse. Sensible yet provocative, dead serious yet seri­ously funny, Drift will reinvigorate a 'loud and jangly' political debate about how, when, and where to apply America's strength and power--and who gets to make those decisions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drift: The Unmooring of American Military Power Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that charts America’s dangerous drift into a state of perpetual war. 'One of my favorite ideas is, never to keep an unnecessary soldier,' Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1792. Neither Jefferson nor the other Found­ers could ever have envisioned the modern national security state, with its tens of thousands of 'privateers'; its bloated Department of Homeland Security; its rust­ing nuclear weapons, ill-maintained and difficult to dismantle; and its strange fascination with an unproven counterinsurgency doctrine. Written with bracing wit and intelligence, Rachel Maddow's Drift argues that we've drifted away from America's original ideals and become a nation weirdly at peace with perpetual war, with all the financial and human costs that entails. To understand how we've arrived at such a dangerous place, Maddow takes us from the Vietnam War to today's war in Afghanistan, along the way exploring the disturbing rise of executive authority, the gradual outsourcing of our war-making capabilities to private companies, the plummeting percentage of American families whose children fight our constant wars for us, and even the changing fortunes of G.I. Joe. She offers up a fresh, unsparing appraisal of Reagan's radical presidency. Ultimately, she shows us just how much we stand to lose by allowing the priorities of the national security state to overpower our political discourse. Sensible yet provocative, dead serious yet seri­ously funny, Drift will reinvigorate a 'loud and jangly' political debate about how, when, and where to apply America's strength and power--and who gets to make those decisions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies: A History of the FBI Author: Tim Weiner Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Turns the long history of the FBI into a story that is as compelling, and important, as today’s headlines.”—Jeffrey Toobin, author of American Heiress NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by The Washington Post, New York Daily News, and Slate Enemies is the first definitive history of the FBI’s secret intelligence operations, from an author whose work on the Pentagon and the CIA won him the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award. We think of the FBI as America’s police force. But secret intelligence is the Bureau’s first and foremost mission. Enemies is the story of how presidents have used the FBI as the most formidable intelligence force in American history. Here is the hidden history of America’s hundred-year war on terror. The FBI has fought against terrorists, spies, anyone it deemed subversive—and sometimes American presidents. The FBI’s secret intelligence and surveillance techniques have created a tug-of-war between protecting national security and infringing upon civil liberties. It is a tension that strains the very fabric of a free republic. Praise for Enemies “Pulitzer Prize–winning author Tim Weiner has written a riveting inside account of the FBI’s secret machinations that goes so deep into the Bureau’s skulduggery, readers will feel they are tapping the phones along with J. Edgar Hoover. This is a book that every American who cares about civil liberties should read.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money “Outstanding.”—The New York Times “Absorbing . . . a sweeping narrative that is all the more entertaining because it is so redolent with screw-ups and scandals.”—Los Angeles Times “Fascinating.”—The Wall Street Journal “Important and disturbing . . . with all the verve and coherence of a good spy thriller.”—The New York Times Book Review “Exciting and fast-paced.”—The Daily Beast Tim Weiner Tue, 14 Feb 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122664 thebookvoice.com 18:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies: A History of the FBI Author: Tim Weiner Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Turns the long history of the FBI into a story that is as compelling, and important, as today’s headlines.”—Jeffrey Toobin, author of American Heiress NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by The Washington Post, New York Daily News, and Slate Enemies is the first definitive history of the FBI’s secret intelligence operations, from an author whose work on the Pentagon and the CIA won him the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award. We think of the FBI as America’s police force. But secret intelligence is the Bureau’s first and foremost mission. Enemies is the story of how presidents have used the FBI as the most formidable intelligence force in American history. Here is the hidden history of America’s hundred-year war on terror. The FBI has fought against terrorists, spies, anyone it deemed subversive—and sometimes American presidents. The FBI’s secret intelligence and surveillance techniques have created a tug-of-war between protecting national security and infringing upon civil liberties. It is a tension that strains the very fabric of a free republic. Praise for Enemies “Pulitzer Prize–winning author Tim Weiner has written a riveting inside account of the FBI’s secret machinations that goes so deep into the Bureau’s skulduggery, readers will feel they are tapping the phones along with J. Edgar Hoover. This is a book that every American who cares about civil liberties should read.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money “Outstanding.”—The New York Times “Absorbing . . . a sweeping narrative that is all the more entertaining because it is so redolent with screw-ups and scandals.”—Los Angeles Times “Fascinating.”—The Wall Street Journal “Important and disturbing . . . with all the verve and coherence of a good spy thriller.”—The New York Times Book Review “Exciting and fast-paced.”—The Daily Beast Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies: A History of the FBI Author: Tim Weiner Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Turns the long history of the FBI into a story that is as compelling, and important, as today’s headlines.”—Jeffrey Toobin, author of American Heiress NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by The Washington Post, New York Daily News, and Slate Enemies is the first definitive history of the FBI’s secret intelligence operations, from an author whose work on the Pentagon and the CIA won him the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award. We think of the FBI as America’s police force. But secret intelligence is the Bureau’s first and foremost mission. Enemies is the story of how presidents have used the FBI as the most formidable intelligence force in American history. Here is the hidden history of America’s hundred-year war on terror. The FBI has fought against terrorists, spies, anyone it deemed subversive—and sometimes American presidents. The FBI’s secret intelligence and surveillance techniques have created a tug-of-war between protecting national security and infringing upon civil liberties. It is a tension that strains the very fabric of a free republic. Praise for Enemies “Pulitzer Prize–winning author Tim Weiner has written a riveting inside account of the FBI’s secret machinations that goes so deep into the Bureau’s skulduggery, readers will feel they are tapping the phones along with J. Edgar Hoover. This is a book that every American who cares about civil liberties should read.”—Jane Mayer, author of Dark Money “Outstanding.”—The New York Times “Absorbing . . . a sweeping narrative that is all the more entertaining because it is so redolent with screw-ups and scandals.”—Los Angeles Times “Fascinating.”—The Wall Street Journal “Important and disturbing . . . with all the verve and coherence of a good spy thriller.”—The New York Times Book Review “Exciting and fast-paced.”—The Daily Beast https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122629 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Nations: A History of the Eleven Rival Regional Cultures of North America Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An illuminating history of North America's eleven rival cultural regions that explodes the red state-blue state myth. North America was settled by people with distinct religious, political, and ethnographic characteristics, creating regional cultures that have been at odds with one another ever since. Subsequent immigrants didn't confront or assimilate into an 'American' or 'Canadian' culture, but rather into one of the eleven distinct regional ones that spread over the continent each staking out mutually exclusive territory. In American Nations, Colin Woodard leads us on a journey through the history of our fractured continent, and the rivalries and alliances between its component nations, which conform to neither state nor international boundaries. He illustrates and explains why 'American' values vary sharply from one region to another. Woodard reveals how intranational differences have played a pivotal role at every point in the continent's history, from the American Revolution and the Civil War to the tumultuous sixties and the 'blue county/red county' maps of recent presidential elections. American Nations is a revolutionary and revelatory take on America's myriad identities and how the conflicts between them have shaped our past and are molding our future. Colin Woodard Mon, 24 Oct 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122629 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Nations: A History of the Eleven Rival Regional Cultures of North America Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An illuminating history of North America's eleven rival cultural regions that explodes the red state-blue state myth. North America was settled by people with distinct religious, political, and ethnographic characteristics, creating regional cultures that have been at odds with one another ever since. Subsequent immigrants didn't confront or assimilate into an 'American' or 'Canadian' culture, but rather into one of the eleven distinct regional ones that spread over the continent each staking out mutually exclusive territory. In American Nations, Colin Woodard leads us on a journey through the history of our fractured continent, and the rivalries and alliances between its component nations, which conform to neither state nor international boundaries. He illustrates and explains why 'American' values vary sharply from one region to another. Woodard reveals how intranational differences have played a pivotal role at every point in the continent's history, from the American Revolution and the Civil War to the tumultuous sixties and the 'blue county/red county' maps of recent presidential elections. American Nations is a revolutionary and revelatory take on America's myriad identities and how the conflicts between them have shaped our past and are molding our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Nations: A History of the Eleven Rival Regional Cultures of North America Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An illuminating history of North America's eleven rival cultural regions that explodes the red state-blue state myth. North America was settled by people with distinct religious, political, and ethnographic characteristics, creating regional cultures that have been at odds with one another ever since. Subsequent immigrants didn't confront or assimilate into an 'American' or 'Canadian' culture, but rather into one of the eleven distinct regional ones that spread over the continent each staking out mutually exclusive territory. In American Nations, Colin Woodard leads us on a journey through the history of our fractured continent, and the rivalries and alliances between its component nations, which conform to neither state nor international boundaries. He illustrates and explains why 'American' values vary sharply from one region to another. Woodard reveals how intranational differences have played a pivotal role at every point in the continent's history, from the American Revolution and the Civil War to the tumultuous sixties and the 'blue county/red county' maps of recent presidential elections. American Nations is a revolutionary and revelatory take on America's myriad identities and how the conflicts between them have shaped our past and are molding our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: Uncovering the Echelon Surveillance Network and the Secret World of Global Eavesdropping Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How does our government eavesdrop? Whom do they eavesdrop on? And is the interception of communication an effective means of predicting and preventing future attacks? These are some of the questions at the heart of Patrick Radden Keefe’s brilliant new book, Chatter. In the late 1990s, when Keefe was a graduate student in England, he heard stories about an eavesdropping network led by the United States that spanned the planet. The system, known as Echelon, allowed America and its allies to intercept the private phone calls and e-mails of civilians and governments around the world. Taking the mystery of Echelon as his point of departure, Keefe explores the nature and context of communications interception, drawing together fascinating strands of history, fresh investigative reporting, and riveting, eye-opening anecdotes. The result is a bold and distinctive book, part detective story, part travel-writing, part essay on paranoia and secrecy in a digital age. Chatter starts out at Menwith Hill, a secret eavesdropping station covered in mysterious, gargantuan golf balls, in England’s Yorkshire moors. From there, the narrative moves quickly to another American spy station hidden in the Australian outback; from the intelligence bureaucracy in Washington to the European Parliament in Brussels; from an abandoned National Security Agency base in the mountains of North Carolina to the remote Indian Ocean island of Diego Garcia. As Keefe chases down the truth of contemporary surveillance by intelligence agencies, he unearths reams of little-known information and introduces us to a rogue’s gallery of unforgettable characters. We meet a former British eavesdropper who now listens in on the United States Air Force for sport; an intelligence translator who risked prison to reveal an American operation to spy on the United Nations Security Council; a former member of the Senate committee on intelligence who says that oversight is so bad, a lot of senators only sit on the committee for the travel. Provocative, often funny, and alarming without being alarmist, Chatter is a journey through a bizarre and shadowy world with vast implications for our security as well as our privacy. It is also the debut of a major new voice in nonfiction. Patrick Radden Keefe Tue, 22 Feb 2005 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122507 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: Uncovering the Echelon Surveillance Network and the Secret World of Global Eavesdropping Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How does our government eavesdrop? Whom do they eavesdrop on? And is the interception of communication an effective means of predicting and preventing future attacks? These are some of the questions at the heart of Patrick Radden Keefe’s brilliant new book, Chatter. In the late 1990s, when Keefe was a graduate student in England, he heard stories about an eavesdropping network led by the United States that spanned the planet. The system, known as Echelon, allowed America and its allies to intercept the private phone calls and e-mails of civilians and governments around the world. Taking the mystery of Echelon as his point of departure, Keefe explores the nature and context of communications interception, drawing together fascinating strands of history, fresh investigative reporting, and riveting, eye-opening anecdotes. The result is a bold and distinctive book, part detective story, part travel-writing, part essay on paranoia and secrecy in a digital age. Chatter starts out at Menwith Hill, a secret eavesdropping station covered in mysterious, gargantuan golf balls, in England’s Yorkshire moors. From there, the narrative moves quickly to another American spy station hidden in the Australian outback; from the intelligence bureaucracy in Washington to the European Parliament in Brussels; from an abandoned National Security Agency base in the mountains of North Carolina to the remote Indian Ocean island of Diego Garcia. As Keefe chases down the truth of contemporary surveillance by intelligence agencies, he unearths reams of little-known information and introduces us to a rogue’s gallery of unforgettable characters. We meet a former British eavesdropper who now listens in on the United States Air Force for sport; an intelligence translator who risked prison to reveal an American operation to spy on the United Nations Security Council; a former member of the Senate committee on intelligence who says that oversight is so bad, a lot of senators only sit on the committee for the travel. Provocative, often funny, and alarming without being alarmist, Chatter is a journey through a bizarre and shadowy world with vast implications for our security as well as our privacy. It is also the debut of a major new voice in nonfiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: Uncovering the Echelon Surveillance Network and the Secret World of Global Eavesdropping Author: Patrick Radden Keefe Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How does our government eavesdrop? Whom do they eavesdrop on? And is the interception of communication an effective means of predicting and preventing future attacks? These are some of the questions at the heart of Patrick Radden Keefe’s brilliant new book, Chatter. In the late 1990s, when Keefe was a graduate student in England, he heard stories about an eavesdropping network led by the United States that spanned the planet. The system, known as Echelon, allowed America and its allies to intercept the private phone calls and e-mails of civilians and governments around the world. Taking the mystery of Echelon as his point of departure, Keefe explores the nature and context of communications interception, drawing together fascinating strands of history, fresh investigative reporting, and riveting, eye-opening anecdotes. The result is a bold and distinctive book, part detective story, part travel-writing, part essay on paranoia and secrecy in a digital age. Chatter starts out at Menwith Hill, a secret eavesdropping station covered in mysterious, gargantuan golf balls, in England’s Yorkshire moors. From there, the narrative moves quickly to another American spy station hidden in the Australian outback; from the intelligence bureaucracy in Washington to the European Parliament in Brussels; from an abandoned National Security Agency base in the mountains of North Carolina to the remote Indian Ocean island of Diego Garcia. As Keefe chases down the truth of contemporary surveillance by intelligence agencies, he unearths reams of little-known information and introduces us to a rogue’s gallery of unforgettable characters. We meet a former British eavesdropper who now listens in on the United States Air Force for sport; an intelligence translator who risked prison to reveal an American operation to spy on the United Nations Security Council; a former member of the Senate committee on intelligence who says that oversight is so bad, a lot of senators only sit on the committee for the travel. Provocative, often funny, and alarming without being alarmist, Chatter is a journey through a bizarre and shadowy world with vast implications for our security as well as our privacy. It is also the debut of a major new voice in nonfiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bomb Power: The Modern Presidency and the National Security State Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 21, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Bomb Power, Garry Wills reveals how the atomic bomb transformed our nation down to its deepest constitutional roots—by dramatically increasing the power of the modern presidency and redefining the government as a national security state—in ways still felt today. A masterful reckoning from one of America's preeminent historians, Bomb Power draws a direct line from the Manhattan Project to the usurpations of George W. Bush. The invention of the atomic bomb was a triumph of official secrecy and military discipline—the project was covertly funded at the behest of the president and, despite its massive scale, never discovered by Congress or the press. This concealment was perhaps to be expected in wartime, but Wills persuasively argues that the Manhattan Project then became a model for the covert operations and overt authority that have defined American government in the nuclear era. The wartime emergency put in place during World War II extended into the Cold War and finally the war on terror, leaving us in a state of continuous war alert for sixty-eight years and counting. The bomb forever changed the institution of the presidency since only the president controls 'the button' and, by extension, the fate of the world. Wills underscores how radical a break this was from the division of powers established by our founding fathers and how it, in turn, has enfeebled Congress and the courts. The bomb also placed new emphasis on the president's military role, creating a cult around the commander in chief. The tendency of modern presidents to flaunt military airs, Wills points out, is entirely a postbomb phenomenon. Finally, the Manhattan Project inspired the vast secretive apparatus of the national security state, including intelligence agencies such as the CIA and NSA, which remain largely unaccountable to Congress and the American people. Wills recounts how, following World War II, presidential power increased decade by decade until reaching its stunning apogee with the Bush administration. Both provocative and illuminating, Bomb Power casts the history of the postwar period in a new light and sounds an alarm about the continued threat to our Constitution. Garry Wills Thu, 21 Jan 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122365 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bomb Power: The Modern Presidency and the National Security State Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 21, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Bomb Power, Garry Wills reveals how the atomic bomb transformed our nation down to its deepest constitutional roots—by dramatically increasing the power of the modern presidency and redefining the government as a national security state—in ways still felt today. A masterful reckoning from one of America's preeminent historians, Bomb Power draws a direct line from the Manhattan Project to the usurpations of George W. Bush. The invention of the atomic bomb was a triumph of official secrecy and military discipline—the project was covertly funded at the behest of the president and, despite its massive scale, never discovered by Congress or the press. This concealment was perhaps to be expected in wartime, but Wills persuasively argues that the Manhattan Project then became a model for the covert operations and overt authority that have defined American government in the nuclear era. The wartime emergency put in place during World War II extended into the Cold War and finally the war on terror, leaving us in a state of continuous war alert for sixty-eight years and counting. The bomb forever changed the institution of the presidency since only the president controls 'the button' and, by extension, the fate of the world. Wills underscores how radical a break this was from the division of powers established by our founding fathers and how it, in turn, has enfeebled Congress and the courts. The bomb also placed new emphasis on the president's military role, creating a cult around the commander in chief. The tendency of modern presidents to flaunt military airs, Wills points out, is entirely a postbomb phenomenon. Finally, the Manhattan Project inspired the vast secretive apparatus of the national security state, including intelligence agencies such as the CIA and NSA, which remain largely unaccountable to Congress and the American people. Wills recounts how, following World War II, presidential power increased decade by decade until reaching its stunning apogee with the Bush administration. Both provocative and illuminating, Bomb Power casts the history of the postwar period in a new light and sounds an alarm about the continued threat to our Constitution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bomb Power: The Modern Presidency and the National Security State Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 21, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Bomb Power, Garry Wills reveals how the atomic bomb transformed our nation down to its deepest constitutional roots—by dramatically increasing the power of the modern presidency and redefining the government as a national security state—in ways still felt today. A masterful reckoning from one of America's preeminent historians, Bomb Power draws a direct line from the Manhattan Project to the usurpations of George W. Bush. The invention of the atomic bomb was a triumph of official secrecy and military discipline—the project was covertly funded at the behest of the president and, despite its massive scale, never discovered by Congress or the press. This concealment was perhaps to be expected in wartime, but Wills persuasively argues that the Manhattan Project then became a model for the covert operations and overt authority that have defined American government in the nuclear era. The wartime emergency put in place during World War II extended into the Cold War and finally the war on terror, leaving us in a state of continuous war alert for sixty-eight years and counting. The bomb forever changed the institution of the presidency since only the president controls 'the button' and, by extension, the fate of the world. Wills underscores how radical a break this was from the division of powers established by our founding fathers and how it, in turn, has enfeebled Congress and the courts. The bomb also placed new emphasis on the president's military role, creating a cult around the commander in chief. The tendency of modern presidents to flaunt military airs, Wills points out, is entirely a postbomb phenomenon. Finally, the Manhattan Project inspired the vast secretive apparatus of the national security state, including intelligence agencies such as the CIA and NSA, which remain largely unaccountable to Congress and the American people. Wills recounts how, following World War II, presidential power increased decade by decade until reaching its stunning apogee with the Bush administration. Both provocative and illuminating, Bomb Power casts the history of the postwar period in a new light and sounds an alarm about the continued threat to our Constitution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity, and Poverty Author: James A. Robinson, Daron Acemoglu Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 188 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 32 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES AND WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER • From two winners of the 2024 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences, “who have demonstrated the importance of societal institutions for a country’s prosperity” “A wildly ambitious work that hopscotches through history and around the world to answer the very big question of why some countries get rich and others don’t.”—The New York Times FINALIST: Financial Times and Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, Financial Times, The Economist, BusinessWeek, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, The Plain Dealer Why are some nations rich and others poor, divided by wealth and poverty, health and sickness, food and famine? Is it culture, the weather, or geography that determines prosperity or poverty? As Why Nations Failshows, none of these factors is either definitive or destiny.   Drawing on fifteen years of original research, Daron Acemoglu and James Robinson conclusively show that it is our man-made political and economic institutions that underlie economic success (or the lack of it). Korea, to take just one example, is a remarkably homogenous nation, yet the people of North Korea are among the poorest on earth while their brothers and sisters in South Korea are among the richest. The differences between the Koreas is due to the politics that created those two different institutional trajectories. Acemoglu and Robinson marshal extraordinary historical evidence from the Roman Empire, the Mayan city-states, the Soviet Union, the United States, and Africa to build a new theory of political economy with great relevance for the big questions of today, among them:   • Will China’s economy continue to grow at such a high speed and ultimately overwhelm the West?   • Are America’s best days behind it? Are we creating a vicious cycle that enriches and empowers a small minority? *Includes a downloadable PDF of maps from the book “This book will change the way people think about the wealth and poverty of nations . . . as ambitious as Jared Diamond’s Guns, Germs, and Steel.”—BusinessWeek James A. Robinson, Daron Acemoglu Tue, 20 Mar 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122317 thebookvoice.com 17:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity, and Poverty Author: James A. Robinson, Daron Acemoglu Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 188 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 32 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES AND WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER • From two winners of the 2024 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences, “who have demonstrated the importance of societal institutions for a country’s prosperity” “A wildly ambitious work that hopscotches through history and around the world to answer the very big question of why some countries get rich and others don’t.”—The New York Times FINALIST: Financial Times and Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, Financial Times, The Economist, BusinessWeek, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, The Plain Dealer Why are some nations rich and others poor, divided by wealth and poverty, health and sickness, food and famine? Is it culture, the weather, or geography that determines prosperity or poverty? As Why Nations Failshows, none of these factors is either definitive or destiny.   Drawing on fifteen years of original research, Daron Acemoglu and James Robinson conclusively show that it is our man-made political and economic institutions that underlie economic success (or the lack of it). Korea, to take just one example, is a remarkably homogenous nation, yet the people of North Korea are among the poorest on earth while their brothers and sisters in South Korea are among the richest. The differences between the Koreas is due to the politics that created those two different institutional trajectories. Acemoglu and Robinson marshal extraordinary historical evidence from the Roman Empire, the Mayan city-states, the Soviet Union, the United States, and Africa to build a new theory of political economy with great relevance for the big questions of today, among them:   • Will China’s economy continue to grow at such a high speed and ultimately overwhelm the West?   • Are America’s best days behind it? Are we creating a vicious cycle that enriches and empowers a small minority? *Includes a downloadable PDF of maps from the book “This book will change the way people think about the wealth and poverty of nations . . . as ambitious as Jared Diamond’s Guns, Germs, and Steel.”—BusinessWeek Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity, and Poverty Author: James A. Robinson, Daron Acemoglu Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 188 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 32 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES AND WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER • From two winners of the 2024 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences, “who have demonstrated the importance of societal institutions for a country’s prosperity” “A wildly ambitious work that hopscotches through history and around the world to answer the very big question of why some countries get rich and others don’t.”—The New York Times FINALIST: Financial Times and Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, Financial Times, The Economist, BusinessWeek, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, The Plain Dealer Why are some nations rich and others poor, divided by wealth and poverty, health and sickness, food and famine? Is it culture, the weather, or geography that determines prosperity or poverty? As Why Nations Failshows, none of these factors is either definitive or destiny.   Drawing on fifteen years of original research, Daron Acemoglu and James Robinson conclusively show that it is our man-made political and economic institutions that underlie economic success (or the lack of it). Korea, to take just one example, is a remarkably homogenous nation, yet the people of North Korea are among the poorest on earth while their brothers and sisters in South Korea are among the richest. The differences between the Koreas is due to the politics that created those two different institutional trajectories. Acemoglu and Robinson marshal extraordinary historical evidence from the Roman Empire, the Mayan city-states, the Soviet Union, the United States, and Africa to build a new theory of political economy with great relevance for the big questions of today, among them:   • Will China’s economy continue to grow at such a high speed and ultimately overwhelm the West?   • Are America’s best days behind it? Are we creating a vicious cycle that enriches and empowers a small minority? *Includes a downloadable PDF of maps from the book “This book will change the way people think about the wealth and poverty of nations . . . as ambitious as Jared Diamond’s Guns, Germs, and Steel.”—BusinessWeek https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fox Effect: How Roger Ailes Turned a Network into a Propaganda Machine Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, David Brock Narrator: Bob Dunsworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is comprehensive overview of the tumultuous career of former Fox News president Roger Ailes and a must-read for anyone looking to understand his legacy and impact on news media.  Based on the meticulous research of the news watchdog organization Media Matters for America, David Brock and Ari Rabin-Havt show how Fox News, under its president Roger Ailes, changed from a right-leaning news network into a partisan advocate for the Republican Party. The Fox Effect follows the career of Ailes from his early work as a television producer and media consultant for Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, and George H. W. Bush. Consequently, when he was hired in 1996 as the president of Rupert Murdoch’s flagship conservative cable news network, Ailes had little journalism experience, but brought to the job the mindset of a political operative. As Brock and Rabin-Havt demonstrate through numerous examples, Ailes used his extraordinary power and influence to spread a partisan political agenda that is at odds with long-established, widely held standards of fairness and objectivity in news reporting. Featuring transcripts of leaked audio and memos from Fox News reporters and executives, The Fox Effect is a damning indictment of how the network’s news coverage and commentators have biased reporting, drummed up marginal stories, and even consciously manipulated established facts in their efforts to attack the Obama administration. Ari Rabin-Havt, David Brock Tue, 21 Feb 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122304 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fox Effect: How Roger Ailes Turned a Network into a Propaganda Machine Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, David Brock Narrator: Bob Dunsworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is comprehensive overview of the tumultuous career of former Fox News president Roger Ailes and a must-read for anyone looking to understand his legacy and impact on news media.  Based on the meticulous research of the news watchdog organization Media Matters for America, David Brock and Ari Rabin-Havt show how Fox News, under its president Roger Ailes, changed from a right-leaning news network into a partisan advocate for the Republican Party. The Fox Effect follows the career of Ailes from his early work as a television producer and media consultant for Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, and George H. W. Bush. Consequently, when he was hired in 1996 as the president of Rupert Murdoch’s flagship conservative cable news network, Ailes had little journalism experience, but brought to the job the mindset of a political operative. As Brock and Rabin-Havt demonstrate through numerous examples, Ailes used his extraordinary power and influence to spread a partisan political agenda that is at odds with long-established, widely held standards of fairness and objectivity in news reporting. Featuring transcripts of leaked audio and memos from Fox News reporters and executives, The Fox Effect is a damning indictment of how the network’s news coverage and commentators have biased reporting, drummed up marginal stories, and even consciously manipulated established facts in their efforts to attack the Obama administration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fox Effect: How Roger Ailes Turned a Network into a Propaganda Machine Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, David Brock Narrator: Bob Dunsworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 21, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is comprehensive overview of the tumultuous career of former Fox News president Roger Ailes and a must-read for anyone looking to understand his legacy and impact on news media.  Based on the meticulous research of the news watchdog organization Media Matters for America, David Brock and Ari Rabin-Havt show how Fox News, under its president Roger Ailes, changed from a right-leaning news network into a partisan advocate for the Republican Party. The Fox Effect follows the career of Ailes from his early work as a television producer and media consultant for Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, and George H. W. Bush. Consequently, when he was hired in 1996 as the president of Rupert Murdoch’s flagship conservative cable news network, Ailes had little journalism experience, but brought to the job the mindset of a political operative. As Brock and Rabin-Havt demonstrate through numerous examples, Ailes used his extraordinary power and influence to spread a partisan political agenda that is at odds with long-established, widely held standards of fairness and objectivity in news reporting. Featuring transcripts of leaked audio and memos from Fox News reporters and executives, The Fox Effect is a damning indictment of how the network’s news coverage and commentators have biased reporting, drummed up marginal stories, and even consciously manipulated established facts in their efforts to attack the Obama administration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World America Made Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What would the world look like if America were to reduce its role as a global leader in order to focus all its energies on solving its problems at home? And is America really in decline? Robert Kagan, New York Times best-selling author and one of the country’s most influential strategic thinkers, paints a vivid, alarming picture of what the world might look like if the United States were truly to let its influence wane.   Although Kagan asserts that much of the current pessimism is misplaced, he warns that if America were indeed to commit “preemptive superpower suicide,” the world would see the return of war among rising nations as they jostle for power; the retreat of democracy around the world as Vladimir Putin’s Russia and authoritarian China acquire more clout; and the weakening of the global free-market economy, which the United States created and has supported for more than sixty years. We’ve seen this before—in the breakdown of the Roman Empire and the collapse of the European order in World War I.   Potent, incisive, and engaging, The World America Made is a reminder that the American world order is worth preserving, and America dare not decline. Robert Kagan Tue, 07 Feb 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122294 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World America Made Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What would the world look like if America were to reduce its role as a global leader in order to focus all its energies on solving its problems at home? And is America really in decline? Robert Kagan, New York Times best-selling author and one of the country’s most influential strategic thinkers, paints a vivid, alarming picture of what the world might look like if the United States were truly to let its influence wane.   Although Kagan asserts that much of the current pessimism is misplaced, he warns that if America were indeed to commit “preemptive superpower suicide,” the world would see the return of war among rising nations as they jostle for power; the retreat of democracy around the world as Vladimir Putin’s Russia and authoritarian China acquire more clout; and the weakening of the global free-market economy, which the United States created and has supported for more than sixty years. We’ve seen this before—in the breakdown of the Roman Empire and the collapse of the European order in World War I.   Potent, incisive, and engaging, The World America Made is a reminder that the American world order is worth preserving, and America dare not decline. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World America Made Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 7, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What would the world look like if America were to reduce its role as a global leader in order to focus all its energies on solving its problems at home? And is America really in decline? Robert Kagan, New York Times best-selling author and one of the country’s most influential strategic thinkers, paints a vivid, alarming picture of what the world might look like if the United States were truly to let its influence wane.   Although Kagan asserts that much of the current pessimism is misplaced, he warns that if America were indeed to commit “preemptive superpower suicide,” the world would see the return of war among rising nations as they jostle for power; the retreat of democracy around the world as Vladimir Putin’s Russia and authoritarian China acquire more clout; and the weakening of the global free-market economy, which the United States created and has supported for more than sixty years. We’ve seen this before—in the breakdown of the Roman Empire and the collapse of the European order in World War I.   Potent, incisive, and engaging, The World America Made is a reminder that the American world order is worth preserving, and America dare not decline. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/121339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/121339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Weapon: How Economic Terrorism Brought Down the U.S. Stock Market and Why It Can Happen Again Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who's really to blame for America's catastrophic financial meltdown and devastating national recession? Contrary to what the 'Occupy Movement' might tell you, it's not greedy Wall Street executives. No, as one of America's top financial professionals reveals in this shocking book, the real culprit is economic warfare, with our foreign enemies exploiting our lurking financial weaknesses. In Secret Weapon, Kevin Freeman unveils how all the evidence—including motive, means, and opportunity—points to America's foreign enemies deliberately pushing our economy over the brink. In this stunning expos├®, Freeman reveals: –The evidence linking Communist China and Islamic finance to economic warfare against the United States –Why initial reports linked the 2008 stock market crash to economic terrorism—and why the Obama administration continues to look the other way –How the financial attack unfolded—and how the perpetrators tried to cover their tracks –Why you should expect another financial attack even more devastating than the last one—and how you can protect yourself from it In Secret Weapon you'll learn what our enemies know and what the Obama administration has chosen to ignore—that our financial system is profoundly vulnerable to financial terrorism and that we are being targeted for further and even more destructive attacks by our enemies, who want to cripple America's position as the world's leading economy. If you want to protect yourself and protect our country, then you need to read Secret Weapon to understand how we have entered a new age of warfare—an age our enemies want to make the Dark Ages of the United States. Kevin D. Freeman Tue, 31 Jan 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/121339 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/121339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Weapon: How Economic Terrorism Brought Down the U.S. Stock Market and Why It Can Happen Again Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who's really to blame for America's catastrophic financial meltdown and devastating national recession? Contrary to what the 'Occupy Movement' might tell you, it's not greedy Wall Street executives. No, as one of America's top financial professionals reveals in this shocking book, the real culprit is economic warfare, with our foreign enemies exploiting our lurking financial weaknesses. In Secret Weapon, Kevin Freeman unveils how all the evidence—including motive, means, and opportunity—points to America's foreign enemies deliberately pushing our economy over the brink. In this stunning expos├®, Freeman reveals: –The evidence linking Communist China and Islamic finance to economic warfare against the United States –Why initial reports linked the 2008 stock market crash to economic terrorism—and why the Obama administration continues to look the other way –How the financial attack unfolded—and how the perpetrators tried to cover their tracks –Why you should expect another financial attack even more devastating than the last one—and how you can protect yourself from it In Secret Weapon you'll learn what our enemies know and what the Obama administration has chosen to ignore—that our financial system is profoundly vulnerable to financial terrorism and that we are being targeted for further and even more destructive attacks by our enemies, who want to cripple America's position as the world's leading economy. If you want to protect yourself and protect our country, then you need to read Secret Weapon to understand how we have entered a new age of warfare—an age our enemies want to make the Dark Ages of the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/121339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Weapon: How Economic Terrorism Brought Down the U.S. Stock Market and Why It Can Happen Again Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who's really to blame for America's catastrophic financial meltdown and devastating national recession? Contrary to what the 'Occupy Movement' might tell you, it's not greedy Wall Street executives. No, as one of America's top financial professionals reveals in this shocking book, the real culprit is economic warfare, with our foreign enemies exploiting our lurking financial weaknesses. In Secret Weapon, Kevin Freeman unveils how all the evidence—including motive, means, and opportunity—points to America's foreign enemies deliberately pushing our economy over the brink. In this stunning expos├®, Freeman reveals: –The evidence linking Communist China and Islamic finance to economic warfare against the United States –Why initial reports linked the 2008 stock market crash to economic terrorism—and why the Obama administration continues to look the other way –How the financial attack unfolded—and how the perpetrators tried to cover their tracks –Why you should expect another financial attack even more devastating than the last one—and how you can protect yourself from it In Secret Weapon you'll learn what our enemies know and what the Obama administration has chosen to ignore—that our financial system is profoundly vulnerable to financial terrorism and that we are being targeted for further and even more destructive attacks by our enemies, who want to cripple America's position as the world's leading economy. If you want to protect yourself and protect our country, then you need to read Secret Weapon to understand how we have entered a new age of warfare—an age our enemies want to make the Dark Ages of the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ameritopia: The Unmaking of America Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his acclaimed #1 New York Times bestseller, Mark R. Levin explores the psychology, motivations, and history of the utopian movement, its architects—the Founding Fathers, and its modern-day disciples—and how the individual and American society are being devoured by it. Levin asks, what is this utopian force that both allures a free people and destroys them? Levin digs deep into the past and draws astoundingly relevant parallels to contemporary America from Plato’s Republic, Thomas More’s Utopia, Thomas Hobbes’s Leviathan, and Karl Marx’s Communist Manifesto, as well as from the critical works of John Locke, Charles Montesquieu, Alexis de Tocqueville, and other philosophical pioneers who brilliantly diagnosed the nature of man and government. As Levin meticulously pursues his subject, the reader joins him in an enlightening and compelling journey. And in the end, Levin’s message is clear: the American republic is in great peril. The people must now choose between utopianism or liberty. President Ronald Reagan warned, “freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction.” Levin agrees, and with Ameritopia, delivers another modern political classic, an indispensable guide for America in our time and in the future. Mark R. Levin Tue, 17 Jan 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120563 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ameritopia: The Unmaking of America Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his acclaimed #1 New York Times bestseller, Mark R. Levin explores the psychology, motivations, and history of the utopian movement, its architects—the Founding Fathers, and its modern-day disciples—and how the individual and American society are being devoured by it. Levin asks, what is this utopian force that both allures a free people and destroys them? Levin digs deep into the past and draws astoundingly relevant parallels to contemporary America from Plato’s Republic, Thomas More’s Utopia, Thomas Hobbes’s Leviathan, and Karl Marx’s Communist Manifesto, as well as from the critical works of John Locke, Charles Montesquieu, Alexis de Tocqueville, and other philosophical pioneers who brilliantly diagnosed the nature of man and government. As Levin meticulously pursues his subject, the reader joins him in an enlightening and compelling journey. And in the end, Levin’s message is clear: the American republic is in great peril. The people must now choose between utopianism or liberty. President Ronald Reagan warned, “freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction.” Levin agrees, and with Ameritopia, delivers another modern political classic, an indispensable guide for America in our time and in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ameritopia: The Unmaking of America Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his acclaimed #1 New York Times bestseller, Mark R. Levin explores the psychology, motivations, and history of the utopian movement, its architects—the Founding Fathers, and its modern-day disciples—and how the individual and American society are being devoured by it. Levin asks, what is this utopian force that both allures a free people and destroys them? Levin digs deep into the past and draws astoundingly relevant parallels to contemporary America from Plato’s Republic, Thomas More’s Utopia, Thomas Hobbes’s Leviathan, and Karl Marx’s Communist Manifesto, as well as from the critical works of John Locke, Charles Montesquieu, Alexis de Tocqueville, and other philosophical pioneers who brilliantly diagnosed the nature of man and government. As Levin meticulously pursues his subject, the reader joins him in an enlightening and compelling journey. And in the end, Levin’s message is clear: the American republic is in great peril. The people must now choose between utopianism or liberty. President Ronald Reagan warned, “freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction.” Levin agrees, and with Ameritopia, delivers another modern political classic, an indispensable guide for America in our time and in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. Dylan Ratigan Tue, 10 Jan 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Greedy Bastards: Corporate Communists, Banksters, and the Other Vampires Who Suck America Dry Author: Dylan Ratigan Narrator: Dylan Ratigan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: DYLAN RATIGAN’S mission is to uncover never-before-seen solutions to the most pressing issues of our time: government corruption, corporate communism, an ailing health care system, an age-old dependency on foreign oil, and a broken educational system. In this groundbreaking book, Ratigan makes a case that America has the opportunity to prosper, but only by setting clear goals. Ratigan believes that this country, now more than ever, needs passionate debate and smart policy, a brazen willingness to scrap what doesn’t work, and the entrepreneurial spirit to try what does. Ratigan has compiled brash and fresh solutions for building a new and better America, and with this book he has started the debate America deserves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120009 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mormon in the White House?: 10 Things Every American Should Know about Mitt Romney Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He may be the only Republican who can deny John McCain the nomination, and he may be the only Republican who can stop Hillary Clinton. He’s an incredibly successful businessman and a fiscal and social conservative who managed to win the governorship in one of the staunchest Democratic states in America. But Massachusetts governor Mitt Romney is also a devout Mormon—so what does that mean for the election of 2008? In the first book on this intriguing candidate, Hugh Hewitt sets out to explain Romney, his faith, and the importance of that debate. Mixing exclusive interviews with the governor and candid conversations with some of the country’s leading Christian pastors and shrewdest political observers, this is a riveting look inside the most wide-open battle for the presidency since 1948. Hugh Hewitt Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120009 thebookvoice.com 9:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mormon in the White House?: 10 Things Every American Should Know about Mitt Romney Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He may be the only Republican who can deny John McCain the nomination, and he may be the only Republican who can stop Hillary Clinton. He’s an incredibly successful businessman and a fiscal and social conservative who managed to win the governorship in one of the staunchest Democratic states in America. But Massachusetts governor Mitt Romney is also a devout Mormon—so what does that mean for the election of 2008? In the first book on this intriguing candidate, Hugh Hewitt sets out to explain Romney, his faith, and the importance of that debate. Mixing exclusive interviews with the governor and candid conversations with some of the country’s leading Christian pastors and shrewdest political observers, this is a riveting look inside the most wide-open battle for the presidency since 1948. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120009]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mormon in the White House?: 10 Things Every American Should Know about Mitt Romney Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He may be the only Republican who can deny John McCain the nomination, and he may be the only Republican who can stop Hillary Clinton. He’s an incredibly successful businessman and a fiscal and social conservative who managed to win the governorship in one of the staunchest Democratic states in America. But Massachusetts governor Mitt Romney is also a devout Mormon—so what does that mean for the election of 2008? In the first book on this intriguing candidate, Hugh Hewitt sets out to explain Romney, his faith, and the importance of that debate. Mixing exclusive interviews with the governor and candid conversations with some of the country’s leading Christian pastors and shrewdest political observers, this is a riveting look inside the most wide-open battle for the presidency since 1948. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Child of Fortune: A Correspondent’s Report on the Ratification of the U.S. Constitution and Battle for a Bill of Rights Author: Jeffrey St. John Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this exciting audio production, prize-winning journalist and historian Jeffrey St. John simulates day-by-day reportage to make you a firsthand witness to the 1787–1788 political battle to ratify the US Constitution. Discover how close both sides of the debate came to resorting to violence and rigged elections and witness Patrick Henry’s challenge to a pistol duel at the Virginia convention. Observe the Constitution’s sanction of slavery and the delegate revolts it produced, Massachusetts Governor John Hancock’s secret deal to deliver his state in return for support of his candidacy for the presidency, and how the soft-voiced James Madison defeated America’s greatest orator. Vastly entertaining, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic. Jeffrey St. John Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120002 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Child of Fortune: A Correspondent’s Report on the Ratification of the U.S. Constitution and Battle for a Bill of Rights Author: Jeffrey St. John Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this exciting audio production, prize-winning journalist and historian Jeffrey St. John simulates day-by-day reportage to make you a firsthand witness to the 1787–1788 political battle to ratify the US Constitution. Discover how close both sides of the debate came to resorting to violence and rigged elections and witness Patrick Henry’s challenge to a pistol duel at the Virginia convention. Observe the Constitution’s sanction of slavery and the delegate revolts it produced, Massachusetts Governor John Hancock’s secret deal to deliver his state in return for support of his candidacy for the presidency, and how the soft-voiced James Madison defeated America’s greatest orator. Vastly entertaining, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/120002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Child of Fortune: A Correspondent’s Report on the Ratification of the U.S. Constitution and Battle for a Bill of Rights Author: Jeffrey St. John Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this exciting audio production, prize-winning journalist and historian Jeffrey St. John simulates day-by-day reportage to make you a firsthand witness to the 1787–1788 political battle to ratify the US Constitution. Discover how close both sides of the debate came to resorting to violence and rigged elections and witness Patrick Henry’s challenge to a pistol duel at the Virginia convention. Observe the Constitution’s sanction of slavery and the delegate revolts it produced, Massachusetts Governor John Hancock’s secret deal to deliver his state in return for support of his candidacy for the presidency, and how the soft-voiced James Madison defeated America’s greatest orator. Vastly entertaining, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now or Never: Saving America from Economic Collapse Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Jim Demint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is at more than just a crossroads. She is at the brink. A future of freedom and prosperity can still be had should Americans show the will to chart such a path. But simply continuing with business as usual has literally brought us to the edge of destruction. In NOW OR NEVER, Senator DeMint stresses that the current political moment of widespread concern about massive debt and reckless spending is our last chance to rescue America from economic armageddon. This audiobook is an invaluable tool which will enlighten voters to the current state of our union in order to help them make the best choices in the upcoming presidential election. Continuing the momentum of the Tea Parties and rallies that demanded a new breed of representatives in the 2010 elections, Senator DeMint reminds us of the importance of citizen activism, and its power to change Washington in this critical moment in our nation's history. Senator DeMint is joined by Senators Tom Coburn, Mike Lee, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio and Pat Toomey, Congressman Steve King, pollster Frank Lutz, former Congressman Dick Armey, and others who also make the case for political reform and renewal. Jim Demint Tue, 10 Jan 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119920 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now or Never: Saving America from Economic Collapse Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Jim Demint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is at more than just a crossroads. She is at the brink. A future of freedom and prosperity can still be had should Americans show the will to chart such a path. But simply continuing with business as usual has literally brought us to the edge of destruction. In NOW OR NEVER, Senator DeMint stresses that the current political moment of widespread concern about massive debt and reckless spending is our last chance to rescue America from economic armageddon. This audiobook is an invaluable tool which will enlighten voters to the current state of our union in order to help them make the best choices in the upcoming presidential election. Continuing the momentum of the Tea Parties and rallies that demanded a new breed of representatives in the 2010 elections, Senator DeMint reminds us of the importance of citizen activism, and its power to change Washington in this critical moment in our nation's history. Senator DeMint is joined by Senators Tom Coburn, Mike Lee, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio and Pat Toomey, Congressman Steve King, pollster Frank Lutz, former Congressman Dick Armey, and others who also make the case for political reform and renewal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Now or Never: Saving America from Economic Collapse Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Jim Demint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is at more than just a crossroads. She is at the brink. A future of freedom and prosperity can still be had should Americans show the will to chart such a path. But simply continuing with business as usual has literally brought us to the edge of destruction. In NOW OR NEVER, Senator DeMint stresses that the current political moment of widespread concern about massive debt and reckless spending is our last chance to rescue America from economic armageddon. This audiobook is an invaluable tool which will enlighten voters to the current state of our union in order to help them make the best choices in the upcoming presidential election. Continuing the momentum of the Tea Parties and rallies that demanded a new breed of representatives in the 2010 elections, Senator DeMint reminds us of the importance of citizen activism, and its power to change Washington in this critical moment in our nation's history. Senator DeMint is joined by Senators Tom Coburn, Mike Lee, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio and Pat Toomey, Congressman Steve King, pollster Frank Lutz, former Congressman Dick Armey, and others who also make the case for political reform and renewal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1831, Alexis de Tocqueville, a young French aristocrat and civil servant, made a nine-month journey through eastern America. The result was Democracy in America, a monumental study of the strengths and weaknesses of the nation's evolving politics. Tocqueville looked to the flourishing democratic system in America as a possible model for post-revolutionary France, believing its egalitarian ideals reflected the spirit of the age—even that they were the will of God. His insightful work has become one of the most influential political texts ever written on America and an indispensable authority for anyone interested in the future of democracy. Alexis De Tocqueville Thu, 30 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119844 thebookvoice.com 34:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1831, Alexis de Tocqueville, a young French aristocrat and civil servant, made a nine-month journey through eastern America. The result was Democracy in America, a monumental study of the strengths and weaknesses of the nation's evolving politics. Tocqueville looked to the flourishing democratic system in America as a possible model for post-revolutionary France, believing its egalitarian ideals reflected the spirit of the age—even that they were the will of God. His insightful work has become one of the most influential political texts ever written on America and an indispensable authority for anyone interested in the future of democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in America Author: Alexis De Tocqueville Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1831, Alexis de Tocqueville, a young French aristocrat and civil servant, made a nine-month journey through eastern America. The result was Democracy in America, a monumental study of the strengths and weaknesses of the nation's evolving politics. Tocqueville looked to the flourishing democratic system in America as a possible model for post-revolutionary France, believing its egalitarian ideals reflected the spirit of the age—even that they were the will of God. His insightful work has become one of the most influential political texts ever written on America and an indispensable authority for anyone interested in the future of democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119759 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obamas Author: Jodi Kantor Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Award-winning reporter Jodi Kantor takes readers deep inside the White House in an "insightful and evocative" portrait of Barack and Michelle Obama (Chicago Tribune) that will surprise even readers who thought they knew the two icons.  When Barack Obama won the 2008 presidential election, he also won a long-running debate with his wife Michelle. Contrary to her fears, politics now seemed like a worthwhile, even noble pursuit. Together they planned a White House life that would be as normal and sane as possible. Then they moved in. In the Obamas, Jodi Kantor takes us deep inside the White House as they try to grapple with their new roles, change the country, raise children, maintain friendships, and figure out what it means to be the first black President and First Lady. The Obamas is filled with riveting detail and insight into their partnership, emotions and personalities, and written with a keen eye for the ironies of public life. Jodi Kantor Tue, 10 Jan 2012 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119759 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obamas Author: Jodi Kantor Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Award-winning reporter Jodi Kantor takes readers deep inside the White House in an "insightful and evocative" portrait of Barack and Michelle Obama (Chicago Tribune) that will surprise even readers who thought they knew the two icons.  When Barack Obama won the 2008 presidential election, he also won a long-running debate with his wife Michelle. Contrary to her fears, politics now seemed like a worthwhile, even noble pursuit. Together they planned a White House life that would be as normal and sane as possible. Then they moved in. In the Obamas, Jodi Kantor takes us deep inside the White House as they try to grapple with their new roles, change the country, raise children, maintain friendships, and figure out what it means to be the first black President and First Lady. The Obamas is filled with riveting detail and insight into their partnership, emotions and personalities, and written with a keen eye for the ironies of public life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obamas Author: Jodi Kantor Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Award-winning reporter Jodi Kantor takes readers deep inside the White House in an "insightful and evocative" portrait of Barack and Michelle Obama (Chicago Tribune) that will surprise even readers who thought they knew the two icons.  When Barack Obama won the 2008 presidential election, he also won a long-running debate with his wife Michelle. Contrary to her fears, politics now seemed like a worthwhile, even noble pursuit. Together they planned a White House life that would be as normal and sane as possible. Then they moved in. In the Obamas, Jodi Kantor takes us deep inside the White House as they try to grapple with their new roles, change the country, raise children, maintain friendships, and figure out what it means to be the first black President and First Lady. The Obamas is filled with riveting detail and insight into their partnership, emotions and personalities, and written with a keen eye for the ironies of public life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119275 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bankrupt: The Intellectual and Moral Bankruptcy of Today’s Democratic Party Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Raymond Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Democrat Party, says bestselling author David Limbaugh, has sold itself to left-wing extremists and has lost its mind and soul. Limbaugh charts how the Democrat Party, unable to come to grips with the Clinton scandals, unable to accept the defeat of Al Gore in 2000, and unable to accept its current minority status, has embraced a politics of ideological hate and nihilism. With his trademark bull’s-eye analysis and common sense, David Limbaugh provides a sobering and shocking portrait of a Democrat Party too morally and intellectually bankrupt to serve our country. David Limbaugh Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119275 thebookvoice.com 10:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bankrupt: The Intellectual and Moral Bankruptcy of Today’s Democratic Party Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Raymond Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Democrat Party, says bestselling author David Limbaugh, has sold itself to left-wing extremists and has lost its mind and soul. Limbaugh charts how the Democrat Party, unable to come to grips with the Clinton scandals, unable to accept the defeat of Al Gore in 2000, and unable to accept its current minority status, has embraced a politics of ideological hate and nihilism. With his trademark bull’s-eye analysis and common sense, David Limbaugh provides a sobering and shocking portrait of a Democrat Party too morally and intellectually bankrupt to serve our country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bankrupt: The Intellectual and Moral Bankruptcy of Today’s Democratic Party Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Raymond Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Democrat Party, says bestselling author David Limbaugh, has sold itself to left-wing extremists and has lost its mind and soul. Limbaugh charts how the Democrat Party, unable to come to grips with the Clinton scandals, unable to accept the defeat of Al Gore in 2000, and unable to accept its current minority status, has embraced a politics of ideological hate and nihilism. With his trademark bull’s-eye analysis and common sense, David Limbaugh provides a sobering and shocking portrait of a Democrat Party too morally and intellectually bankrupt to serve our country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture of Corruption: Obama and His Team of Tax Cheats, Crooks, and Cronies Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The era of hope and change is dead...and it only took six months in office to kill it. Never has an administration taken office with more inflated expectations of turning Washington around. Never have a media-anointed American Idol and his entourage fallen so fast and hard. In her latest investigative tour de force, New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin delivers a powerful, damning, and comprehensive indictment of the culture of corruption that surrounds Team Obama's brazen tax evaders, Wall Street cronies, petty crooks, slum lords, and business-as-usual influence peddlers. In Culture of Corruption, Malkin reveals: —Why nepotism beneficiaries First Lady Michelle Obama and Vice President Joe Biden are Team Obama's biggest liberal hypocrites—bashing the corporate world and influence-peddling industries from which they and their relatives have benefited mightily —What secrets the ethics-deficient members of Obama's cabinet—including Hillary Clinton—are trying to hide —Why the Obama White House has more power-hungry, unaccountable 'czars' than any other administration —How Team Obama's first one hundred days of appointments became a litany of embarrassments as would-be appointee after would-be appointee was exposed as a tax cheat or had to withdraw for other reasons —How Obama's old ACORN and union cronies have squandered millions of taxpayer dollars and dues money to enrich themselves and expand their power —How Obama's Wall Street money men and corporate lobbyists are ruining the economy and helping their friends In Culture of Corruption, Michelle Malkin lays bare the Obama administration's seamy underside that the liberal media would rather keep hidden. Michelle Malkin Tue, 01 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118503 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture of Corruption: Obama and His Team of Tax Cheats, Crooks, and Cronies Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The era of hope and change is dead...and it only took six months in office to kill it. Never has an administration taken office with more inflated expectations of turning Washington around. Never have a media-anointed American Idol and his entourage fallen so fast and hard. In her latest investigative tour de force, New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin delivers a powerful, damning, and comprehensive indictment of the culture of corruption that surrounds Team Obama's brazen tax evaders, Wall Street cronies, petty crooks, slum lords, and business-as-usual influence peddlers. In Culture of Corruption, Malkin reveals: —Why nepotism beneficiaries First Lady Michelle Obama and Vice President Joe Biden are Team Obama's biggest liberal hypocrites—bashing the corporate world and influence-peddling industries from which they and their relatives have benefited mightily —What secrets the ethics-deficient members of Obama's cabinet—including Hillary Clinton—are trying to hide —Why the Obama White House has more power-hungry, unaccountable 'czars' than any other administration —How Team Obama's first one hundred days of appointments became a litany of embarrassments as would-be appointee after would-be appointee was exposed as a tax cheat or had to withdraw for other reasons —How Obama's old ACORN and union cronies have squandered millions of taxpayer dollars and dues money to enrich themselves and expand their power —How Obama's Wall Street money men and corporate lobbyists are ruining the economy and helping their friends In Culture of Corruption, Michelle Malkin lays bare the Obama administration's seamy underside that the liberal media would rather keep hidden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture of Corruption: Obama and His Team of Tax Cheats, Crooks, and Cronies Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The era of hope and change is dead...and it only took six months in office to kill it. Never has an administration taken office with more inflated expectations of turning Washington around. Never have a media-anointed American Idol and his entourage fallen so fast and hard. In her latest investigative tour de force, New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin delivers a powerful, damning, and comprehensive indictment of the culture of corruption that surrounds Team Obama's brazen tax evaders, Wall Street cronies, petty crooks, slum lords, and business-as-usual influence peddlers. In Culture of Corruption, Malkin reveals: —Why nepotism beneficiaries First Lady Michelle Obama and Vice President Joe Biden are Team Obama's biggest liberal hypocrites—bashing the corporate world and influence-peddling industries from which they and their relatives have benefited mightily —What secrets the ethics-deficient members of Obama's cabinet—including Hillary Clinton—are trying to hide —Why the Obama White House has more power-hungry, unaccountable 'czars' than any other administration —How Team Obama's first one hundred days of appointments became a litany of embarrassments as would-be appointee after would-be appointee was exposed as a tax cheat or had to withdraw for other reasons —How Obama's old ACORN and union cronies have squandered millions of taxpayer dollars and dues money to enrich themselves and expand their power —How Obama's Wall Street money men and corporate lobbyists are ruining the economy and helping their friends In Culture of Corruption, Michelle Malkin lays bare the Obama administration's seamy underside that the liberal media would rather keep hidden. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Koran: It may be the most controversial book in the world. Some see it as a paean to peace, others call it a violent mandate for worldwide Islamic supremacy. How can one book lead to such dramatically different conclusions? New York Times bestselling author Robert Spencer reveals the truth in The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran: not many Westerners know what's in the Koran because few have actually read it—even among the legions of politicians, diplomats, analysts, and editorial writers who vehemently insist that the Koran preaches tolerance. Now Spencer unveils the mysteries lying behind this powerful book, guiding listeners through the controversies surrounding the Koran's origins and its most contentious passages. Stripping out the obsolete debates, Spencer focuses on the Koran's decrees toward Jews, Christians, and other infidels, explaining how they were viewed in Muhammad's time, what they've supposedly done wrong, and, most important, what the Koran has in store for them. Robert Spencer Mon, 30 Nov 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117915 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Koran: It may be the most controversial book in the world. Some see it as a paean to peace, others call it a violent mandate for worldwide Islamic supremacy. How can one book lead to such dramatically different conclusions? New York Times bestselling author Robert Spencer reveals the truth in The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran: not many Westerners know what's in the Koran because few have actually read it—even among the legions of politicians, diplomats, analysts, and editorial writers who vehemently insist that the Koran preaches tolerance. Now Spencer unveils the mysteries lying behind this powerful book, guiding listeners through the controversies surrounding the Koran's origins and its most contentious passages. Stripping out the obsolete debates, Spencer focuses on the Koran's decrees toward Jews, Christians, and other infidels, explaining how they were viewed in Muhammad's time, what they've supposedly done wrong, and, most important, what the Koran has in store for them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Koran: It may be the most controversial book in the world. Some see it as a paean to peace, others call it a violent mandate for worldwide Islamic supremacy. How can one book lead to such dramatically different conclusions? New York Times bestselling author Robert Spencer reveals the truth in The Complete Infidel's Guide to the Koran: not many Westerners know what's in the Koran because few have actually read it—even among the legions of politicians, diplomats, analysts, and editorial writers who vehemently insist that the Koran preaches tolerance. Now Spencer unveils the mysteries lying behind this powerful book, guiding listeners through the controversies surrounding the Koran's origins and its most contentious passages. Stripping out the obsolete debates, Spencer focuses on the Koran's decrees toward Jews, Christians, and other infidels, explaining how they were viewed in Muhammad's time, what they've supposedly done wrong, and, most important, what the Koran has in store for them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Now: A 12-Step Program for Defeating the Obama Agenda Author: Michael Steele Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Republicans look for new ideas to guide them back to power, the Republican National Committee has a new chairman in Michael Steele. In his new book, Right Now, Steele outlines a path for Republicans to reconnect with America and retake the majority. Steele says it's time for the GOP to stop making excuses and take responsibility for its defeats. He argues that the key to rebuilding the Republican party lies in embracing core conservative values and exposing the dangers of Obama's far-left, big-government agenda. Addressing issues from the economy to the environment, Steele proposes a '12-step program' to show how conservative ideas and values make life better for all Americans. Right Now shows how conservatism, not Obama-style socialism, is the surest route to greater prosperity and freedom. Michael Steele Mon, 15 Feb 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117906 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Now: A 12-Step Program for Defeating the Obama Agenda Author: Michael Steele Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Republicans look for new ideas to guide them back to power, the Republican National Committee has a new chairman in Michael Steele. In his new book, Right Now, Steele outlines a path for Republicans to reconnect with America and retake the majority. Steele says it's time for the GOP to stop making excuses and take responsibility for its defeats. He argues that the key to rebuilding the Republican party lies in embracing core conservative values and exposing the dangers of Obama's far-left, big-government agenda. Addressing issues from the economy to the environment, Steele proposes a '12-step program' to show how conservative ideas and values make life better for all Americans. Right Now shows how conservatism, not Obama-style socialism, is the surest route to greater prosperity and freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Now: A 12-Step Program for Defeating the Obama Agenda Author: Michael Steele Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Republicans look for new ideas to guide them back to power, the Republican National Committee has a new chairman in Michael Steele. In his new book, Right Now, Steele outlines a path for Republicans to reconnect with America and retake the majority. Steele says it's time for the GOP to stop making excuses and take responsibility for its defeats. He argues that the key to rebuilding the Republican party lies in embracing core conservative values and exposing the dangers of Obama's far-left, big-government agenda. Addressing issues from the economy to the environment, Steele proposes a '12-step program' to show how conservative ideas and values make life better for all Americans. Right Now shows how conservatism, not Obama-style socialism, is the surest route to greater prosperity and freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 44 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince has long been both praised and reviled for its message of moral relativism and political expediency. Although a large part is devoted to the mechanics of gaining and staying in power, Machiavelli's end purpose is to maintain a just and stable government. He is not ambiguous in stating his belief that committing a small cruelty to avert a larger is not only justifiable but required of a just ruler. Machiavelli gives a vivid portrayal of his world in the chaos and tumult of early-sixteenth-century Florence, Italy, and Europe. He uses both his contemporary political situation and that of the classical period to illustrate his precepts of statecraft. Niccolo Machiavelli Mon, 21 Jul 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117895 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 44 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince has long been both praised and reviled for its message of moral relativism and political expediency. Although a large part is devoted to the mechanics of gaining and staying in power, Machiavelli's end purpose is to maintain a just and stable government. He is not ambiguous in stating his belief that committing a small cruelty to avert a larger is not only justifiable but required of a just ruler. Machiavelli gives a vivid portrayal of his world in the chaos and tumult of early-sixteenth-century Florence, Italy, and Europe. He uses both his contemporary political situation and that of the classical period to illustrate his precepts of statecraft. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Shelly Frasier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 21, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 44 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince has long been both praised and reviled for its message of moral relativism and political expediency. Although a large part is devoted to the mechanics of gaining and staying in power, Machiavelli's end purpose is to maintain a just and stable government. He is not ambiguous in stating his belief that committing a small cruelty to avert a larger is not only justifiable but required of a just ruler. Machiavelli gives a vivid portrayal of his world in the chaos and tumult of early-sixteenth-century Florence, Italy, and Europe. He uses both his contemporary political situation and that of the classical period to illustrate his precepts of statecraft. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Belt Patriotism: How to Reawaken America Author: Chuck Norris Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Martial arts master, actor, and political activist—there is no job Chuck Norris can't do. Now the original tough guy is at it again, stepping back into the role of bestselling author with his new book. In Black Belt Patriotism, Norris takes no prisoners in his assessment of American culture, tackling everything from family values to national security. More than a cultural critique of what's wrong with our nation, Black Belt Patriotism provides real solutions—not superficial band-aids—for solving our problems and moving our country forward. Norris shows us how we can get involved, make a difference, and change our nation's course for the better. Chuck Norris—the hero, icon, and legend—is back, packing a political and cultural punch as only he can deliver. Chuck Norris Mon, 06 Oct 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117892 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Belt Patriotism: How to Reawaken America Author: Chuck Norris Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Martial arts master, actor, and political activist—there is no job Chuck Norris can't do. Now the original tough guy is at it again, stepping back into the role of bestselling author with his new book. In Black Belt Patriotism, Norris takes no prisoners in his assessment of American culture, tackling everything from family values to national security. More than a cultural critique of what's wrong with our nation, Black Belt Patriotism provides real solutions—not superficial band-aids—for solving our problems and moving our country forward. Norris shows us how we can get involved, make a difference, and change our nation's course for the better. Chuck Norris—the hero, icon, and legend—is back, packing a political and cultural punch as only he can deliver. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Belt Patriotism: How to Reawaken America Author: Chuck Norris Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Martial arts master, actor, and political activist—there is no job Chuck Norris can't do. Now the original tough guy is at it again, stepping back into the role of bestselling author with his new book. In Black Belt Patriotism, Norris takes no prisoners in his assessment of American culture, tackling everything from family values to national security. More than a cultural critique of what's wrong with our nation, Black Belt Patriotism provides real solutions—not superficial band-aids—for solving our problems and moving our country forward. Norris shows us how we can get involved, make a difference, and change our nation's course for the better. Chuck Norris—the hero, icon, and legend—is back, packing a political and cultural punch as only he can deliver. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Mind: Why You Can't Understand 21st-Century American Politics with an 18th-Century Brain Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain—and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another—or building a whole new narrative altogether—can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body—it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. George Lakoff Mon, 08 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117756 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Mind: Why You Can't Understand 21st-Century American Politics with an 18th-Century Brain Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain—and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another—or building a whole new narrative altogether—can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body—it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Political Mind: Why You Can't Understand 21st-Century American Politics with an 18th-Century Brain Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain—and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another—or building a whole new narrative altogether—can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body—it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracies: Lies, Lies, and More Dirty Lies That the Government Tells Us Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this explosive account of wrongful acts and ongoing cover-ups, Jesse Ventura takes a systematic look at the wide gap between what the American government knows and what it reveals to the American people. For too long, we the people have sat by and let politicians and bureaucrats from both parties obfuscate and lie. And according to this former Navy SEAL, former pro wrestler, and former Minnesota governor, the media is complicit in these acts of deception. For too long, the mainstream press has refused to consider alternate possibilities and to ask the tough questions. Here, Ventura looks closely at the theories that have been presented over the years and separates the fact from the fiction. In Ventura's eyes, the murder of Abraham Lincoln and the assassinations of the Kennedys and Martin Luther King all need to be reexamined. Was Watergate presented honestly, or was the CIA involved? Did the Republican Party set out to purposefully steal two elections on behalf of George W. Bush? Has all the evidence been presented about the 9/11 attacks, or is there another angle that the media is afraid to explore? And finally, is the collapse of today's financial order and the bailout plan by the Federal Reserve the widest-reaching conspiracy ever perpetrated? Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Tue, 23 Mar 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117702 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracies: Lies, Lies, and More Dirty Lies That the Government Tells Us Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this explosive account of wrongful acts and ongoing cover-ups, Jesse Ventura takes a systematic look at the wide gap between what the American government knows and what it reveals to the American people. For too long, we the people have sat by and let politicians and bureaucrats from both parties obfuscate and lie. And according to this former Navy SEAL, former pro wrestler, and former Minnesota governor, the media is complicit in these acts of deception. For too long, the mainstream press has refused to consider alternate possibilities and to ask the tough questions. Here, Ventura looks closely at the theories that have been presented over the years and separates the fact from the fiction. In Ventura's eyes, the murder of Abraham Lincoln and the assassinations of the Kennedys and Martin Luther King all need to be reexamined. Was Watergate presented honestly, or was the CIA involved? Did the Republican Party set out to purposefully steal two elections on behalf of George W. Bush? Has all the evidence been presented about the 9/11 attacks, or is there another angle that the media is afraid to explore? And finally, is the collapse of today's financial order and the bailout plan by the Federal Reserve the widest-reaching conspiracy ever perpetrated? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Conspiracies: Lies, Lies, and More Dirty Lies That the Government Tells Us Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this explosive account of wrongful acts and ongoing cover-ups, Jesse Ventura takes a systematic look at the wide gap between what the American government knows and what it reveals to the American people. For too long, we the people have sat by and let politicians and bureaucrats from both parties obfuscate and lie. And according to this former Navy SEAL, former pro wrestler, and former Minnesota governor, the media is complicit in these acts of deception. For too long, the mainstream press has refused to consider alternate possibilities and to ask the tough questions. Here, Ventura looks closely at the theories that have been presented over the years and separates the fact from the fiction. In Ventura's eyes, the murder of Abraham Lincoln and the assassinations of the Kennedys and Martin Luther King all need to be reexamined. Was Watergate presented honestly, or was the CIA involved? Did the Republican Party set out to purposefully steal two elections on behalf of George W. Bush? Has all the evidence been presented about the 9/11 attacks, or is there another angle that the media is afraid to explore? And finally, is the collapse of today's financial order and the bailout plan by the Federal Reserve the widest-reaching conspiracy ever perpetrated? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom: Team Obama's Assault on Tea-Party, Talk-Radio Americans Author: Michael Graham Narrator: Michael Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Responsible. Independent. Hard-working. These are qualities that used to define Americans. But now we're a nation of whiners, blamers, and excuse-makers. So says Michael Graham—radio talk show host, former GOP campaign consultant, and journalist—in his new book. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom taps into the frustration and anxiety felt by hundreds of thousands of taxpayers at tea parties nationwide. Frustration that the government is taking over our lives; punishing success while rewarding failure; and fostering a society of Americans who don't take responsibility for their actions and then expect the government—and their fellow citizens—to pick up the bill. Graham, known for his searing wit and controversial comments, also explains who the tea party 'activists' really are: ordinary, everyday citizens pushed into action by the threat of higher taxes and increased government intrusion. Tackling everything from the economy and education to health care and the housing market, Graham argues that it's up to us to take control back from the government bureaucrats and to restore the home-spun values of hard work, fair play, and individual responsibility. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom shows us how. Michael Graham Wed, 31 Mar 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117698 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom: Team Obama's Assault on Tea-Party, Talk-Radio Americans Author: Michael Graham Narrator: Michael Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Responsible. Independent. Hard-working. These are qualities that used to define Americans. But now we're a nation of whiners, blamers, and excuse-makers. So says Michael Graham—radio talk show host, former GOP campaign consultant, and journalist—in his new book. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom taps into the frustration and anxiety felt by hundreds of thousands of taxpayers at tea parties nationwide. Frustration that the government is taking over our lives; punishing success while rewarding failure; and fostering a society of Americans who don't take responsibility for their actions and then expect the government—and their fellow citizens—to pick up the bill. Graham, known for his searing wit and controversial comments, also explains who the tea party 'activists' really are: ordinary, everyday citizens pushed into action by the threat of higher taxes and increased government intrusion. Tackling everything from the economy and education to health care and the housing market, Graham argues that it's up to us to take control back from the government bureaucrats and to restore the home-spun values of hard work, fair play, and individual responsibility. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom shows us how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom: Team Obama's Assault on Tea-Party, Talk-Radio Americans Author: Michael Graham Narrator: Michael Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Responsible. Independent. Hard-working. These are qualities that used to define Americans. But now we're a nation of whiners, blamers, and excuse-makers. So says Michael Graham—radio talk show host, former GOP campaign consultant, and journalist—in his new book. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom taps into the frustration and anxiety felt by hundreds of thousands of taxpayers at tea parties nationwide. Frustration that the government is taking over our lives; punishing success while rewarding failure; and fostering a society of Americans who don't take responsibility for their actions and then expect the government—and their fellow citizens—to pick up the bill. Graham, known for his searing wit and controversial comments, also explains who the tea party 'activists' really are: ordinary, everyday citizens pushed into action by the threat of higher taxes and increased government intrusion. Tackling everything from the economy and education to health care and the housing market, Graham argues that it's up to us to take control back from the government bureaucrats and to restore the home-spun values of hard work, fair play, and individual responsibility. That's No Angry Mob, That's My Mom shows us how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Their Land: Reports from a Divided Nation Author: Barbara Ehrenreich Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barbara Ehrenreich's first book of satirical commentary, The Worst Years of Our Lives, which was about the Reagan era, was received with bestselling acclaim. The one problem was the title: couldn't some prophetic fact-checker have seen that the worst years of our lives—far worse—were still to come? Here they are, the 2000s, and in This Land Is Their Land, Ehrenreich subjects them to the most biting and incisive satire of her career. Taking the measure of what we are left with after the cruelest decade in memory, Ehrenreich finds lurid extremes all around. While members of the moneyed elite can buy congressmen, many in the working class can barely buy lunch. While a wealthy minority obsessively consumes cosmetic surgery, the poor often go without health care for their children. And while the corporate C-suites are now nests of criminality, the less fortunate are fed a diet of morality, marriage, and abstinence. Ehrenreich's antidotes are as sardonic as they are spot-on: pet insurance for your kids; Salvation Army fashions for those who can no longer afford Wal-Mart; and boundless rage against those who have given us a nation scarred by deepening inequality, corroded by distrust, and shamed by its official cruelty. Barbara Ehrenreich Tue, 08 Jul 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117632 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Their Land: Reports from a Divided Nation Author: Barbara Ehrenreich Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barbara Ehrenreich's first book of satirical commentary, The Worst Years of Our Lives, which was about the Reagan era, was received with bestselling acclaim. The one problem was the title: couldn't some prophetic fact-checker have seen that the worst years of our lives—far worse—were still to come? Here they are, the 2000s, and in This Land Is Their Land, Ehrenreich subjects them to the most biting and incisive satire of her career. Taking the measure of what we are left with after the cruelest decade in memory, Ehrenreich finds lurid extremes all around. While members of the moneyed elite can buy congressmen, many in the working class can barely buy lunch. While a wealthy minority obsessively consumes cosmetic surgery, the poor often go without health care for their children. And while the corporate C-suites are now nests of criminality, the less fortunate are fed a diet of morality, marriage, and abstinence. Ehrenreich's antidotes are as sardonic as they are spot-on: pet insurance for your kids; Salvation Army fashions for those who can no longer afford Wal-Mart; and boundless rage against those who have given us a nation scarred by deepening inequality, corroded by distrust, and shamed by its official cruelty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Their Land: Reports from a Divided Nation Author: Barbara Ehrenreich Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barbara Ehrenreich's first book of satirical commentary, The Worst Years of Our Lives, which was about the Reagan era, was received with bestselling acclaim. The one problem was the title: couldn't some prophetic fact-checker have seen that the worst years of our lives—far worse—were still to come? Here they are, the 2000s, and in This Land Is Their Land, Ehrenreich subjects them to the most biting and incisive satire of her career. Taking the measure of what we are left with after the cruelest decade in memory, Ehrenreich finds lurid extremes all around. While members of the moneyed elite can buy congressmen, many in the working class can barely buy lunch. While a wealthy minority obsessively consumes cosmetic surgery, the poor often go without health care for their children. And while the corporate C-suites are now nests of criminality, the less fortunate are fed a diet of morality, marriage, and abstinence. Ehrenreich's antidotes are as sardonic as they are spot-on: pet insurance for your kids; Salvation Army fashions for those who can no longer afford Wal-Mart; and boundless rage against those who have given us a nation scarred by deepening inequality, corroded by distrust, and shamed by its official cruelty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House: Humor, Blunders, and Other Oddities from the Presidential Campaign Trail Author: Charles Osgood Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Charles Osgood showed in his popular book Kilroy Was Here: The Best American Humor from World War II, sometimes the most intense situations yield the most unexpectedly funny stories. And few situations are more intense than a presidential campaign. From FDR to Harry Truman to JFK to George W. Bush, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House captures the wit and humor of the campaign trail—a place where levity is always welcome. Osgood includes fragments of speeches, interviews, and press conferences, as well as articles written by and about the candidates—no source is left untapped. Arriving exactly when America most needs a good laugh, this book promises to make the seemingly endless race to the presidency a little more bearable, if not downright enjoyable. Charles Osgood Mon, 30 Jun 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117619 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House: Humor, Blunders, and Other Oddities from the Presidential Campaign Trail Author: Charles Osgood Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Charles Osgood showed in his popular book Kilroy Was Here: The Best American Humor from World War II, sometimes the most intense situations yield the most unexpectedly funny stories. And few situations are more intense than a presidential campaign. From FDR to Harry Truman to JFK to George W. Bush, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House captures the wit and humor of the campaign trail—a place where levity is always welcome. Osgood includes fragments of speeches, interviews, and press conferences, as well as articles written by and about the candidates—no source is left untapped. Arriving exactly when America most needs a good laugh, this book promises to make the seemingly endless race to the presidency a little more bearable, if not downright enjoyable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House: Humor, Blunders, and Other Oddities from the Presidential Campaign Trail Author: Charles Osgood Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Charles Osgood showed in his popular book Kilroy Was Here: The Best American Humor from World War II, sometimes the most intense situations yield the most unexpectedly funny stories. And few situations are more intense than a presidential campaign. From FDR to Harry Truman to JFK to George W. Bush, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the White House captures the wit and humor of the campaign trail—a place where levity is always welcome. Osgood includes fragments of speeches, interviews, and press conferences, as well as articles written by and about the candidates—no source is left untapped. Arriving exactly when America most needs a good laugh, this book promises to make the seemingly endless race to the presidency a little more bearable, if not downright enjoyable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Fights Back: Playbook 2012 (POLITICO Inside Election 2012) Author: Mike Allen, Evan Thomas Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two of America’s most perceptive political reporters join forces for an unprecedented behind-the-scenes look at the race for the White House in POLITICO’s Playbook 2012, a series of four instant digital books on the 2012 presidential election. The first edition, The Right Fights Back, follows the campaign for the Republican presidential nomination.   The battle for the 2012 Republican presidential nomination promises to be one of the most hotly contested and closely fought in recent memory, as establishment Republicans, Tea Party favorites, and dark horse insurgents vie to take on President Obama in the November election. In The Right Fights Back, Mike Allen, chief White House correspondent for POLITICO, and Evan Thomas, the award-winning journalist and author of Robert F. Kennedy and The War Lovers, chronicle the dramatic events of this historic campaign as it unfolds.   With exclusive real-time reporting from the campaign trail, The Right Fights Back provides detail, color, and in-depth analysis that take readers beyond the hourly headlines and commentary. From the role of Super PACS and conservative interest groups to the clashes of personality and policy that will define the race to capture the GOP nomination, this is a history-as-it-happens account of the resurgent American right at the crossroads. Mike Allen, Evan Thomas Wed, 30 Nov 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117605 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Fights Back: Playbook 2012 (POLITICO Inside Election 2012) Author: Mike Allen, Evan Thomas Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two of America’s most perceptive political reporters join forces for an unprecedented behind-the-scenes look at the race for the White House in POLITICO’s Playbook 2012, a series of four instant digital books on the 2012 presidential election. The first edition, The Right Fights Back, follows the campaign for the Republican presidential nomination.   The battle for the 2012 Republican presidential nomination promises to be one of the most hotly contested and closely fought in recent memory, as establishment Republicans, Tea Party favorites, and dark horse insurgents vie to take on President Obama in the November election. In The Right Fights Back, Mike Allen, chief White House correspondent for POLITICO, and Evan Thomas, the award-winning journalist and author of Robert F. Kennedy and The War Lovers, chronicle the dramatic events of this historic campaign as it unfolds.   With exclusive real-time reporting from the campaign trail, The Right Fights Back provides detail, color, and in-depth analysis that take readers beyond the hourly headlines and commentary. From the role of Super PACS and conservative interest groups to the clashes of personality and policy that will define the race to capture the GOP nomination, this is a history-as-it-happens account of the resurgent American right at the crossroads. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Fights Back: Playbook 2012 (POLITICO Inside Election 2012) Author: Mike Allen, Evan Thomas Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two of America’s most perceptive political reporters join forces for an unprecedented behind-the-scenes look at the race for the White House in POLITICO’s Playbook 2012, a series of four instant digital books on the 2012 presidential election. The first edition, The Right Fights Back, follows the campaign for the Republican presidential nomination.   The battle for the 2012 Republican presidential nomination promises to be one of the most hotly contested and closely fought in recent memory, as establishment Republicans, Tea Party favorites, and dark horse insurgents vie to take on President Obama in the November election. In The Right Fights Back, Mike Allen, chief White House correspondent for POLITICO, and Evan Thomas, the award-winning journalist and author of Robert F. Kennedy and The War Lovers, chronicle the dramatic events of this historic campaign as it unfolds.   With exclusive real-time reporting from the campaign trail, The Right Fights Back provides detail, color, and in-depth analysis that take readers beyond the hourly headlines and commentary. From the role of Super PACS and conservative interest groups to the clashes of personality and policy that will define the race to capture the GOP nomination, this is a history-as-it-happens account of the resurgent American right at the crossroads. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blueprint: Obama's Plan to Subvert the Constitution and Build an Imperial Presidency Author: Ken Blackwell, Ken Klukowski Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From noted conservative leader Ken Blackwell and Washington, D.C.–based constitutional attorney and journalist Ken Klukowski comes an urgently needed book about President Barack Obama's blueprint to centralize power in the White House, subvert the Constitution, and transform the United States of America into a militant, secular welfare state dominated by an overbearing central government. The authors identify and discuss more than twenty tactics being taken by the Obama administration to restructure the country and ensure perpetual liberal rule—such as changing voting laws, politicizing the census, coercing corporations into adopting its policies, planning to destroy talk radio, and seeking to make millions of illegal aliens into voting citizens. By means both sharp and subtle, President Obama aims to change Americans' views about government, liberty, and even God. —Czars: The authors show how Obama is installing a shadow government of radical appointees not subject to Senate confirmation and answerable to no one but him. —Courts: The authors have insider knowledge of how Obama will pack the Supreme Court and lower courts with activist judges who will overstep their constitutional authority. —When Lawmaking becomes Lawbreaking: The authors reveal the ways Obama is consolidating lawmaking power in the White House, in direct violation of our nation's separation of powers. —Changing the American Identity: The authors show how Obama is using unconstitutional tactics to change how we conduct commerce, how we vote, our right to bear arms, and the free-speech rights of opposition voices. Ken Blackwell, Ken Klukowski Mon, 07 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117346 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blueprint: Obama's Plan to Subvert the Constitution and Build an Imperial Presidency Author: Ken Blackwell, Ken Klukowski Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From noted conservative leader Ken Blackwell and Washington, D.C.–based constitutional attorney and journalist Ken Klukowski comes an urgently needed book about President Barack Obama's blueprint to centralize power in the White House, subvert the Constitution, and transform the United States of America into a militant, secular welfare state dominated by an overbearing central government. The authors identify and discuss more than twenty tactics being taken by the Obama administration to restructure the country and ensure perpetual liberal rule—such as changing voting laws, politicizing the census, coercing corporations into adopting its policies, planning to destroy talk radio, and seeking to make millions of illegal aliens into voting citizens. By means both sharp and subtle, President Obama aims to change Americans' views about government, liberty, and even God. —Czars: The authors show how Obama is installing a shadow government of radical appointees not subject to Senate confirmation and answerable to no one but him. —Courts: The authors have insider knowledge of how Obama will pack the Supreme Court and lower courts with activist judges who will overstep their constitutional authority. —When Lawmaking becomes Lawbreaking: The authors reveal the ways Obama is consolidating lawmaking power in the White House, in direct violation of our nation's separation of powers. —Changing the American Identity: The authors show how Obama is using unconstitutional tactics to change how we conduct commerce, how we vote, our right to bear arms, and the free-speech rights of opposition voices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blueprint: Obama's Plan to Subvert the Constitution and Build an Imperial Presidency Author: Ken Blackwell, Ken Klukowski Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From noted conservative leader Ken Blackwell and Washington, D.C.–based constitutional attorney and journalist Ken Klukowski comes an urgently needed book about President Barack Obama's blueprint to centralize power in the White House, subvert the Constitution, and transform the United States of America into a militant, secular welfare state dominated by an overbearing central government. The authors identify and discuss more than twenty tactics being taken by the Obama administration to restructure the country and ensure perpetual liberal rule—such as changing voting laws, politicizing the census, coercing corporations into adopting its policies, planning to destroy talk radio, and seeking to make millions of illegal aliens into voting citizens. By means both sharp and subtle, President Obama aims to change Americans' views about government, liberty, and even God. —Czars: The authors show how Obama is installing a shadow government of radical appointees not subject to Senate confirmation and answerable to no one but him. —Courts: The authors have insider knowledge of how Obama will pack the Supreme Court and lower courts with activist judges who will overstep their constitutional authority. —When Lawmaking becomes Lawbreaking: The authors reveal the ways Obama is consolidating lawmaking power in the White House, in direct violation of our nation's separation of powers. —Changing the American Identity: The authors show how Obama is using unconstitutional tactics to change how we conduct commerce, how we vote, our right to bear arms, and the free-speech rights of opposition voices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this monumental work of moral and political philosophy, Plato sought to answer some of the world’s most formidable questions: What does it mean to be good? What enables us to distinguish between right and wrong? How should human virtues be translated into a just society? Perhaps the greatest single treatise written on political philosophy, The Republic has strongly influenced Western thought concerning questions of justice, rule, obedience, and the good life. This work is also undoubtedly the best introduction to Plato’s philosophy in general. Not only does it contain his ideas on the state and man but also his famous theory of forms, his theory of knowledge, and his views on the role of music and poetry in society. Plato Tue, 11 Nov 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117201 thebookvoice.com 12:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this monumental work of moral and political philosophy, Plato sought to answer some of the world’s most formidable questions: What does it mean to be good? What enables us to distinguish between right and wrong? How should human virtues be translated into a just society? Perhaps the greatest single treatise written on political philosophy, The Republic has strongly influenced Western thought concerning questions of justice, rule, obedience, and the good life. This work is also undoubtedly the best introduction to Plato’s philosophy in general. Not only does it contain his ideas on the state and man but also his famous theory of forms, his theory of knowledge, and his views on the role of music and poetry in society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/117201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this monumental work of moral and political philosophy, Plato sought to answer some of the world’s most formidable questions: What does it mean to be good? What enables us to distinguish between right and wrong? How should human virtues be translated into a just society? Perhaps the greatest single treatise written on political philosophy, The Republic has strongly influenced Western thought concerning questions of justice, rule, obedience, and the good life. This work is also undoubtedly the best introduction to Plato’s philosophy in general. Not only does it contain his ideas on the state and man but also his famous theory of forms, his theory of knowledge, and his views on the role of music and poetry in society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Work: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy Author: Bill Clinton Narrator: Bill Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matters—presenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, job creation, financial responsibility, resolving the mortgage crisis, and pursuing a strategy to get us 'back in the future business.” He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama’s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security. Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we’ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all our problems, we’ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. Clinton writes, “There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the twenty-first century with an antigovernment strategy,” based on “a philosophy grounded in ‘you’re on your own’ rather than ‘we’re all in this together.’ ” He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and “Americans need victories in real life.” Includes a bonus PDF of the charts referenced in the recording Bill Clinton Tue, 08 Nov 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116319 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Work: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy Author: Bill Clinton Narrator: Bill Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matters—presenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, job creation, financial responsibility, resolving the mortgage crisis, and pursuing a strategy to get us 'back in the future business.” He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama’s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security. Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we’ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all our problems, we’ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. Clinton writes, “There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the twenty-first century with an antigovernment strategy,” based on “a philosophy grounded in ‘you’re on your own’ rather than ‘we’re all in this together.’ ” He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and “Americans need victories in real life.” Includes a bonus PDF of the charts referenced in the recording Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Work: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy Author: Bill Clinton Narrator: Bill Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matters—presenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, job creation, financial responsibility, resolving the mortgage crisis, and pursuing a strategy to get us 'back in the future business.” He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama’s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security. Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we’ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all our problems, we’ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. Clinton writes, “There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the twenty-first century with an antigovernment strategy,” based on “a philosophy grounded in ‘you’re on your own’ rather than ‘we’re all in this together.’ ” He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and “Americans need victories in real life.” Includes a bonus PDF of the charts referenced in the recording https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116185 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Obamacare Author: Sally C. Pipes Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Truth About Obamacare, Sally C. Pipes—president of the Pacific Research Institute and an acknowledged expert on health care reform—reveals what Democrats in Congress and President Barack Obama don't want you to know: Obamacare is even worse than most critics suspect. Debunking the myths that the current administration has touted, Pipes shows exactly what the new health care law will mean for you, your family, your doctor, and your wallet. Among the myths Pipes will bust: —Myth One: Every American will have access to care. —Myth Two: If you like your doctor and your insurance, nothing will change. —Myth Three: Obamacare will save us from 'spending too much' on health care. —Myth Four: Obamacare will make our health care more 'efficient' the way that European health care is—or actually is not. The Truth About Obamacare reveals how, contrary to its promises, Obamacare will make health care more expensive, limit your options, lead to deteriorating medical care, and weaken America's already frail economy. Sally C. Pipes Tue, 03 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116185 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Obamacare Author: Sally C. Pipes Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Truth About Obamacare, Sally C. Pipes—president of the Pacific Research Institute and an acknowledged expert on health care reform—reveals what Democrats in Congress and President Barack Obama don't want you to know: Obamacare is even worse than most critics suspect. Debunking the myths that the current administration has touted, Pipes shows exactly what the new health care law will mean for you, your family, your doctor, and your wallet. Among the myths Pipes will bust: —Myth One: Every American will have access to care. —Myth Two: If you like your doctor and your insurance, nothing will change. —Myth Three: Obamacare will save us from 'spending too much' on health care. —Myth Four: Obamacare will make our health care more 'efficient' the way that European health care is—or actually is not. The Truth About Obamacare reveals how, contrary to its promises, Obamacare will make health care more expensive, limit your options, lead to deteriorating medical care, and weaken America's already frail economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Obamacare Author: Sally C. Pipes Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Truth About Obamacare, Sally C. Pipes—president of the Pacific Research Institute and an acknowledged expert on health care reform—reveals what Democrats in Congress and President Barack Obama don't want you to know: Obamacare is even worse than most critics suspect. Debunking the myths that the current administration has touted, Pipes shows exactly what the new health care law will mean for you, your family, your doctor, and your wallet. Among the myths Pipes will bust: —Myth One: Every American will have access to care. —Myth Two: If you like your doctor and your insurance, nothing will change. —Myth Three: Obamacare will save us from 'spending too much' on health care. —Myth Four: Obamacare will make our health care more 'efficient' the way that European health care is—or actually is not. The Truth About Obamacare reveals how, contrary to its promises, Obamacare will make health care more expensive, limit your options, lead to deteriorating medical care, and weaken America's already frail economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116166 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The foundation for all modern economic thought and political economy, The Wealth of Nations is the magnum opus of Scottish economist Adam Smith, who introduces the world to the very idea of economics and capitalism in the modern sense of the words. Smith details his argument in five books: Book I. Of the Causes of Improvement in the Productive Power of Labour Book II. Of the Nature, Accumulation, and Employment of Stock Introduction Book III. Of the Different Progress of Opulence in Different Nations Book IV. Of Systems of Political Economy Book V. Of the Revenue of the Sovereign or Commonwealth Taken together, these books form a giant leap forward in the field of economics. A product of the 'Age of Enlightenment,' The Wealth of Nations is a must for all who wish to gain a better understanding of the principles upon which all modern capitalistic economies have been founded and the process of wealth creation that is engendered by those principles. Adam Smith Fri, 24 Dec 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116166 thebookvoice.com 37:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The foundation for all modern economic thought and political economy, The Wealth of Nations is the magnum opus of Scottish economist Adam Smith, who introduces the world to the very idea of economics and capitalism in the modern sense of the words. Smith details his argument in five books: Book I. Of the Causes of Improvement in the Productive Power of Labour Book II. Of the Nature, Accumulation, and Employment of Stock Introduction Book III. Of the Different Progress of Opulence in Different Nations Book IV. Of Systems of Political Economy Book V. Of the Revenue of the Sovereign or Commonwealth Taken together, these books form a giant leap forward in the field of economics. A product of the 'Age of Enlightenment,' The Wealth of Nations is a must for all who wish to gain a better understanding of the principles upon which all modern capitalistic economies have been founded and the process of wealth creation that is engendered by those principles. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth of Nations Author: Adam Smith Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The foundation for all modern economic thought and political economy, The Wealth of Nations is the magnum opus of Scottish economist Adam Smith, who introduces the world to the very idea of economics and capitalism in the modern sense of the words. Smith details his argument in five books: Book I. Of the Causes of Improvement in the Productive Power of Labour Book II. Of the Nature, Accumulation, and Employment of Stock Introduction Book III. Of the Different Progress of Opulence in Different Nations Book IV. Of Systems of Political Economy Book V. Of the Revenue of the Sovereign or Commonwealth Taken together, these books form a giant leap forward in the field of economics. A product of the 'Age of Enlightenment,' The Wealth of Nations is a must for all who wish to gain a better understanding of the principles upon which all modern capitalistic economies have been founded and the process of wealth creation that is engendered by those principles. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx's Das Kapital: A Biography Series: #8 of Books That Changed the World Author: Francis Wheen Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this brilliant book, Francis Wheen, the author of the most successful biography of Karl Marx, tells the story of Das Kapital and Marx's twenty-year struggle to complete his unfinished masterpiece. Born in a two-room flat in London's Soho amid political squabbles and personal tragedy, the first volume of Das Kapital was published in 1867 to muted praise. But after Marx's death, the book went on to influence thinkers, writers, and revolutionaries, from George Bernard Shaw to V. I. Lenin, changing the direction of twentieth-century history. Wheen shows that, far from being a dry economic treatise, Das Kapital is like a vast Gothic novel whose heroes are enslaved by the monster they created: capitalism. Furthermore, Wheen argues, as long as capitalism endures, Das Kapital demands to be read and understood. Francis Wheen Wed, 05 Dec 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116120 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx's Das Kapital: A Biography Series: #8 of Books That Changed the World Author: Francis Wheen Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this brilliant book, Francis Wheen, the author of the most successful biography of Karl Marx, tells the story of Das Kapital and Marx's twenty-year struggle to complete his unfinished masterpiece. Born in a two-room flat in London's Soho amid political squabbles and personal tragedy, the first volume of Das Kapital was published in 1867 to muted praise. But after Marx's death, the book went on to influence thinkers, writers, and revolutionaries, from George Bernard Shaw to V. I. Lenin, changing the direction of twentieth-century history. Wheen shows that, far from being a dry economic treatise, Das Kapital is like a vast Gothic novel whose heroes are enslaved by the monster they created: capitalism. Furthermore, Wheen argues, as long as capitalism endures, Das Kapital demands to be read and understood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marx's Das Kapital: A Biography Series: #8 of Books That Changed the World Author: Francis Wheen Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this brilliant book, Francis Wheen, the author of the most successful biography of Karl Marx, tells the story of Das Kapital and Marx's twenty-year struggle to complete his unfinished masterpiece. Born in a two-room flat in London's Soho amid political squabbles and personal tragedy, the first volume of Das Kapital was published in 1867 to muted praise. But after Marx's death, the book went on to influence thinkers, writers, and revolutionaries, from George Bernard Shaw to V. I. Lenin, changing the direction of twentieth-century history. Wheen shows that, far from being a dry economic treatise, Das Kapital is like a vast Gothic novel whose heroes are enslaved by the monster they created: capitalism. Furthermore, Wheen argues, as long as capitalism endures, Das Kapital demands to be read and understood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thomas Paine's Rights of Man Series: #6 of Books That Changed the World Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thomas Paine is one of the greatest political propagandists in history. The Rights of Man, first published in 1791, is the key to his reputation. Inspired by his outrage at Edmund Burke's attack on the uprising of the French people, Paine's text is a passionate defense of the rights of man. Paine argued against monarchy and outlined the elements of a successful republic, including public education, pensions, and relief of the poor and unemployed, all financed by income tax. Since its publication, The Rights of Man has been celebrated, criticized, maligned, and suppressed. But here, commentator Christopher Hitchens, Paine's natural heir, marvels at its forethought and revels in its contentiousness. Above all, he shows how Thomas Paine's Rights of Man forms the philosophical cornerstone of the world's most powerful republic: the United States of America. Christopher Hitchens Sat, 15 Sep 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116119 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thomas Paine's Rights of Man Series: #6 of Books That Changed the World Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thomas Paine is one of the greatest political propagandists in history. The Rights of Man, first published in 1791, is the key to his reputation. Inspired by his outrage at Edmund Burke's attack on the uprising of the French people, Paine's text is a passionate defense of the rights of man. Paine argued against monarchy and outlined the elements of a successful republic, including public education, pensions, and relief of the poor and unemployed, all financed by income tax. Since its publication, The Rights of Man has been celebrated, criticized, maligned, and suppressed. But here, commentator Christopher Hitchens, Paine's natural heir, marvels at its forethought and revels in its contentiousness. Above all, he shows how Thomas Paine's Rights of Man forms the philosophical cornerstone of the world's most powerful republic: the United States of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thomas Paine's Rights of Man Series: #6 of Books That Changed the World Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thomas Paine is one of the greatest political propagandists in history. The Rights of Man, first published in 1791, is the key to his reputation. Inspired by his outrage at Edmund Burke's attack on the uprising of the French people, Paine's text is a passionate defense of the rights of man. Paine argued against monarchy and outlined the elements of a successful republic, including public education, pensions, and relief of the poor and unemployed, all financed by income tax. Since its publication, The Rights of Man has been celebrated, criticized, maligned, and suppressed. But here, commentator Christopher Hitchens, Paine's natural heir, marvels at its forethought and revels in its contentiousness. Above all, he shows how Thomas Paine's Rights of Man forms the philosophical cornerstone of the world's most powerful republic: the United States of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being George Washington: The Indispensable Man, As You've Never Seen Him Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, offers a unique spin on the life and legacy of founding father George Washington. IF YOU THINK YOU KNOW GEORGE WASHINGTON, THINK AGAIN. This is the amazing true story of a real-life superhero who wore no cape and possessed no special powers—yet changed the world forever. His life reads as if it were torn from the pages of an action novel: Bullet holes through his clothing. Horses shot out from under him. Unimaginable hardship. Disease. Spies and double-agents. And while we celebrate his great heroism and character, we discover he was also a flawed man. It’s those flaws that should give us hope for today. Understanding the very human way he turned himself from an uneducated farmer into the Indispensable (yet imperfect) Man is the only way to build a new generation of George Washingtons who can take on the extraordinary challenges that America is once again facing. Glenn Beck Tue, 22 Nov 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116012 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being George Washington: The Indispensable Man, As You've Never Seen Him Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, offers a unique spin on the life and legacy of founding father George Washington. IF YOU THINK YOU KNOW GEORGE WASHINGTON, THINK AGAIN. This is the amazing true story of a real-life superhero who wore no cape and possessed no special powers—yet changed the world forever. His life reads as if it were torn from the pages of an action novel: Bullet holes through his clothing. Horses shot out from under him. Unimaginable hardship. Disease. Spies and double-agents. And while we celebrate his great heroism and character, we discover he was also a flawed man. It’s those flaws that should give us hope for today. Understanding the very human way he turned himself from an uneducated farmer into the Indispensable (yet imperfect) Man is the only way to build a new generation of George Washingtons who can take on the extraordinary challenges that America is once again facing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/116012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being George Washington: The Indispensable Man, As You've Never Seen Him Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, offers a unique spin on the life and legacy of founding father George Washington. IF YOU THINK YOU KNOW GEORGE WASHINGTON, THINK AGAIN. This is the amazing true story of a real-life superhero who wore no cape and possessed no special powers—yet changed the world forever. His life reads as if it were torn from the pages of an action novel: Bullet holes through his clothing. Horses shot out from under him. Unimaginable hardship. Disease. Spies and double-agents. And while we celebrate his great heroism and character, we discover he was also a flawed man. It’s those flaws that should give us hope for today. Understanding the very human way he turned himself from an uneducated farmer into the Indispensable (yet imperfect) Man is the only way to build a new generation of George Washingtons who can take on the extraordinary challenges that America is once again facing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Higher Honor: A Memoir of My Years in Washington Author: Condoleezza Rice Narrator: Condoleezza Rice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the former national security advisor and secretary of state comes a “sharp and penetrating . . . reminder that foreign-policy choices facing the United States are complex and difficult, with no easy solutions” (The Washington Post).   A native of Birmingham, Alabama, who overcame the racism of the civil rights era to become a brilliant academic and expert on foreign affairs, Condoleezza Rice first distinguished herself as an advisor to George W. Bush during the 2000 presidential campaign, and eventually became one of his closest confidantes. Once he was elected, she served first as his chief advisor on national security issues and later as America’s chief diplomat. From the aftermath of September 11, 2001, when she stood at the center of the administration’s efforts to protect the nation, to her efforts as secretary of state to manage the world’s volatile relationships with North Korea, Iran, and Libya, her service to America led her to confront some of the worst crises the country has ever faced.   This is her unflinchingly honest story of that remarkable time, from what really went on behind closed doors when the fates of Israel, the Palestinian Authority, and Lebanon often hung in the balance and how frighteningly close all-out war loomed in clashes involving Pakistan-India and Russia-Georgia, to her candid appraisal of her colleagues and contemporaries. In No Higher Honor, Condoleezza Rice delivers a master class in statecraft—but always in a way that reveals her essential warmth and humility and her deep reverence for the ideals on which America was founded. Condoleezza Rice Tue, 01 Nov 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115707 thebookvoice.com 28:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Higher Honor: A Memoir of My Years in Washington Author: Condoleezza Rice Narrator: Condoleezza Rice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the former national security advisor and secretary of state comes a “sharp and penetrating . . . reminder that foreign-policy choices facing the United States are complex and difficult, with no easy solutions” (The Washington Post).   A native of Birmingham, Alabama, who overcame the racism of the civil rights era to become a brilliant academic and expert on foreign affairs, Condoleezza Rice first distinguished herself as an advisor to George W. Bush during the 2000 presidential campaign, and eventually became one of his closest confidantes. Once he was elected, she served first as his chief advisor on national security issues and later as America’s chief diplomat. From the aftermath of September 11, 2001, when she stood at the center of the administration’s efforts to protect the nation, to her efforts as secretary of state to manage the world’s volatile relationships with North Korea, Iran, and Libya, her service to America led her to confront some of the worst crises the country has ever faced.   This is her unflinchingly honest story of that remarkable time, from what really went on behind closed doors when the fates of Israel, the Palestinian Authority, and Lebanon often hung in the balance and how frighteningly close all-out war loomed in clashes involving Pakistan-India and Russia-Georgia, to her candid appraisal of her colleagues and contemporaries. In No Higher Honor, Condoleezza Rice delivers a master class in statecraft—but always in a way that reveals her essential warmth and humility and her deep reverence for the ideals on which America was founded. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Higher Honor: A Memoir of My Years in Washington Author: Condoleezza Rice Narrator: Condoleezza Rice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the former national security advisor and secretary of state comes a “sharp and penetrating . . . reminder that foreign-policy choices facing the United States are complex and difficult, with no easy solutions” (The Washington Post).   A native of Birmingham, Alabama, who overcame the racism of the civil rights era to become a brilliant academic and expert on foreign affairs, Condoleezza Rice first distinguished herself as an advisor to George W. Bush during the 2000 presidential campaign, and eventually became one of his closest confidantes. Once he was elected, she served first as his chief advisor on national security issues and later as America’s chief diplomat. From the aftermath of September 11, 2001, when she stood at the center of the administration’s efforts to protect the nation, to her efforts as secretary of state to manage the world’s volatile relationships with North Korea, Iran, and Libya, her service to America led her to confront some of the worst crises the country has ever faced.   This is her unflinchingly honest story of that remarkable time, from what really went on behind closed doors when the fates of Israel, the Palestinian Authority, and Lebanon often hung in the balance and how frighteningly close all-out war loomed in clashes involving Pakistan-India and Russia-Georgia, to her candid appraisal of her colleagues and contemporaries. In No Higher Honor, Condoleezza Rice delivers a master class in statecraft—but always in a way that reveals her essential warmth and humility and her deep reverence for the ideals on which America was founded. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy at Home: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dinesh D'Souza, the most original and controversial writer on politics and society in the country today, uncovers the links between the spread of American pop culture, leftist ideas, and secular values and the rise of anti-Americanism throughout the world. In The Enemy at Home, bestselling author Dinesh D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals—people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore—are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy-including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror-contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom—from the sexual liberty or women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, to the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. Dinesh D'Souza Tue, 30 Jan 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115675 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy at Home: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dinesh D'Souza, the most original and controversial writer on politics and society in the country today, uncovers the links between the spread of American pop culture, leftist ideas, and secular values and the rise of anti-Americanism throughout the world. In The Enemy at Home, bestselling author Dinesh D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals—people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore—are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy-including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror-contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom—from the sexual liberty or women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, to the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/115675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enemy at Home: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dinesh D'Souza, the most original and controversial writer on politics and society in the country today, uncovers the links between the spread of American pop culture, leftist ideas, and secular values and the rise of anti-Americanism throughout the world. In The Enemy at Home, bestselling author Dinesh D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals—people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore—are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy-including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror-contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom—from the sexual liberty or women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, to the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/103040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/103040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Injustice: Exposing the Racial Agenda of the Obama Justice Department Author: J. Christian Adams Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Justice is supposed to be blind, especially to race and politics. Yet as Department of Justice (DOJ) whistle-blower J. Christian Adams divulges in his shocking exposé, Injustice, justice under the Obama administration is anything but blind. Here, Adams reveals the never-before-published truth about the corrupt, racist, and politicized inner workings of the Obama Justice Department, as well as the untold story of the DOJ’s corrupt handling of the New Black Panther voter-intimidation case. As a former Department of Justice attorney in the civil rights division, Adams has witnessed firsthand how the DOJ is aggressively executing a racist and radical left-wing agenda through its policies and employees. After watching the DOJ continually turn a blind eye to voter fraud, blatant racism, and voter rights abuses, Adams finally blew the whistle during the New Black Panther case—a case that Adams brought to the DOJ’s attention and ultimately resigned over because of the corruption and perjury he witnessed leading up to and following the case’s orchestrated dismissal. Revealing unknown and startling examples of racism and corruption at the local, state, and federal level, Injustice exposes a Justice Department that is anything but just. J. Christian Adams Tue, 04 Oct 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/103040 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/103040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Injustice: Exposing the Racial Agenda of the Obama Justice Department Author: J. Christian Adams Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Justice is supposed to be blind, especially to race and politics. Yet as Department of Justice (DOJ) whistle-blower J. Christian Adams divulges in his shocking exposé, Injustice, justice under the Obama administration is anything but blind. Here, Adams reveals the never-before-published truth about the corrupt, racist, and politicized inner workings of the Obama Justice Department, as well as the untold story of the DOJ’s corrupt handling of the New Black Panther voter-intimidation case. As a former Department of Justice attorney in the civil rights division, Adams has witnessed firsthand how the DOJ is aggressively executing a racist and radical left-wing agenda through its policies and employees. After watching the DOJ continually turn a blind eye to voter fraud, blatant racism, and voter rights abuses, Adams finally blew the whistle during the New Black Panther case—a case that Adams brought to the DOJ’s attention and ultimately resigned over because of the corruption and perjury he witnessed leading up to and following the case’s orchestrated dismissal. Revealing unknown and startling examples of racism and corruption at the local, state, and federal level, Injustice exposes a Justice Department that is anything but just. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/103040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Injustice: Exposing the Racial Agenda of the Obama Justice Department Author: J. Christian Adams Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Justice is supposed to be blind, especially to race and politics. Yet as Department of Justice (DOJ) whistle-blower J. Christian Adams divulges in his shocking exposé, Injustice, justice under the Obama administration is anything but blind. Here, Adams reveals the never-before-published truth about the corrupt, racist, and politicized inner workings of the Obama Justice Department, as well as the untold story of the DOJ’s corrupt handling of the New Black Panther voter-intimidation case. As a former Department of Justice attorney in the civil rights division, Adams has witnessed firsthand how the DOJ is aggressively executing a racist and radical left-wing agenda through its policies and employees. After watching the DOJ continually turn a blind eye to voter fraud, blatant racism, and voter rights abuses, Adams finally blew the whistle during the New Black Panther case—a case that Adams brought to the DOJ’s attention and ultimately resigned over because of the corruption and perjury he witnessed leading up to and following the case’s orchestrated dismissal. Revealing unknown and startling examples of racism and corruption at the local, state, and federal level, Injustice exposes a Justice Department that is anything but just. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102491 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warriors of God: Inside Hezbollah's Thirty-Year Struggle Against Israel Author: Nicholas Blanford Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hezbollah is the most powerful Islamist group operating in the Middle East today, and no other Western journalist has penetrated as deeply inside this secretive organization as Nicholas Blanford. Now Blanford has written the first comprehensive inside account of Hezbollah and its enduring struggle against Israel. Based on more than a decade and a half of reporting in Lebanon and conversations with Hezbollah’s determined fighters, Blanford reveals their ideology, motivations, and training, as well as new information on military tactics, weapons, and sophisticated electronic warfare and communications systems. Using exclusive sources and his own dogged investigative skills, Blanford traces Hezbollah’s extraordinary evolution—from a zealous group of raw fighters motivated by Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution into the most formidable non-state military organization in the world, whose charismatic leader vows to hasten Israel’s destruction. With dramatic eyewitness accounts, including Blanford’s own experiences of the battles, massacres, triumphs, and tragedies that have marked the conflict, the story follows the increasingly successful campaign of resistance that led to Israel’s historic withdrawal from Lebanon in 2000. Warriors of God shows how Hezbollah won hearts and minds with exhaustive social welfare programs and sophisticated propaganda skills. Blanford traces the group’s secret military build-up since 2000 and reveals the stunning scope of its underground network of tunnels and bunkers, becoming the only journalist to independently discover and explore them. With the Middle East fearful of another, even more destructive war between Lebanon and Israel, Blanford tenaciously pursues Hezbollah’s post-2006 battle plans in the Lebanese mountains, earning him newspaper scoops as well as a terrifying interrogation and a night in jail. Featuring sixteen years of probing interviews with Hezbollah’s leaders and fighters, Warriors of God is essential to understanding a key player in a region rocked by change and uncertainty. Nicholas Blanford Tue, 25 Oct 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102491 thebookvoice.com 19:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warriors of God: Inside Hezbollah's Thirty-Year Struggle Against Israel Author: Nicholas Blanford Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hezbollah is the most powerful Islamist group operating in the Middle East today, and no other Western journalist has penetrated as deeply inside this secretive organization as Nicholas Blanford. Now Blanford has written the first comprehensive inside account of Hezbollah and its enduring struggle against Israel. Based on more than a decade and a half of reporting in Lebanon and conversations with Hezbollah’s determined fighters, Blanford reveals their ideology, motivations, and training, as well as new information on military tactics, weapons, and sophisticated electronic warfare and communications systems. Using exclusive sources and his own dogged investigative skills, Blanford traces Hezbollah’s extraordinary evolution—from a zealous group of raw fighters motivated by Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution into the most formidable non-state military organization in the world, whose charismatic leader vows to hasten Israel’s destruction. With dramatic eyewitness accounts, including Blanford’s own experiences of the battles, massacres, triumphs, and tragedies that have marked the conflict, the story follows the increasingly successful campaign of resistance that led to Israel’s historic withdrawal from Lebanon in 2000. Warriors of God shows how Hezbollah won hearts and minds with exhaustive social welfare programs and sophisticated propaganda skills. Blanford traces the group’s secret military build-up since 2000 and reveals the stunning scope of its underground network of tunnels and bunkers, becoming the only journalist to independently discover and explore them. With the Middle East fearful of another, even more destructive war between Lebanon and Israel, Blanford tenaciously pursues Hezbollah’s post-2006 battle plans in the Lebanese mountains, earning him newspaper scoops as well as a terrifying interrogation and a night in jail. Featuring sixteen years of probing interviews with Hezbollah’s leaders and fighters, Warriors of God is essential to understanding a key player in a region rocked by change and uncertainty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warriors of God: Inside Hezbollah's Thirty-Year Struggle Against Israel Author: Nicholas Blanford Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Hezbollah is the most powerful Islamist group operating in the Middle East today, and no other Western journalist has penetrated as deeply inside this secretive organization as Nicholas Blanford. Now Blanford has written the first comprehensive inside account of Hezbollah and its enduring struggle against Israel. Based on more than a decade and a half of reporting in Lebanon and conversations with Hezbollah’s determined fighters, Blanford reveals their ideology, motivations, and training, as well as new information on military tactics, weapons, and sophisticated electronic warfare and communications systems. Using exclusive sources and his own dogged investigative skills, Blanford traces Hezbollah’s extraordinary evolution—from a zealous group of raw fighters motivated by Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution into the most formidable non-state military organization in the world, whose charismatic leader vows to hasten Israel’s destruction. With dramatic eyewitness accounts, including Blanford’s own experiences of the battles, massacres, triumphs, and tragedies that have marked the conflict, the story follows the increasingly successful campaign of resistance that led to Israel’s historic withdrawal from Lebanon in 2000. Warriors of God shows how Hezbollah won hearts and minds with exhaustive social welfare programs and sophisticated propaganda skills. Blanford traces the group’s secret military build-up since 2000 and reveals the stunning scope of its underground network of tunnels and bunkers, becoming the only journalist to independently discover and explore them. With the Middle East fearful of another, even more destructive war between Lebanon and Israel, Blanford tenaciously pursues Hezbollah’s post-2006 battle plans in the Lebanese mountains, earning him newspaper scoops as well as a terrifying interrogation and a night in jail. Featuring sixteen years of probing interviews with Hezbollah’s leaders and fighters, Warriors of God is essential to understanding a key player in a region rocked by change and uncertainty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: The Biography Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jerusalem is the universal city, the capital of two peoples, the shrine of three faiths; it is the prize of empires, the site of Judgement Day and the battlefield of today’s clash of civilizations. From King David to Barack Obama, from the birth of Judaism, Christianity and Islam to the Israel-Palestine conflict, this is the epic history of three thousand years of faith, slaughter, fanaticism and coexistence.   How did this small, remote town become the Holy City, the “center of the world” and now the key to peace in the Middle East? In a gripping narrative, Simon Sebag Montefiore reveals this ever-changing city in its many incarnations, bringing every epoch and character blazingly to life. Jerusalem’s biography is told through the wars, love affairs and revelations of the men and women—kings, empresses, prophets, poets, saints, conquerors and whores—who created, destroyed, chronicled and believed in Jerusalem. As well as the many ordinary Jerusalemites who have left their mark on the city, its cast varies from Solomon, Saladin and Suleiman the Magnificent to Cleopatra, Caligula and Churchill; from Abraham to Jesus and Muhammad; from the ancient world of Jezebel, Nebuchadnezzar, Herod and Nero to the modern times of the Kaiser, Disraeli, Mark Twain, Lincoln, Rasputin, Lawrence of Arabia and Moshe Dayan.   Drawing on new archives, current scholarship, his own family papers and a lifetime’s study, Montefiore illuminates the essence of sanctity and mysticism, identity and empire in a unique chronicle of the city that many believe will be the setting for the Apocalypse. This is how Jerusalem became Jerusalem, and the only city that exists twice—in heaven and on earth. Includes a bonus PDF of the family trees of the kings, high priests, rulers, caliphs, and dynasties of Jerusalem Simon Sebag Montefiore Tue, 25 Oct 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102480 thebookvoice.com 25:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: The Biography Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jerusalem is the universal city, the capital of two peoples, the shrine of three faiths; it is the prize of empires, the site of Judgement Day and the battlefield of today’s clash of civilizations. From King David to Barack Obama, from the birth of Judaism, Christianity and Islam to the Israel-Palestine conflict, this is the epic history of three thousand years of faith, slaughter, fanaticism and coexistence.   How did this small, remote town become the Holy City, the “center of the world” and now the key to peace in the Middle East? In a gripping narrative, Simon Sebag Montefiore reveals this ever-changing city in its many incarnations, bringing every epoch and character blazingly to life. Jerusalem’s biography is told through the wars, love affairs and revelations of the men and women—kings, empresses, prophets, poets, saints, conquerors and whores—who created, destroyed, chronicled and believed in Jerusalem. As well as the many ordinary Jerusalemites who have left their mark on the city, its cast varies from Solomon, Saladin and Suleiman the Magnificent to Cleopatra, Caligula and Churchill; from Abraham to Jesus and Muhammad; from the ancient world of Jezebel, Nebuchadnezzar, Herod and Nero to the modern times of the Kaiser, Disraeli, Mark Twain, Lincoln, Rasputin, Lawrence of Arabia and Moshe Dayan.   Drawing on new archives, current scholarship, his own family papers and a lifetime’s study, Montefiore illuminates the essence of sanctity and mysticism, identity and empire in a unique chronicle of the city that many believe will be the setting for the Apocalypse. This is how Jerusalem became Jerusalem, and the only city that exists twice—in heaven and on earth. Includes a bonus PDF of the family trees of the kings, high priests, rulers, caliphs, and dynasties of Jerusalem Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerusalem: The Biography Author: Simon Sebag Montefiore Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jerusalem is the universal city, the capital of two peoples, the shrine of three faiths; it is the prize of empires, the site of Judgement Day and the battlefield of today’s clash of civilizations. From King David to Barack Obama, from the birth of Judaism, Christianity and Islam to the Israel-Palestine conflict, this is the epic history of three thousand years of faith, slaughter, fanaticism and coexistence.   How did this small, remote town become the Holy City, the “center of the world” and now the key to peace in the Middle East? In a gripping narrative, Simon Sebag Montefiore reveals this ever-changing city in its many incarnations, bringing every epoch and character blazingly to life. Jerusalem’s biography is told through the wars, love affairs and revelations of the men and women—kings, empresses, prophets, poets, saints, conquerors and whores—who created, destroyed, chronicled and believed in Jerusalem. As well as the many ordinary Jerusalemites who have left their mark on the city, its cast varies from Solomon, Saladin and Suleiman the Magnificent to Cleopatra, Caligula and Churchill; from Abraham to Jesus and Muhammad; from the ancient world of Jezebel, Nebuchadnezzar, Herod and Nero to the modern times of the Kaiser, Disraeli, Mark Twain, Lincoln, Rasputin, Lawrence of Arabia and Moshe Dayan.   Drawing on new archives, current scholarship, his own family papers and a lifetime’s study, Montefiore illuminates the essence of sanctity and mysticism, identity and empire in a unique chronicle of the city that many believe will be the setting for the Apocalypse. This is how Jerusalem became Jerusalem, and the only city that exists twice—in heaven and on earth. Includes a bonus PDF of the family trees of the kings, high priests, rulers, caliphs, and dynasties of Jerusalem https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Letters: The Stories Americans Tell Their President Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every day, President Obama reads ten representative letters among the thousands he receives from citizens across the land. The letters come from people of all ages, walks of life, and political points of view. Some are heart­breaking, some angry, some hopeful. Indeed, Obama reads as many letters addressed “Dear Jackass” as “Dear Mr. President.” Eli Saslow, a young and rising star at the Washington Post, became fascinated by the power of these letters and set out to find the stories behind them. Through the lens of ten letters to which Obama responded personally, this exceptionally relevant and poignant book explores those individual stories, taking an in-depth look at the misfortunes, needs, opinions, and, yes, anger over the current state of the country that inspired ten people to put pen to paper. Surprisingly, what also emerges from these affecting personal narratives is a story about the astounding endurance and optimism of the American people. Ten Letters is an inspiring and important book about ordi­nary people and the issues they face every day—the very issues that are shaping America’s future. This is not an insider Washington book by any means, but a book for the times that tells the real American stories of today. Eli Saslow Tue, 11 Oct 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102405 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Letters: The Stories Americans Tell Their President Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every day, President Obama reads ten representative letters among the thousands he receives from citizens across the land. The letters come from people of all ages, walks of life, and political points of view. Some are heart­breaking, some angry, some hopeful. Indeed, Obama reads as many letters addressed “Dear Jackass” as “Dear Mr. President.” Eli Saslow, a young and rising star at the Washington Post, became fascinated by the power of these letters and set out to find the stories behind them. Through the lens of ten letters to which Obama responded personally, this exceptionally relevant and poignant book explores those individual stories, taking an in-depth look at the misfortunes, needs, opinions, and, yes, anger over the current state of the country that inspired ten people to put pen to paper. Surprisingly, what also emerges from these affecting personal narratives is a story about the astounding endurance and optimism of the American people. Ten Letters is an inspiring and important book about ordi­nary people and the issues they face every day—the very issues that are shaping America’s future. This is not an insider Washington book by any means, but a book for the times that tells the real American stories of today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Letters: The Stories Americans Tell Their President Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every day, President Obama reads ten representative letters among the thousands he receives from citizens across the land. The letters come from people of all ages, walks of life, and political points of view. Some are heart­breaking, some angry, some hopeful. Indeed, Obama reads as many letters addressed “Dear Jackass” as “Dear Mr. President.” Eli Saslow, a young and rising star at the Washington Post, became fascinated by the power of these letters and set out to find the stories behind them. Through the lens of ten letters to which Obama responded personally, this exceptionally relevant and poignant book explores those individual stories, taking an in-depth look at the misfortunes, needs, opinions, and, yes, anger over the current state of the country that inspired ten people to put pen to paper. Surprisingly, what also emerges from these affecting personal narratives is a story about the astounding endurance and optimism of the American people. Ten Letters is an inspiring and important book about ordi­nary people and the issues they face every day—the very issues that are shaping America’s future. This is not an insider Washington book by any means, but a book for the times that tells the real American stories of today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lowdown: a short history of the origins of the Vietnam War Author: Dr. David Anderson Narrator: Lorelei King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: September 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise history of the origins of The Vietnam War for a new generation On September 2, 1945, Vietnamese revolutionary Ho Chi Minh boldly proclaimed his country's independence. Just as Americans had done almost two centuries earlier in defiance of the British, Ho declared that Vietnamese patriots were, after many decades of French domination, affirming that 'all the peoples on the earth are equal from birth' and 'have a right to live and to be happy and free.' Among the cheering Vietnamese assembled for this auspicious announcement were American military officers, who had worked with Ho and his Vietminh political front to defeat the Japanese imperial forces that had occupied Indochina and had replaced French authority for the previous four years. Envisioning this dramatic scene and not knowing the tragic saga that would follow, someone might assume that Americans and Vietnamese had much in common on which to build a harmonious international relationship. In reality, however, the two nations were destined to collide in a war that would ultimately cost more than two million Vietnamese and more than 58,000 American lives. How could it have happened? This fascinating story of how the Vietnamese people resisted external control and moved outward like pioneer settlers to occupy the country that became Vietnam, creating a unified and independent government, is in many ways like the story of early America. In this concise history of the origins of the Vietnam War, Dr David Anderson, Professor of History at California State University, Monterey Bay, examines the events that led to one of the most controversial wars the US has ever known and succinctly explains, for a new generation, why this conflict still matters today. Dr. David Anderson Fri, 30 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102301 thebookvoice.com 1:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lowdown: a short history of the origins of the Vietnam War Author: Dr. David Anderson Narrator: Lorelei King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: September 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise history of the origins of The Vietnam War for a new generation On September 2, 1945, Vietnamese revolutionary Ho Chi Minh boldly proclaimed his country's independence. Just as Americans had done almost two centuries earlier in defiance of the British, Ho declared that Vietnamese patriots were, after many decades of French domination, affirming that 'all the peoples on the earth are equal from birth' and 'have a right to live and to be happy and free.' Among the cheering Vietnamese assembled for this auspicious announcement were American military officers, who had worked with Ho and his Vietminh political front to defeat the Japanese imperial forces that had occupied Indochina and had replaced French authority for the previous four years. Envisioning this dramatic scene and not knowing the tragic saga that would follow, someone might assume that Americans and Vietnamese had much in common on which to build a harmonious international relationship. In reality, however, the two nations were destined to collide in a war that would ultimately cost more than two million Vietnamese and more than 58,000 American lives. How could it have happened? This fascinating story of how the Vietnamese people resisted external control and moved outward like pioneer settlers to occupy the country that became Vietnam, creating a unified and independent government, is in many ways like the story of early America. In this concise history of the origins of the Vietnam War, Dr David Anderson, Professor of History at California State University, Monterey Bay, examines the events that led to one of the most controversial wars the US has ever known and succinctly explains, for a new generation, why this conflict still matters today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/102301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lowdown: a short history of the origins of the Vietnam War Author: Dr. David Anderson Narrator: Lorelei King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: September 30, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise history of the origins of The Vietnam War for a new generation On September 2, 1945, Vietnamese revolutionary Ho Chi Minh boldly proclaimed his country's independence. Just as Americans had done almost two centuries earlier in defiance of the British, Ho declared that Vietnamese patriots were, after many decades of French domination, affirming that 'all the peoples on the earth are equal from birth' and 'have a right to live and to be happy and free.' Among the cheering Vietnamese assembled for this auspicious announcement were American military officers, who had worked with Ho and his Vietminh political front to defeat the Japanese imperial forces that had occupied Indochina and had replaced French authority for the previous four years. Envisioning this dramatic scene and not knowing the tragic saga that would follow, someone might assume that Americans and Vietnamese had much in common on which to build a harmonious international relationship. In reality, however, the two nations were destined to collide in a war that would ultimately cost more than two million Vietnamese and more than 58,000 American lives. How could it have happened? This fascinating story of how the Vietnamese people resisted external control and moved outward like pioneer settlers to occupy the country that became Vietnam, creating a unified and independent government, is in many ways like the story of early America. In this concise history of the origins of the Vietnam War, Dr David Anderson, Professor of History at California State University, Monterey Bay, examines the events that led to one of the most controversial wars the US has ever known and succinctly explains, for a new generation, why this conflict still matters today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here Comes Trouble: Stories from My Life Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Moore returns with his first major book in eight years -- a blend of memoir, history, and politics that only he could write. "I had an unusually large-sized head, though this was not uncommon for a baby in the Midwest. The craniums in our part of the country were designed to leave a little extra room for the brain to grow in case one day we found ourselves exposed to something we didn't understand, like a foreign language, or a salad." Michael Moore-Oscar-winning filmmaker, bestselling author, the nation's unofficial provocateur laureate-is back, this time taking on an entirely new role, that of his own meta-Forest Gump. Breaking the autobiographical mode, he presents twenty-four far-ranging, irreverent, and stranger-than-fiction vignettes from his own early life. One moment he's an eleven-year-old boy lost in the Senate and found by Bobby Kennedy; and in the next, he's inside the Bitburg cemetery with a dazed and confused Ronald Reagan. Fast-forwarding to 2003, he stuns the world by uttering the words "We live in fictitious times . . . with a fictitious president" in place of the expected "I'd like to thank the Academy." And none of that even comes close to the night the friendly priest at the seminary decides to show him how to perform his own exorcism. Capturing the zeitgeist of the past fifty years, yet deeply personal and unflinchingly honest, Here Comes Trouble takes readers on an unforgettable, take-no-prisoners ride through the life and times of Michael Moore. No one will come away from this book without a sense of surprise about the Michael Moore most of us didn't know. Alternately funny, eye-opening, and moving, it's a book he has been writing-and living-his entire life. Michael Moore Tue, 13 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101532 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here Comes Trouble: Stories from My Life Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Moore returns with his first major book in eight years -- a blend of memoir, history, and politics that only he could write. "I had an unusually large-sized head, though this was not uncommon for a baby in the Midwest. The craniums in our part of the country were designed to leave a little extra room for the brain to grow in case one day we found ourselves exposed to something we didn't understand, like a foreign language, or a salad." Michael Moore-Oscar-winning filmmaker, bestselling author, the nation's unofficial provocateur laureate-is back, this time taking on an entirely new role, that of his own meta-Forest Gump. Breaking the autobiographical mode, he presents twenty-four far-ranging, irreverent, and stranger-than-fiction vignettes from his own early life. One moment he's an eleven-year-old boy lost in the Senate and found by Bobby Kennedy; and in the next, he's inside the Bitburg cemetery with a dazed and confused Ronald Reagan. Fast-forwarding to 2003, he stuns the world by uttering the words "We live in fictitious times . . . with a fictitious president" in place of the expected "I'd like to thank the Academy." And none of that even comes close to the night the friendly priest at the seminary decides to show him how to perform his own exorcism. Capturing the zeitgeist of the past fifty years, yet deeply personal and unflinchingly honest, Here Comes Trouble takes readers on an unforgettable, take-no-prisoners ride through the life and times of Michael Moore. No one will come away from this book without a sense of surprise about the Michael Moore most of us didn't know. Alternately funny, eye-opening, and moving, it's a book he has been writing-and living-his entire life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here Comes Trouble: Stories from My Life Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Moore returns with his first major book in eight years -- a blend of memoir, history, and politics that only he could write. "I had an unusually large-sized head, though this was not uncommon for a baby in the Midwest. The craniums in our part of the country were designed to leave a little extra room for the brain to grow in case one day we found ourselves exposed to something we didn't understand, like a foreign language, or a salad." Michael Moore-Oscar-winning filmmaker, bestselling author, the nation's unofficial provocateur laureate-is back, this time taking on an entirely new role, that of his own meta-Forest Gump. Breaking the autobiographical mode, he presents twenty-four far-ranging, irreverent, and stranger-than-fiction vignettes from his own early life. One moment he's an eleven-year-old boy lost in the Senate and found by Bobby Kennedy; and in the next, he's inside the Bitburg cemetery with a dazed and confused Ronald Reagan. Fast-forwarding to 2003, he stuns the world by uttering the words "We live in fictitious times . . . with a fictitious president" in place of the expected "I'd like to thank the Academy." And none of that even comes close to the night the friendly priest at the seminary decides to show him how to perform his own exorcism. Capturing the zeitgeist of the past fifty years, yet deeply personal and unflinchingly honest, Here Comes Trouble takes readers on an unforgettable, take-no-prisoners ride through the life and times of Michael Moore. No one will come away from this book without a sense of surprise about the Michael Moore most of us didn't know. Alternately funny, eye-opening, and moving, it's a book he has been writing-and living-his entire life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time for Outrage: Indignez-vous! Author: Stéphane Hessel Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This controversial, impassioned call-to-arms for a return to the ideals that fueled the French Resistance has sold millions of copies worldwide since its publication in France in October 2010. Rejecting the dictatorship of world financial markets and defending the social values of modern democracy, 93-old Stéphane Hessel -- Resistance leader, concentration camp survivor, and former UN speechwriter -- reminds us that life and liberty must still be fought for, and urges us to reclaim those essential rights we have permitted our governments to erode since the end of World War II. Stéphane Hessel Tue, 20 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101524 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time for Outrage: Indignez-vous! Author: Stéphane Hessel Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This controversial, impassioned call-to-arms for a return to the ideals that fueled the French Resistance has sold millions of copies worldwide since its publication in France in October 2010. Rejecting the dictatorship of world financial markets and defending the social values of modern democracy, 93-old Stéphane Hessel -- Resistance leader, concentration camp survivor, and former UN speechwriter -- reminds us that life and liberty must still be fought for, and urges us to reclaim those essential rights we have permitted our governments to erode since the end of World War II. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time for Outrage: Indignez-vous! Author: Stéphane Hessel Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This controversial, impassioned call-to-arms for a return to the ideals that fueled the French Resistance has sold millions of copies worldwide since its publication in France in October 2010. Rejecting the dictatorship of world financial markets and defending the social values of modern democracy, 93-old Stéphane Hessel -- Resistance leader, concentration camp survivor, and former UN speechwriter -- reminds us that life and liberty must still be fought for, and urges us to reclaim those essential rights we have permitted our governments to erode since the end of World War II. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously, The Federalist Papers first appeared in 1787 as a series of letters to New York newspapers exhorting voters to ratify the proposed Constitution of the United States. Still hotly debated and open to often controversial interpretations, the arguments first presented here by three of America's greatest patriots and political theorists were created during a critical moment in our nation's history, providing readers with a running ideological commentary on the crucial issues facing a democracy. Today, The Federalist Papers are as important and vital a rallying cry for freedom as ever. John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Fri, 24 Dec 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101486 thebookvoice.com 20:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously, The Federalist Papers first appeared in 1787 as a series of letters to New York newspapers exhorting voters to ratify the proposed Constitution of the United States. Still hotly debated and open to often controversial interpretations, the arguments first presented here by three of America's greatest patriots and political theorists were created during a critical moment in our nation's history, providing readers with a running ideological commentary on the crucial issues facing a democracy. Today, The Federalist Papers are as important and vital a rallying cry for freedom as ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously, The Federalist Papers first appeared in 1787 as a series of letters to New York newspapers exhorting voters to ratify the proposed Constitution of the United States. Still hotly debated and open to often controversial interpretations, the arguments first presented here by three of America's greatest patriots and political theorists were created during a critical moment in our nation's history, providing readers with a running ideological commentary on the crucial issues facing a democracy. Today, The Federalist Papers are as important and vital a rallying cry for freedom as ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince (1532) is a treatise that systematically charts the best strategies for successful governing. It unapologetically places realism above idealism, showing would-be kings how to get what they want while appearing to be generous and honourable, and advocates that the means 'cruelty, duplicity and terror' justify the ends of secure monarchical rule. But it can also be read as the work of a secret republican subtly undermining the despotism of the ruling Medici family. Hugely influential for nearly five centuries, and the reason the word 'Machiavellian' has its place in English, The Prince retains its status as the archetypal political primer. Niccolo Machiavelli Thu, 11 Aug 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101443 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince (1532) is a treatise that systematically charts the best strategies for successful governing. It unapologetically places realism above idealism, showing would-be kings how to get what they want while appearing to be generous and honourable, and advocates that the means 'cruelty, duplicity and terror' justify the ends of secure monarchical rule. But it can also be read as the work of a secret republican subtly undermining the despotism of the ruling Medici family. Hugely influential for nearly five centuries, and the reason the word 'Machiavellian' has its place in English, The Prince retains its status as the archetypal political primer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Nigel Carrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Prince (1532) is a treatise that systematically charts the best strategies for successful governing. It unapologetically places realism above idealism, showing would-be kings how to get what they want while appearing to be generous and honourable, and advocates that the means 'cruelty, duplicity and terror' justify the ends of secure monarchical rule. But it can also be read as the work of a secret republican subtly undermining the despotism of the ruling Medici family. Hugely influential for nearly five centuries, and the reason the word 'Machiavellian' has its place in English, The Prince retains its status as the archetypal political primer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret America: The Rise of the New American Security State Author: William M. Arkin, Dana Priest Narrator: Dana Priest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The top-secret world that the government created in response to the 9/11 terrorist attacks has become so enormous, so unwieldy, and so secretive that no one knows how much money it costs, how many people it employs or exactly how many agencies duplicate work being done elsewhere. The result is that the system put in place to keep the United States safe may be putting us in greater danger. In Top Secret America, award-winning reporters Dana Priest and William Arkin uncover the enormous size, shape, mission, and consequences of this invisible universe of over 1,300 government facilities in every state in America; nearly 2,000 outside companies used as contractors; and more than 850,000 people granted 'Top Secret' security clearance. A landmark exposé of a new, secret 'Fourth Branch' of American government, Top Secret America is a tour de force of investigative reporting-and a book sure to spark national and international alarm. William M. Arkin, Dana Priest Tue, 06 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101386 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret America: The Rise of the New American Security State Author: William M. Arkin, Dana Priest Narrator: Dana Priest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The top-secret world that the government created in response to the 9/11 terrorist attacks has become so enormous, so unwieldy, and so secretive that no one knows how much money it costs, how many people it employs or exactly how many agencies duplicate work being done elsewhere. The result is that the system put in place to keep the United States safe may be putting us in greater danger. In Top Secret America, award-winning reporters Dana Priest and William Arkin uncover the enormous size, shape, mission, and consequences of this invisible universe of over 1,300 government facilities in every state in America; nearly 2,000 outside companies used as contractors; and more than 850,000 people granted 'Top Secret' security clearance. A landmark exposé of a new, secret 'Fourth Branch' of American government, Top Secret America is a tour de force of investigative reporting-and a book sure to spark national and international alarm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Secret America: The Rise of the New American Security State Author: William M. Arkin, Dana Priest Narrator: Dana Priest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The top-secret world that the government created in response to the 9/11 terrorist attacks has become so enormous, so unwieldy, and so secretive that no one knows how much money it costs, how many people it employs or exactly how many agencies duplicate work being done elsewhere. The result is that the system put in place to keep the United States safe may be putting us in greater danger. In Top Secret America, award-winning reporters Dana Priest and William Arkin uncover the enormous size, shape, mission, and consequences of this invisible universe of over 1,300 government facilities in every state in America; nearly 2,000 outside companies used as contractors; and more than 850,000 people granted 'Top Secret' security clearance. A landmark exposé of a new, secret 'Fourth Branch' of American government, Top Secret America is a tour de force of investigative reporting-and a book sure to spark national and international alarm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pax Britannica Author: Jan Morris Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Pax Britannica trilogy is Jan Morris's masterly telling of the British Empire from the accession of Queen Victoria to the death of Winston Churchill. It is a towering achievement: informative, accessible, entertaining and written with all her usual bravura. Pax Britannica, the second volume, is a snapshot of the Empire at the Diamond Jubilee of 1897. It looks at what made up the Empire from adventurers and politicians to communications and infrastructure, as well as anomalies and eccentricities. This humane overview also examines the muddle of jumbled ideologies behind it, and how they affected its 370 million people. Jan Morris Mon, 11 Jul 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101157 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pax Britannica Author: Jan Morris Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Pax Britannica trilogy is Jan Morris's masterly telling of the British Empire from the accession of Queen Victoria to the death of Winston Churchill. It is a towering achievement: informative, accessible, entertaining and written with all her usual bravura. Pax Britannica, the second volume, is a snapshot of the Empire at the Diamond Jubilee of 1897. It looks at what made up the Empire from adventurers and politicians to communications and infrastructure, as well as anomalies and eccentricities. This humane overview also examines the muddle of jumbled ideologies behind it, and how they affected its 370 million people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pax Britannica Author: Jan Morris Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Pax Britannica trilogy is Jan Morris's masterly telling of the British Empire from the accession of Queen Victoria to the death of Winston Churchill. It is a towering achievement: informative, accessible, entertaining and written with all her usual bravura. Pax Britannica, the second volume, is a snapshot of the Empire at the Diamond Jubilee of 1897. It looks at what made up the Empire from adventurers and politicians to communications and infrastructure, as well as anomalies and eccentricities. This humane overview also examines the muddle of jumbled ideologies behind it, and how they affected its 370 million people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100439 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rights of Man presents an impassioned defense of the Enlightenment principles of freedom and equality that Thomas Paine believed would soon sweep the world. He boldly claimed, 'From a small spark, kindled in America, a flame has arisen, not to be extinguished. Without consuming...it winds its progress from nation to nation.' Though many more sophisticated thinkers argued for the same principles and many people died in the attempt to realize them, no one was better able than Paine to articulate them in a way that fired the hopes and dreams of the common man and actually stirred him to revolutionary political action. Thomas Paine Mon, 20 Dec 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100439 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rights of Man presents an impassioned defense of the Enlightenment principles of freedom and equality that Thomas Paine believed would soon sweep the world. He boldly claimed, 'From a small spark, kindled in America, a flame has arisen, not to be extinguished. Without consuming...it winds its progress from nation to nation.' Though many more sophisticated thinkers argued for the same principles and many people died in the attempt to realize them, no one was better able than Paine to articulate them in a way that fired the hopes and dreams of the common man and actually stirred him to revolutionary political action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights of Man Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 20, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rights of Man presents an impassioned defense of the Enlightenment principles of freedom and equality that Thomas Paine believed would soon sweep the world. He boldly claimed, 'From a small spark, kindled in America, a flame has arisen, not to be extinguished. Without consuming...it winds its progress from nation to nation.' Though many more sophisticated thinkers argued for the same principles and many people died in the attempt to realize them, no one was better able than Paine to articulate them in a way that fired the hopes and dreams of the common man and actually stirred him to revolutionary political action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscience of a Conservative Author: Barry Goldwater Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first published, The Conscience of a Conservative reignited the American conservative movement and made Barry Goldwater a political star. It influenced countless conservatives in the United States and helped to lay the foundation for the Reagan Revolution in 1980. Just as vital today as it was then, this book addresses many topics that could be torn from today's headlines. Goldwater discusses education, labor unions and policies, civil rights, agricultural policy and farm subsidies, social welfare programs, and income taxation. This significant book lays out the conservative position both politically and economically that would come to dominate the Conservative Movement in America. Barry Goldwater Wed, 09 Mar 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100413 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscience of a Conservative Author: Barry Goldwater Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first published, The Conscience of a Conservative reignited the American conservative movement and made Barry Goldwater a political star. It influenced countless conservatives in the United States and helped to lay the foundation for the Reagan Revolution in 1980. Just as vital today as it was then, this book addresses many topics that could be torn from today's headlines. Goldwater discusses education, labor unions and policies, civil rights, agricultural policy and farm subsidies, social welfare programs, and income taxation. This significant book lays out the conservative position both politically and economically that would come to dominate the Conservative Movement in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscience of a Conservative Author: Barry Goldwater Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first published, The Conscience of a Conservative reignited the American conservative movement and made Barry Goldwater a political star. It influenced countless conservatives in the United States and helped to lay the foundation for the Reagan Revolution in 1980. Just as vital today as it was then, this book addresses many topics that could be torn from today's headlines. Goldwater discusses education, labor unions and policies, civil rights, agricultural policy and farm subsidies, social welfare programs, and income taxation. This significant book lays out the conservative position both politically and economically that would come to dominate the Conservative Movement in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100400 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1859, John Stuart Mill's On Liberty is an exhaustive exploration of social and civic liberty, its limits, and its consequences. Mill's work is a classic of political liberalism that contains a rational justification of the freedom of the individual in opposition to the claims of the state. Drawing upon the empiricism of John Locke, George Berkeley, and David Hume and the utilitarianism of Jeremy Bentham, On Liberty defends the representative democracy as the culmination of society's progression from lower to higher stages, even as it recognizes one of the unique dangers of this type of government—namely, the 'tyranny of the majority.' Central to Mill's ideology is the harm principle—the idea that individual liberties should only be curtailed when they harm or interfere with the ability of others to exercise their own liberties. Unlike other liberal theorists, Mill did not rely upon theories of abstract rights to support his ideology, but rather grounded his philosophy in ideas of utility. As relevant to modern audiences as it was to Mill's Victorian readership, On Liberty is an enduring classic of political thought. John Stuart Mill Fri, 25 Mar 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100400 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1859, John Stuart Mill's On Liberty is an exhaustive exploration of social and civic liberty, its limits, and its consequences. Mill's work is a classic of political liberalism that contains a rational justification of the freedom of the individual in opposition to the claims of the state. Drawing upon the empiricism of John Locke, George Berkeley, and David Hume and the utilitarianism of Jeremy Bentham, On Liberty defends the representative democracy as the culmination of society's progression from lower to higher stages, even as it recognizes one of the unique dangers of this type of government—namely, the 'tyranny of the majority.' Central to Mill's ideology is the harm principle—the idea that individual liberties should only be curtailed when they harm or interfere with the ability of others to exercise their own liberties. Unlike other liberal theorists, Mill did not rely upon theories of abstract rights to support his ideology, but rather grounded his philosophy in ideas of utility. As relevant to modern audiences as it was to Mill's Victorian readership, On Liberty is an enduring classic of political thought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1859, John Stuart Mill's On Liberty is an exhaustive exploration of social and civic liberty, its limits, and its consequences. Mill's work is a classic of political liberalism that contains a rational justification of the freedom of the individual in opposition to the claims of the state. Drawing upon the empiricism of John Locke, George Berkeley, and David Hume and the utilitarianism of Jeremy Bentham, On Liberty defends the representative democracy as the culmination of society's progression from lower to higher stages, even as it recognizes one of the unique dangers of this type of government—namely, the 'tyranny of the majority.' Central to Mill's ideology is the harm principle—the idea that individual liberties should only be curtailed when they harm or interfere with the ability of others to exercise their own liberties. Unlike other liberal theorists, Mill did not rely upon theories of abstract rights to support his ideology, but rather grounded his philosophy in ideas of utility. As relevant to modern audiences as it was to Mill's Victorian readership, On Liberty is an enduring classic of political thought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100401 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Government Author: John Locke Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 28, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Often considered the foundation of political liberalism, John Locke's Two Treatises of Government was first published anonymously in 1689, in the wake of England's Glorious Revolution. In The First Treatise of Government, Locke refutes the idea of divine monarchy, while The Second Treatise of Government articulates Locke's philosophy of government, which he based upon his theories of natural rights and the social contract. In Locke's view, governments' legitimacy is based upon their performance of their proper functions—preservation of the life, liberty, and property rights of their citizens, and protection from those who seek to violate these rights. A radical doctrine at the time of its publication, Locke's theories provided a philosophical basis for many of the principles behind the American Revolution. More than 300 years after the publication of the Two Treatises of Government, Locke's ideas continue to spark debate. A must-listen for anyone interested in the foundations of contemporary political ideology, Locke's hugely influential work will retain its relevance for generations to come. John Locke Mon, 28 Mar 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100401 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Government Author: John Locke Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 28, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Often considered the foundation of political liberalism, John Locke's Two Treatises of Government was first published anonymously in 1689, in the wake of England's Glorious Revolution. In The First Treatise of Government, Locke refutes the idea of divine monarchy, while The Second Treatise of Government articulates Locke's philosophy of government, which he based upon his theories of natural rights and the social contract. In Locke's view, governments' legitimacy is based upon their performance of their proper functions—preservation of the life, liberty, and property rights of their citizens, and protection from those who seek to violate these rights. A radical doctrine at the time of its publication, Locke's theories provided a philosophical basis for many of the principles behind the American Revolution. More than 300 years after the publication of the Two Treatises of Government, Locke's ideas continue to spark debate. A must-listen for anyone interested in the foundations of contemporary political ideology, Locke's hugely influential work will retain its relevance for generations to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100401]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Treatises of Government Author: John Locke Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 28, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Often considered the foundation of political liberalism, John Locke's Two Treatises of Government was first published anonymously in 1689, in the wake of England's Glorious Revolution. In The First Treatise of Government, Locke refutes the idea of divine monarchy, while The Second Treatise of Government articulates Locke's philosophy of government, which he based upon his theories of natural rights and the social contract. In Locke's view, governments' legitimacy is based upon their performance of their proper functions—preservation of the life, liberty, and property rights of their citizens, and protection from those who seek to violate these rights. A radical doctrine at the time of its publication, Locke's theories provided a philosophical basis for many of the principles behind the American Revolution. More than 300 years after the publication of the Two Treatises of Government, Locke's ideas continue to spark debate. A must-listen for anyone interested in the foundations of contemporary political ideology, Locke's hugely influential work will retain its relevance for generations to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100388 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto and Other Writings Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Widely debated since its publication in 1848, The Communist Manifesto is one of the world's most influential political manuscripts. Presenting an analytical approach to the problems of capitalism and the resulting class struggle between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat, the text lays out the rationale and goals of communism as conceived by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. This edition of The Communist Manifesto is based on the English edition of 1888. In addition, this collection includes the following essays and writings by Marx, translated by H. J. Stenning: 'A Criticism of the Hegelian Philosophy of Right,' 'On the King of Prussia and Social Reform,' 'Moralizing Criticism and Critical Morality: A Polemic Against Karl Heinzen,' 'Proudhon,' 'French Materialism,' and 'The English Revolution.' Karl Marx Thu, 31 Mar 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100388 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto and Other Writings Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Widely debated since its publication in 1848, The Communist Manifesto is one of the world's most influential political manuscripts. Presenting an analytical approach to the problems of capitalism and the resulting class struggle between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat, the text lays out the rationale and goals of communism as conceived by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. This edition of The Communist Manifesto is based on the English edition of 1888. In addition, this collection includes the following essays and writings by Marx, translated by H. J. Stenning: 'A Criticism of the Hegelian Philosophy of Right,' 'On the King of Prussia and Social Reform,' 'Moralizing Criticism and Critical Morality: A Polemic Against Karl Heinzen,' 'Proudhon,' 'French Materialism,' and 'The English Revolution.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto and Other Writings Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Widely debated since its publication in 1848, The Communist Manifesto is one of the world's most influential political manuscripts. Presenting an analytical approach to the problems of capitalism and the resulting class struggle between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat, the text lays out the rationale and goals of communism as conceived by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. This edition of The Communist Manifesto is based on the English edition of 1888. In addition, this collection includes the following essays and writings by Marx, translated by H. J. Stenning: 'A Criticism of the Hegelian Philosophy of Right,' 'On the King of Prussia and Social Reform,' 'Moralizing Criticism and Critical Morality: A Polemic Against Karl Heinzen,' 'Proudhon,' 'French Materialism,' and 'The English Revolution.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winner-Take-All Politics: How Washington Made the Rich Richer--And Turned Its Back on the Middle Class Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We all know that the very rich have gotten a lot richer these past few decades while most Americans haven't. In fact, the exorbitantly paid have continued to thrive during the current economic crisis, even as the rest of Americans have fallen behind. Why do the 'have-it-alls' have so much more? Lots of so-called experts claim to have solved this great mystery, but no one has really gotten to the bottom of it—until now. In their lively and provocative Winner-Take-All Politics, renowned political scientists Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson demonstrate that the usual suspects—foreign trade and financial globalization, technological changes in the workplace, increased education at the top—are largely innocent of the charges against them. Instead, they indict an unlikely suspect and take us on an entertaining tour of the mountain of evidence against the culprit. The guilty party is American politics. Runaway inequality and the present economic crisis reflect what government has done to aid the rich and what it has not done to safeguard the interests of the middle class. The winner-take-all economy is primarily a result of winner-take-all politics. Part revelatory history, part political analysis, part intellectual journey, Winner-Take-All Politics shows how a political system that traditionally has been responsive to the interests of the middle class has been hijacked by the super-rich. In doing so, it not only changes how we think about American politics, but also points the way to rebuilding a democracy that serves the interests of the many rather than just those of the wealthy few. Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Tue, 26 Apr 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100383 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winner-Take-All Politics: How Washington Made the Rich Richer--And Turned Its Back on the Middle Class Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We all know that the very rich have gotten a lot richer these past few decades while most Americans haven't. In fact, the exorbitantly paid have continued to thrive during the current economic crisis, even as the rest of Americans have fallen behind. Why do the 'have-it-alls' have so much more? Lots of so-called experts claim to have solved this great mystery, but no one has really gotten to the bottom of it—until now. In their lively and provocative Winner-Take-All Politics, renowned political scientists Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson demonstrate that the usual suspects—foreign trade and financial globalization, technological changes in the workplace, increased education at the top—are largely innocent of the charges against them. Instead, they indict an unlikely suspect and take us on an entertaining tour of the mountain of evidence against the culprit. The guilty party is American politics. Runaway inequality and the present economic crisis reflect what government has done to aid the rich and what it has not done to safeguard the interests of the middle class. The winner-take-all economy is primarily a result of winner-take-all politics. Part revelatory history, part political analysis, part intellectual journey, Winner-Take-All Politics shows how a political system that traditionally has been responsive to the interests of the middle class has been hijacked by the super-rich. In doing so, it not only changes how we think about American politics, but also points the way to rebuilding a democracy that serves the interests of the many rather than just those of the wealthy few. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winner-Take-All Politics: How Washington Made the Rich Richer--And Turned Its Back on the Middle Class Author: Paul Pierson, Jacob S. Hacker Narrator: John Allen Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 26, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We all know that the very rich have gotten a lot richer these past few decades while most Americans haven't. In fact, the exorbitantly paid have continued to thrive during the current economic crisis, even as the rest of Americans have fallen behind. Why do the 'have-it-alls' have so much more? Lots of so-called experts claim to have solved this great mystery, but no one has really gotten to the bottom of it—until now. In their lively and provocative Winner-Take-All Politics, renowned political scientists Jacob S. Hacker and Paul Pierson demonstrate that the usual suspects—foreign trade and financial globalization, technological changes in the workplace, increased education at the top—are largely innocent of the charges against them. Instead, they indict an unlikely suspect and take us on an entertaining tour of the mountain of evidence against the culprit. The guilty party is American politics. Runaway inequality and the present economic crisis reflect what government has done to aid the rich and what it has not done to safeguard the interests of the middle class. The winner-take-all economy is primarily a result of winner-take-all politics. Part revelatory history, part political analysis, part intellectual journey, Winner-Take-All Politics shows how a political system that traditionally has been responsive to the interests of the middle class has been hijacked by the super-rich. In doing so, it not only changes how we think about American politics, but also points the way to rebuilding a democracy that serves the interests of the many rather than just those of the wealthy few. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tension City: Inside the Presidential Debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain Author: Jim Lehrer Narrator: Jim Lehrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NARRATED BY THE AUTHOR, THIS SPECIAL AUDIOBOOK RECORDING OF TENSION CITY INCLUDES EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW AND DEBATE EXCERPTS FROM 1960 THROUGH 2008! “In his quiet but intense way, Jim Lehrer earns the trust of the major political players of our time,” notes Barbara Walters. “He explains and exposes their hopes and dreams, their strengths and failures as they try to put their best foot forward.” From the man widely hailed as “the Dean of Moderators” comes a lively and revealing book that pulls back the curtain on more than forty years of televised political debate in America. A veteran newsman who has presided over eleven presidential and vice-presidential debates, Jim Lehrer gives readers a ringside seat for some of the epic political battles of our time, shedding light on all of the critical turning points and rhetorical faux pas that helped determine the outcome of America’s presidential elections—and with them the course of history. Drawing on his own experiences as “the man in the middle seat,” in-depth interviews with the candidates and his fellow moderators, and transcripts of key exchanges, Lehrer isolates and illuminates what he calls the “Major Moments” and “killer questions” that defined the debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain. Oftentimes these moments involve the candidates themselves and are seared into our collective political memory. Michael Dukakis stumbles badly over a question about the death penalty. Dan Quayle compares himself to John F. Kennedy once too often. Barack Obama and John McCain barely make eye contact over the course of a ninety-minute discussion. At other times, the debate moderators themselves become part of the story—and Lehrer is there to give us a backstage look at the drama. Peter Jennings suggests surprising the candidates by suspending the carefully negotiated rules minutes before the 1988 presidential debate—to the consternation of his fellow panelists. Lehrer himself weathers a firestorm of criticism over his performance as moderator of the 2000 Bush-Gore debate. And then there are the excruciating moments when audio lines go dead and TelePrompTers stay dark just seconds before going on the air live in front of a worldwide television audience of millions. Asked to sum up his experience as a participant in high-level televised debates, President George H. W. Bush memorably likened them to an evening in “tension city.” In Jim Lehrer’s absorbing insider account, we find out that truer words were never spoken. Jim Lehrer Tue, 13 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100220 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tension City: Inside the Presidential Debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain Author: Jim Lehrer Narrator: Jim Lehrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NARRATED BY THE AUTHOR, THIS SPECIAL AUDIOBOOK RECORDING OF TENSION CITY INCLUDES EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW AND DEBATE EXCERPTS FROM 1960 THROUGH 2008! “In his quiet but intense way, Jim Lehrer earns the trust of the major political players of our time,” notes Barbara Walters. “He explains and exposes their hopes and dreams, their strengths and failures as they try to put their best foot forward.” From the man widely hailed as “the Dean of Moderators” comes a lively and revealing book that pulls back the curtain on more than forty years of televised political debate in America. A veteran newsman who has presided over eleven presidential and vice-presidential debates, Jim Lehrer gives readers a ringside seat for some of the epic political battles of our time, shedding light on all of the critical turning points and rhetorical faux pas that helped determine the outcome of America’s presidential elections—and with them the course of history. Drawing on his own experiences as “the man in the middle seat,” in-depth interviews with the candidates and his fellow moderators, and transcripts of key exchanges, Lehrer isolates and illuminates what he calls the “Major Moments” and “killer questions” that defined the debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain. Oftentimes these moments involve the candidates themselves and are seared into our collective political memory. Michael Dukakis stumbles badly over a question about the death penalty. Dan Quayle compares himself to John F. Kennedy once too often. Barack Obama and John McCain barely make eye contact over the course of a ninety-minute discussion. At other times, the debate moderators themselves become part of the story—and Lehrer is there to give us a backstage look at the drama. Peter Jennings suggests surprising the candidates by suspending the carefully negotiated rules minutes before the 1988 presidential debate—to the consternation of his fellow panelists. Lehrer himself weathers a firestorm of criticism over his performance as moderator of the 2000 Bush-Gore debate. And then there are the excruciating moments when audio lines go dead and TelePrompTers stay dark just seconds before going on the air live in front of a worldwide television audience of millions. Asked to sum up his experience as a participant in high-level televised debates, President George H. W. Bush memorably likened them to an evening in “tension city.” In Jim Lehrer’s absorbing insider account, we find out that truer words were never spoken. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tension City: Inside the Presidential Debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain Author: Jim Lehrer Narrator: Jim Lehrer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NARRATED BY THE AUTHOR, THIS SPECIAL AUDIOBOOK RECORDING OF TENSION CITY INCLUDES EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW AND DEBATE EXCERPTS FROM 1960 THROUGH 2008! “In his quiet but intense way, Jim Lehrer earns the trust of the major political players of our time,” notes Barbara Walters. “He explains and exposes their hopes and dreams, their strengths and failures as they try to put their best foot forward.” From the man widely hailed as “the Dean of Moderators” comes a lively and revealing book that pulls back the curtain on more than forty years of televised political debate in America. A veteran newsman who has presided over eleven presidential and vice-presidential debates, Jim Lehrer gives readers a ringside seat for some of the epic political battles of our time, shedding light on all of the critical turning points and rhetorical faux pas that helped determine the outcome of America’s presidential elections—and with them the course of history. Drawing on his own experiences as “the man in the middle seat,” in-depth interviews with the candidates and his fellow moderators, and transcripts of key exchanges, Lehrer isolates and illuminates what he calls the “Major Moments” and “killer questions” that defined the debates, from Kennedy-Nixon to Obama-McCain. Oftentimes these moments involve the candidates themselves and are seared into our collective political memory. Michael Dukakis stumbles badly over a question about the death penalty. Dan Quayle compares himself to John F. Kennedy once too often. Barack Obama and John McCain barely make eye contact over the course of a ninety-minute discussion. At other times, the debate moderators themselves become part of the story—and Lehrer is there to give us a backstage look at the drama. Peter Jennings suggests surprising the candidates by suspending the carefully negotiated rules minutes before the 1988 presidential debate—to the consternation of his fellow panelists. Lehrer himself weathers a firestorm of criticism over his performance as moderator of the 2000 Bush-Gore debate. And then there are the excruciating moments when audio lines go dead and TelePrompTers stay dark just seconds before going on the air live in front of a worldwide television audience of millions. Asked to sum up his experience as a participant in high-level televised debates, President George H. W. Bush memorably likened them to an evening in “tension city.” In Jim Lehrer’s absorbing insider account, we find out that truer words were never spoken. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of the FBI Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author reveals the FBI’s most closely guarded secrets, with an insider look at the bureau’s inner workings and intelligence investigations.   Based on inside access and hundreds of interviews with federal agents, the book presents an unprecedented, authoritative window on the FBI's unique role in American history. From White House scandals to celebrity deaths, from cult catastrophes to the investigations of terrorists, stalkers, Mafia figures, and spies, the FBI becomes involved in almost every aspect of American life. Kessler shares how the FBI caught spy Robert Hanssen in its midst as well as how the bureau breaks into homes, offices, and embassies to plant bugging devices without getting caught.   With revelations about the raid on Osama bin Laden's compound, the recent Russian spy swap, Marilyn Monroe's death, Vince Foster’s suicide, and even J. Edgar Hoover, The Secrets of the FBI presents headline-making disclosures about the most important figures and events of our time. Ronald Kessler Tue, 02 Aug 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100020 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of the FBI Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author reveals the FBI’s most closely guarded secrets, with an insider look at the bureau’s inner workings and intelligence investigations.   Based on inside access and hundreds of interviews with federal agents, the book presents an unprecedented, authoritative window on the FBI's unique role in American history. From White House scandals to celebrity deaths, from cult catastrophes to the investigations of terrorists, stalkers, Mafia figures, and spies, the FBI becomes involved in almost every aspect of American life. Kessler shares how the FBI caught spy Robert Hanssen in its midst as well as how the bureau breaks into homes, offices, and embassies to plant bugging devices without getting caught.   With revelations about the raid on Osama bin Laden's compound, the recent Russian spy swap, Marilyn Monroe's death, Vince Foster’s suicide, and even J. Edgar Hoover, The Secrets of the FBI presents headline-making disclosures about the most important figures and events of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of the FBI Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author reveals the FBI’s most closely guarded secrets, with an insider look at the bureau’s inner workings and intelligence investigations.   Based on inside access and hundreds of interviews with federal agents, the book presents an unprecedented, authoritative window on the FBI's unique role in American history. From White House scandals to celebrity deaths, from cult catastrophes to the investigations of terrorists, stalkers, Mafia figures, and spies, the FBI becomes involved in almost every aspect of American life. Kessler shares how the FBI caught spy Robert Hanssen in its midst as well as how the bureau breaks into homes, offices, and embassies to plant bugging devices without getting caught.   With revelations about the raid on Osama bin Laden's compound, the recent Russian spy swap, Marilyn Monroe's death, Vince Foster’s suicide, and even J. Edgar Hoover, The Secrets of the FBI presents headline-making disclosures about the most important figures and events of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Let the Kids Drink the Kool-Aid: Confronting the Left’s Assault on Our Families, Faith, and Freedom Author: Marybeth Hicks Narrator: Nicole Vilencia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals always think they know best. Yet never before has the Left been so determined to brainwash our kids, says Washington Times columnist Marybeth Hicks in Don’t Let Your Kids Drink the Kool-Aid. Whether it’s through schools, the media, or so-called parenting experts, this book exposes the myriad ways liberals are indoctrinating tomorrow’s voters and the next generation of leaders into a socialist worldview. By destroying our children’s ambitions, work ethic, optimism, and faith, liberals are creating a generation of citizens who believe they are entitled to a lifetime of government care. The inevitable result? A society that will succumb to a system that robs them of liberty and prosperity in the name of social order. Revealing shocking stories and offering bold solutions, Hicks calls on all Americans to stand up to the Left and refuse to let them ruin our children. Marybeth Hicks Tue, 23 Aug 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100005 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Let the Kids Drink the Kool-Aid: Confronting the Left’s Assault on Our Families, Faith, and Freedom Author: Marybeth Hicks Narrator: Nicole Vilencia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals always think they know best. Yet never before has the Left been so determined to brainwash our kids, says Washington Times columnist Marybeth Hicks in Don’t Let Your Kids Drink the Kool-Aid. Whether it’s through schools, the media, or so-called parenting experts, this book exposes the myriad ways liberals are indoctrinating tomorrow’s voters and the next generation of leaders into a socialist worldview. By destroying our children’s ambitions, work ethic, optimism, and faith, liberals are creating a generation of citizens who believe they are entitled to a lifetime of government care. The inevitable result? A society that will succumb to a system that robs them of liberty and prosperity in the name of social order. Revealing shocking stories and offering bold solutions, Hicks calls on all Americans to stand up to the Left and refuse to let them ruin our children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/100005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Let the Kids Drink the Kool-Aid: Confronting the Left’s Assault on Our Families, Faith, and Freedom Author: Marybeth Hicks Narrator: Nicole Vilencia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 23, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals always think they know best. Yet never before has the Left been so determined to brainwash our kids, says Washington Times columnist Marybeth Hicks in Don’t Let Your Kids Drink the Kool-Aid. Whether it’s through schools, the media, or so-called parenting experts, this book exposes the myriad ways liberals are indoctrinating tomorrow’s voters and the next generation of leaders into a socialist worldview. By destroying our children’s ambitions, work ethic, optimism, and faith, liberals are creating a generation of citizens who believe they are entitled to a lifetime of government care. The inevitable result? A society that will succumb to a system that robs them of liberty and prosperity in the name of social order. Revealing shocking stories and offering bold solutions, Hicks calls on all Americans to stand up to the Left and refuse to let them ruin our children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Our Democracy Work: A Judge's View Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Stephen Breyer delivers an impassioned argument for the proper role of America's highest judicial body. Examining historic and contemporary decisions by the Court, Breyer highlights the rulings that have bolstered public confidence as well as the missteps that have triggered distrust. What emerges is a unique approach-certain to be admired for years to come-to interpreting the Constitution. Justice Stephen Breyer Fri, 08 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99260 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Our Democracy Work: A Judge's View Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Stephen Breyer delivers an impassioned argument for the proper role of America's highest judicial body. Examining historic and contemporary decisions by the Court, Breyer highlights the rulings that have bolstered public confidence as well as the missteps that have triggered distrust. What emerges is a unique approach-certain to be admired for years to come-to interpreting the Constitution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Our Democracy Work: A Judge's View Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Stephen Breyer delivers an impassioned argument for the proper role of America's highest judicial body. Examining historic and contemporary decisions by the Court, Breyer highlights the rulings that have bolstered public confidence as well as the missteps that have triggered distrust. What emerges is a unique approach-certain to be admired for years to come-to interpreting the Constitution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. Andrew Scott Cooper Tue, 09 Aug 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020 thebookvoice.com 19:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/99020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oil Kings: How the U.S., Iran, and Saudi Arabia Changed the Balance of Power in the Middle East Author: Andrew Scott Cooper Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 9, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: struggling with a recession . . . European nations at risk of defaulting on their loans . . . A possible global financial crisis. It happened before, in the 1970s. Oil Kings is the story of how oil came to dominate U.S. domestic and international affairs. As Richard Nixon fought off Watergate inquiries in 1973, the U.S. economy reacted to an oil shortage initiated by Arab nations in retaliation for American support of Israel in the Arab- Israeli war. The price of oil skyrocketed, causing serious inflation. One man the U.S. could rely on in the Middle East was the Shah of Iran, a loyal ally whose grand ambitions had made him a leading customer for American weapons. Iran sold the U.S. oil; the U.S. sold Iran missiles and fighter jets. But the Shah’s economy depended almost entirely on oil, and the U.S. economy could not tolerate annual double-digit increases in the price of this essential commodity. European economies were hit even harder by the soaring oil prices, and several NATO allies were at risk of default on their debt. In 1976, with the U.S. economy in peril, President Gerald Ford, locked in a tight election race, decided he had to find a country that would sell oil to the U.S. more cheaply and break the OPEC monopoly, which the Shah refused to do. On the advice of Treasury Secretary William Simon and against the advice of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, Ford made a deal to sell advanced weaponry to the Saudis in exchange for a modest price hike on oil. Ford lost the election, but the deal had lasting consequences. The Shah’s economy was destabilized, and disaffected elements in Iran mobilized to overthrow him. The U.S. had embarked on a long relationship with the autocratic Saudi kingdom that continues to this day. Andrew Scott Cooper draws on newly declassified documents and interviews with some key figures of the time to show how Nixon, Ford, Kissinger, the CIA, and the State and Treasury departments—as well as the Shah and the Saudi royal family— maneuvered to control events in the Middle East. He details the secret U.S.-Saudi plan to circumvent OPEC that destabilized the Shah. He reveals how close the U.S. came to sending troops into the Persian Gulf to break the Arab oil embargo. The Oil Kings provides solid evidence that U.S. officials ignored warning signs of a potential hostage crisis in Iran. It discloses that U.S. officials offered to sell nuclear power and nuclear fuel to the Shah. And it shows how the Ford Administration barely averted a European debt crisis that could have triggered a financial catastrophe in the U.S. Brilliantly reported and filled with astonishing details about some of the key figures of the time, The Oil Kings is the history of an era that we thought we knew, an era whose momentous reverberations still influence events at home and abroad today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98515 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pirates of Somalia: Inside Their Hidden World Author: Jay Bahadur Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Somalia, on the tip of the Horn of Africa, has been inhabited as far back as 9,000 BC. Its history is as rich as the country is old. Caught up in a decades-long civil war, Somalia, along with Iraq and Afghanistan, has become one of the most dangerous countries in the world. Getting there from North America is a forty-five-hour, five-flight voyage through Frankfurt, Dubai, Djibouti, Bossaso (on the Gulf of Aden), and, finally, Galkayo. Somalia is a place where a government has been built out of anarchy.   For centuries, stories of pirates have captured imaginations around the world. The recent bands of daring, ragtag pirates off the coast of Somalia, hijacking multimillion-dollar tankers owned by international shipping conglomerates, have brought the scourge of piracy into the modern era.   The capture of the American-crewed cargo ship Maersk Alabama in April 2009, the first United States ship to be hijacked in almost two centuries, catapulted the Somali pirates onto prime-time news. Then, with the horrific killing by Somali pirates of four Americans, two of whom had built their dream yacht and were sailing around the world (“And now on to: Angkor Wat! And Burma!” they had written to friends), the United States Navy, Special Operation Forces, FBI, Justice Department, and the world’s military forces were put on notice: the Somali seas were now the most perilous in the world.   Jay Bahadur, a journalist who dared to make his way into the remote pirate havens of Africa’s easternmost country and spend months infiltrating their lives, gives us the first close-up look at the hidden world of the pirates of war-ravaged Somalia.   Bahadur’s riveting narrative exposé—the first ever—looks at who these men are, how they live, the forces that created piracy in Somalia, how the pirates spend the ransom money, how they deal with their hostages. Bahadur makes sense of the complex and fraught regional politics, the history of Somalia and the self-governing region of Puntland (an autonomous region in northeast Somalia), and the various catastrophic occurrences that have shaped their pirate destinies. The book looks at how the unrecognized mini-state of Puntland is dealing with the rise—and increasing sophistication—of piracy and how, through legal and military action, other nations, international shippers, the United Nations, and various international bodies are attempting to cope with the present danger and growing pirate crisis. A revelation of a world at the epicenter of political and natural disaster. Jay Bahadur Tue, 19 Jul 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98515 thebookvoice.com 8:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pirates of Somalia: Inside Their Hidden World Author: Jay Bahadur Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Somalia, on the tip of the Horn of Africa, has been inhabited as far back as 9,000 BC. Its history is as rich as the country is old. Caught up in a decades-long civil war, Somalia, along with Iraq and Afghanistan, has become one of the most dangerous countries in the world. Getting there from North America is a forty-five-hour, five-flight voyage through Frankfurt, Dubai, Djibouti, Bossaso (on the Gulf of Aden), and, finally, Galkayo. Somalia is a place where a government has been built out of anarchy.   For centuries, stories of pirates have captured imaginations around the world. The recent bands of daring, ragtag pirates off the coast of Somalia, hijacking multimillion-dollar tankers owned by international shipping conglomerates, have brought the scourge of piracy into the modern era.   The capture of the American-crewed cargo ship Maersk Alabama in April 2009, the first United States ship to be hijacked in almost two centuries, catapulted the Somali pirates onto prime-time news. Then, with the horrific killing by Somali pirates of four Americans, two of whom had built their dream yacht and were sailing around the world (“And now on to: Angkor Wat! And Burma!” they had written to friends), the United States Navy, Special Operation Forces, FBI, Justice Department, and the world’s military forces were put on notice: the Somali seas were now the most perilous in the world.   Jay Bahadur, a journalist who dared to make his way into the remote pirate havens of Africa’s easternmost country and spend months infiltrating their lives, gives us the first close-up look at the hidden world of the pirates of war-ravaged Somalia.   Bahadur’s riveting narrative exposé—the first ever—looks at who these men are, how they live, the forces that created piracy in Somalia, how the pirates spend the ransom money, how they deal with their hostages. Bahadur makes sense of the complex and fraught regional politics, the history of Somalia and the self-governing region of Puntland (an autonomous region in northeast Somalia), and the various catastrophic occurrences that have shaped their pirate destinies. The book looks at how the unrecognized mini-state of Puntland is dealing with the rise—and increasing sophistication—of piracy and how, through legal and military action, other nations, international shippers, the United Nations, and various international bodies are attempting to cope with the present danger and growing pirate crisis. A revelation of a world at the epicenter of political and natural disaster. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pirates of Somalia: Inside Their Hidden World Author: Jay Bahadur Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Somalia, on the tip of the Horn of Africa, has been inhabited as far back as 9,000 BC. Its history is as rich as the country is old. Caught up in a decades-long civil war, Somalia, along with Iraq and Afghanistan, has become one of the most dangerous countries in the world. Getting there from North America is a forty-five-hour, five-flight voyage through Frankfurt, Dubai, Djibouti, Bossaso (on the Gulf of Aden), and, finally, Galkayo. Somalia is a place where a government has been built out of anarchy.   For centuries, stories of pirates have captured imaginations around the world. The recent bands of daring, ragtag pirates off the coast of Somalia, hijacking multimillion-dollar tankers owned by international shipping conglomerates, have brought the scourge of piracy into the modern era.   The capture of the American-crewed cargo ship Maersk Alabama in April 2009, the first United States ship to be hijacked in almost two centuries, catapulted the Somali pirates onto prime-time news. Then, with the horrific killing by Somali pirates of four Americans, two of whom had built their dream yacht and were sailing around the world (“And now on to: Angkor Wat! And Burma!” they had written to friends), the United States Navy, Special Operation Forces, FBI, Justice Department, and the world’s military forces were put on notice: the Somali seas were now the most perilous in the world.   Jay Bahadur, a journalist who dared to make his way into the remote pirate havens of Africa’s easternmost country and spend months infiltrating their lives, gives us the first close-up look at the hidden world of the pirates of war-ravaged Somalia.   Bahadur’s riveting narrative exposé—the first ever—looks at who these men are, how they live, the forces that created piracy in Somalia, how the pirates spend the ransom money, how they deal with their hostages. Bahadur makes sense of the complex and fraught regional politics, the history of Somalia and the self-governing region of Puntland (an autonomous region in northeast Somalia), and the various catastrophic occurrences that have shaped their pirate destinies. The book looks at how the unrecognized mini-state of Puntland is dealing with the rise—and increasing sophistication—of piracy and how, through legal and military action, other nations, international shippers, the United Nations, and various international bodies are attempting to cope with the present danger and growing pirate crisis. A revelation of a world at the epicenter of political and natural disaster. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98259 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Thee I Zing: America's Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From #1 New York Times bestseller and radio phenomenon Laura Ingraham a sharp-witted, comic romp through the culture and habits of everyday U.S. citizens—now available in paperback. My culture is depraved, Not sure it can be saved . . . Of Thee I Zing. Land filled with STDs, Pants way down to the knees, Nary a “thanks” or “please” This is going to sting. . . . While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her: Our country is in grave peril. Our culture of ignorance, arrogance, and gluttony undermines our present and endangers our future. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a café table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a fiftyish woman shoehorned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria’s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered, “Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria’s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?” In an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through ten levels of our cultural hell. You know we’re in trouble when . . . Airplane seats shrink—just as the passengers expand. Celebrity baby names go from the peculiar (Apple, Stetson, and Daisy Boo) to the pathetic (Bamboo, Blanket, and Bronx).  People meticulously tend their virtual crops on Farmville, while their children eat takeout. “Breaking News” usually means it happened yesterday. The weddings last longer than the marriages.  Facebook has become a verb and reading has become an ancient art form.  Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here. Laura Ingraham Tue, 12 Jul 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98259 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Thee I Zing: America's Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From #1 New York Times bestseller and radio phenomenon Laura Ingraham a sharp-witted, comic romp through the culture and habits of everyday U.S. citizens—now available in paperback. My culture is depraved, Not sure it can be saved . . . Of Thee I Zing. Land filled with STDs, Pants way down to the knees, Nary a “thanks” or “please” This is going to sting. . . . While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her: Our country is in grave peril. Our culture of ignorance, arrogance, and gluttony undermines our present and endangers our future. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a café table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a fiftyish woman shoehorned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria’s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered, “Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria’s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?” In an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through ten levels of our cultural hell. You know we’re in trouble when . . . Airplane seats shrink—just as the passengers expand. Celebrity baby names go from the peculiar (Apple, Stetson, and Daisy Boo) to the pathetic (Bamboo, Blanket, and Bronx).  People meticulously tend their virtual crops on Farmville, while their children eat takeout. “Breaking News” usually means it happened yesterday. The weddings last longer than the marriages.  Facebook has become a verb and reading has become an ancient art form.  Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Thee I Zing: America's Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From #1 New York Times bestseller and radio phenomenon Laura Ingraham a sharp-witted, comic romp through the culture and habits of everyday U.S. citizens—now available in paperback. My culture is depraved, Not sure it can be saved . . . Of Thee I Zing. Land filled with STDs, Pants way down to the knees, Nary a “thanks” or “please” This is going to sting. . . . While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her: Our country is in grave peril. Our culture of ignorance, arrogance, and gluttony undermines our present and endangers our future. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a café table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a fiftyish woman shoehorned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria’s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered, “Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria’s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?” In an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through ten levels of our cultural hell. You know we’re in trouble when . . . Airplane seats shrink—just as the passengers expand. Celebrity baby names go from the peculiar (Apple, Stetson, and Daisy Boo) to the pathetic (Bamboo, Blanket, and Bronx).  People meticulously tend their virtual crops on Farmville, while their children eat takeout. “Breaking News” usually means it happened yesterday. The weddings last longer than the marriages.  Facebook has become a verb and reading has become an ancient art form.  Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98213 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Triple Agent: The al-Qaeda Mole who Infiltrated the CIA Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning narrative account of the mysterious Jordanian who penetrated both the inner circle of al-Qaeda and the highest reaches of the CIA, with a devastating impact on the war on terror.   In December 2009, a group of the CIA’s top terrorist hunters gathered at a secret base in Khost, Afghanistan, to greet a rising superspy: Humam Khalil al-Balawi, a Jordanian double-agent who infiltrated the upper ranks of al-Qaeda. For months, he had sent shocking revelations from inside the terrorist network and now promised to help the CIA assassinate Osama bin Laden’s top deputy. Instead, as he stepped from his car, he detonated a thirty-pound bomb strapped to his chest, instantly killing seven CIA operatives, the agency’s worst loss of life in decades.   In The Triple Agent, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Joby Warrick takes us deep inside the CIA’s secret war against al-Qaeda, a war that pits robotic planes and laser-guided missiles against a cunning enemy intent on unleashing carnage in American cities. Flitting precariously between the two sides was Balawi, a young man with extraordinary gifts who managed to win the confidence of hardened terrorists as well as veteran spymasters. With his breathtaking accounts from inside al-Qaeda’s lair, Balawi appeared poised to become America’s greatest double-agent in half a century—but he was not at all what he seemed. Combining the powerful momentum of Black Hawk Down with the institutional insight of Jane Mayer’s The Dark Side, Warrick takes the readers on a harrowing journey from the slums of Amman to the inner chambers of the White House in an untold true story of miscalculation, deception, and revenge. Joby Warrick Tue, 19 Jul 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98213 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Triple Agent: The al-Qaeda Mole who Infiltrated the CIA Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning narrative account of the mysterious Jordanian who penetrated both the inner circle of al-Qaeda and the highest reaches of the CIA, with a devastating impact on the war on terror.   In December 2009, a group of the CIA’s top terrorist hunters gathered at a secret base in Khost, Afghanistan, to greet a rising superspy: Humam Khalil al-Balawi, a Jordanian double-agent who infiltrated the upper ranks of al-Qaeda. For months, he had sent shocking revelations from inside the terrorist network and now promised to help the CIA assassinate Osama bin Laden’s top deputy. Instead, as he stepped from his car, he detonated a thirty-pound bomb strapped to his chest, instantly killing seven CIA operatives, the agency’s worst loss of life in decades.   In The Triple Agent, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Joby Warrick takes us deep inside the CIA’s secret war against al-Qaeda, a war that pits robotic planes and laser-guided missiles against a cunning enemy intent on unleashing carnage in American cities. Flitting precariously between the two sides was Balawi, a young man with extraordinary gifts who managed to win the confidence of hardened terrorists as well as veteran spymasters. With his breathtaking accounts from inside al-Qaeda’s lair, Balawi appeared poised to become America’s greatest double-agent in half a century—but he was not at all what he seemed. Combining the powerful momentum of Black Hawk Down with the institutional insight of Jane Mayer’s The Dark Side, Warrick takes the readers on a harrowing journey from the slums of Amman to the inner chambers of the White House in an untold true story of miscalculation, deception, and revenge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/98213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Triple Agent: The al-Qaeda Mole who Infiltrated the CIA Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning narrative account of the mysterious Jordanian who penetrated both the inner circle of al-Qaeda and the highest reaches of the CIA, with a devastating impact on the war on terror.   In December 2009, a group of the CIA’s top terrorist hunters gathered at a secret base in Khost, Afghanistan, to greet a rising superspy: Humam Khalil al-Balawi, a Jordanian double-agent who infiltrated the upper ranks of al-Qaeda. For months, he had sent shocking revelations from inside the terrorist network and now promised to help the CIA assassinate Osama bin Laden’s top deputy. Instead, as he stepped from his car, he detonated a thirty-pound bomb strapped to his chest, instantly killing seven CIA operatives, the agency’s worst loss of life in decades.   In The Triple Agent, Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Joby Warrick takes us deep inside the CIA’s secret war against al-Qaeda, a war that pits robotic planes and laser-guided missiles against a cunning enemy intent on unleashing carnage in American cities. Flitting precariously between the two sides was Balawi, a young man with extraordinary gifts who managed to win the confidence of hardened terrorists as well as veteran spymasters. With his breathtaking accounts from inside al-Qaeda’s lair, Balawi appeared poised to become America’s greatest double-agent in half a century—but he was not at all what he seemed. Combining the powerful momentum of Black Hawk Down with the institutional insight of Jane Mayer’s The Dark Side, Warrick takes the readers on a harrowing journey from the slums of Amman to the inner chambers of the White House in an untold true story of miscalculation, deception, and revenge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honored Dead: A Story of Friendship, Murder, and the Search for Truth in the Arab World Author: Joseph Braude Narrator: Benson Simmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Arab Islamic world is known for religious extremism, ethnic conflicts, and, now, the overthrow of seemingly unshakable regimes—but if anything has become clear, it’s that our understanding of the region remains shrouded and incomplete. The seeds of revolution, radicalism, and—possibly—reform are buried in the individual stories of millions of people whose lives determine the fates of their societies, people whose motivations are as common, and as strange, as our own. Here is one of those stories—and the story of how this world is being transformed, one life at a time.   Joseph Braude is the first Western journalist ever to secure embed status with an Arab security force, assigned to a hardened unit of detectives in Casablanca who handle everything from busting al-Qaeda cells to solving homicides. One day he’s given the file for a seemingly commonplace murder: a young guard at a warehouse killed in what appears to be a robbery gone wrong. Braude is intrigued by the details of the case: the sheer brutality of the murder, the identities of the accused—a soldier—and the victim, a shadowy migrant with links to a radical cleric, and the odd location: a warehouse owned by a wealthy member of one of the few thriving Jewish communities in the Arab world. After interviewing the victim’s best friend, who tearfully insists that the true story of the murder has been covered up by powerful interests, Braude commits to getting to the bottom of it. Braude’s risky pursuit of the shocking truth behind the murder takes him from cosmopolitan Marrakesh to the proud Berber heartland, from the homes of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the country to the backstreets of Casablanca, where migrants come to make fortunes, jihad, and trouble, but often end up just trying to survive with dignity. The Honored Dead is a timely and riveting mystery about a society in transition, the power of the truth, and the irrepressible human need for justice. Joseph Braude Tue, 14 Jun 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97665 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honored Dead: A Story of Friendship, Murder, and the Search for Truth in the Arab World Author: Joseph Braude Narrator: Benson Simmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Arab Islamic world is known for religious extremism, ethnic conflicts, and, now, the overthrow of seemingly unshakable regimes—but if anything has become clear, it’s that our understanding of the region remains shrouded and incomplete. The seeds of revolution, radicalism, and—possibly—reform are buried in the individual stories of millions of people whose lives determine the fates of their societies, people whose motivations are as common, and as strange, as our own. Here is one of those stories—and the story of how this world is being transformed, one life at a time.   Joseph Braude is the first Western journalist ever to secure embed status with an Arab security force, assigned to a hardened unit of detectives in Casablanca who handle everything from busting al-Qaeda cells to solving homicides. One day he’s given the file for a seemingly commonplace murder: a young guard at a warehouse killed in what appears to be a robbery gone wrong. Braude is intrigued by the details of the case: the sheer brutality of the murder, the identities of the accused—a soldier—and the victim, a shadowy migrant with links to a radical cleric, and the odd location: a warehouse owned by a wealthy member of one of the few thriving Jewish communities in the Arab world. After interviewing the victim’s best friend, who tearfully insists that the true story of the murder has been covered up by powerful interests, Braude commits to getting to the bottom of it. Braude’s risky pursuit of the shocking truth behind the murder takes him from cosmopolitan Marrakesh to the proud Berber heartland, from the homes of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the country to the backstreets of Casablanca, where migrants come to make fortunes, jihad, and trouble, but often end up just trying to survive with dignity. The Honored Dead is a timely and riveting mystery about a society in transition, the power of the truth, and the irrepressible human need for justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Honored Dead: A Story of Friendship, Murder, and the Search for Truth in the Arab World Author: Joseph Braude Narrator: Benson Simmonds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Arab Islamic world is known for religious extremism, ethnic conflicts, and, now, the overthrow of seemingly unshakable regimes—but if anything has become clear, it’s that our understanding of the region remains shrouded and incomplete. The seeds of revolution, radicalism, and—possibly—reform are buried in the individual stories of millions of people whose lives determine the fates of their societies, people whose motivations are as common, and as strange, as our own. Here is one of those stories—and the story of how this world is being transformed, one life at a time.   Joseph Braude is the first Western journalist ever to secure embed status with an Arab security force, assigned to a hardened unit of detectives in Casablanca who handle everything from busting al-Qaeda cells to solving homicides. One day he’s given the file for a seemingly commonplace murder: a young guard at a warehouse killed in what appears to be a robbery gone wrong. Braude is intrigued by the details of the case: the sheer brutality of the murder, the identities of the accused—a soldier—and the victim, a shadowy migrant with links to a radical cleric, and the odd location: a warehouse owned by a wealthy member of one of the few thriving Jewish communities in the Arab world. After interviewing the victim’s best friend, who tearfully insists that the true story of the murder has been covered up by powerful interests, Braude commits to getting to the bottom of it. Braude’s risky pursuit of the shocking truth behind the murder takes him from cosmopolitan Marrakesh to the proud Berber heartland, from the homes of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the country to the backstreets of Casablanca, where migrants come to make fortunes, jihad, and trouble, but often end up just trying to survive with dignity. The Honored Dead is a timely and riveting mystery about a society in transition, the power of the truth, and the irrepressible human need for justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demonic: How the Liberal Mob Is Endangering America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The demon is a mob, and the mob is demonic. The Democratic Party activates mobs, depends on mobs, coddles mobs, publicizes and celebrates mobs—it is the mob. Sweeping in its scope and relentless in its argument, Demonic explains the peculiarities of liberals as standard groupthink behavior. To understand mobs is to understand liberals.   In her most provocative book to date, Ann Coulter argues that liberals exhibit all the psychological characteristics of a mob, for instance:   Liberal Groupthink: “The same mob mentality that leads otherwise law-abiding people to hurl rocks at cops also leads otherwise intelligent people to refuse to believe anything they haven’t heard on NPR.” Liberal Schemes: “No matter how mad the plan is—Fraternité, the ‘New Soviet Man,’ the Master Race, the Great Leap Forward, the Cultural Revolution, Building a New Society, ObamaCare—a mob will believe it.” Liberal Enemies: “Instead of ‘counterrevolutionaries,’ liberals’ opponents are called ‘haters,’ ‘those who seek to divide us,’ ‘tea baggers,’ and ‘right-wing hate groups.’ Meanwhile, conservatives call liberals ‘liberals’—and that makes them testy.” Liberal Justice: “In the world of the liberal, as in the world of Robespierre, there are no crimes, only criminals.” Liberal Violence: “If Charles Manson’s followers hadn’t killed Roman Polanski’s wife, Sharon Tate, Clinton would have pardoned him, too, and he’d probably be teaching at Northwestern University.”   Citing the father of mob psychology, Gustave Le Bon, Coulter catalogs the Left’s mob behaviors: the creation of messiahs, the fear of scientific innovation, the mythmaking, the preference for images over words, the lack of morals, and the casual embrace of contradictory ideas. Coulter traces the history of the liberal mob to the French Revolution and Robespierre’s revolutionaries (delineating a clear distinction from America’s founding fathers), who simply proclaimed that they were exercising the “general will” before slaughtering their fellow citizens “for the good of mankind.” Similarly, as Coulter demonstrates, liberal mobs, from student radicals to white-trash racists to anti-war and pro-ObamaCare fanatics today, have consistently used violence to implement their idea of the “general will.” This is not the American tradition; it is the tradition of Stalin, of Hitler, of the guillotine—and the tradition of the American Left. As the heirs of the French Revolution, Democrats have a history that consists of pandering to mobs, time and again, while Republicans, heirs to the American Revolution, have regularly stood for peaceable order. Hoping to muddy this horrifying truth, liberals slanderously accuse conservatives of their own crimes—assassination plots, conspiracy theorizing, political violence, embrace of the Ku Klux Klan. Coulter shows that the truth is the opposite: Political violence—mob violence—is always a Democratic affair. Surveying two centuries of mob movements, Coulter demonstrates that the mob is always destructive. And yet, she argues, beginning with the civil rights movement in the sixties, Americans have lost their natural, inherited aversion to mobs. Indeed, most Americans have no idea what they are even dealing with.             Only by recognizing the mobs and their demonic nature can America begin to defend itself. Ann Coulter Tue, 07 Jun 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97664 thebookvoice.com 12:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demonic: How the Liberal Mob Is Endangering America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The demon is a mob, and the mob is demonic. The Democratic Party activates mobs, depends on mobs, coddles mobs, publicizes and celebrates mobs—it is the mob. Sweeping in its scope and relentless in its argument, Demonic explains the peculiarities of liberals as standard groupthink behavior. To understand mobs is to understand liberals.   In her most provocative book to date, Ann Coulter argues that liberals exhibit all the psychological characteristics of a mob, for instance:   Liberal Groupthink: “The same mob mentality that leads otherwise law-abiding people to hurl rocks at cops also leads otherwise intelligent people to refuse to believe anything they haven’t heard on NPR.” Liberal Schemes: “No matter how mad the plan is—Fraternité, the ‘New Soviet Man,’ the Master Race, the Great Leap Forward, the Cultural Revolution, Building a New Society, ObamaCare—a mob will believe it.” Liberal Enemies: “Instead of ‘counterrevolutionaries,’ liberals’ opponents are called ‘haters,’ ‘those who seek to divide us,’ ‘tea baggers,’ and ‘right-wing hate groups.’ Meanwhile, conservatives call liberals ‘liberals’—and that makes them testy.” Liberal Justice: “In the world of the liberal, as in the world of Robespierre, there are no crimes, only criminals.” Liberal Violence: “If Charles Manson’s followers hadn’t killed Roman Polanski’s wife, Sharon Tate, Clinton would have pardoned him, too, and he’d probably be teaching at Northwestern University.”   Citing the father of mob psychology, Gustave Le Bon, Coulter catalogs the Left’s mob behaviors: the creation of messiahs, the fear of scientific innovation, the mythmaking, the preference for images over words, the lack of morals, and the casual embrace of contradictory ideas. Coulter traces the history of the liberal mob to the French Revolution and Robespierre’s revolutionaries (delineating a clear distinction from America’s founding fathers), who simply proclaimed that they were exercising the “general will” before slaughtering their fellow citizens “for the good of mankind.” Similarly, as Coulter demonstrates, liberal mobs, from student radicals to white-trash racists to anti-war and pro-ObamaCare fanatics today, have consistently used violence to implement their idea of the “general will.” This is not the American tradition; it is the tradition of Stalin, of Hitler, of the guillotine—and the tradition of the American Left. As the heirs of the French Revolution, Democrats have a history that consists of pandering to mobs, time and again, while Republicans, heirs to the American Revolution, have regularly stood for peaceable order. Hoping to muddy this horrifying truth, liberals slanderously accuse conservatives of their own crimes—assassination plots, conspiracy theorizing, political violence, embrace of the Ku Klux Klan. Coulter shows that the truth is the opposite: Political violence—mob violence—is always a Democratic affair. Surveying two centuries of mob movements, Coulter demonstrates that the mob is always destructive. And yet, she argues, beginning with the civil rights movement in the sixties, Americans have lost their natural, inherited aversion to mobs. Indeed, most Americans have no idea what they are even dealing with.             Only by recognizing the mobs and their demonic nature can America begin to defend itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Demonic: How the Liberal Mob Is Endangering America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The demon is a mob, and the mob is demonic. The Democratic Party activates mobs, depends on mobs, coddles mobs, publicizes and celebrates mobs—it is the mob. Sweeping in its scope and relentless in its argument, Demonic explains the peculiarities of liberals as standard groupthink behavior. To understand mobs is to understand liberals.   In her most provocative book to date, Ann Coulter argues that liberals exhibit all the psychological characteristics of a mob, for instance:   Liberal Groupthink: “The same mob mentality that leads otherwise law-abiding people to hurl rocks at cops also leads otherwise intelligent people to refuse to believe anything they haven’t heard on NPR.” Liberal Schemes: “No matter how mad the plan is—Fraternité, the ‘New Soviet Man,’ the Master Race, the Great Leap Forward, the Cultural Revolution, Building a New Society, ObamaCare—a mob will believe it.” Liberal Enemies: “Instead of ‘counterrevolutionaries,’ liberals’ opponents are called ‘haters,’ ‘those who seek to divide us,’ ‘tea baggers,’ and ‘right-wing hate groups.’ Meanwhile, conservatives call liberals ‘liberals’—and that makes them testy.” Liberal Justice: “In the world of the liberal, as in the world of Robespierre, there are no crimes, only criminals.” Liberal Violence: “If Charles Manson’s followers hadn’t killed Roman Polanski’s wife, Sharon Tate, Clinton would have pardoned him, too, and he’d probably be teaching at Northwestern University.”   Citing the father of mob psychology, Gustave Le Bon, Coulter catalogs the Left’s mob behaviors: the creation of messiahs, the fear of scientific innovation, the mythmaking, the preference for images over words, the lack of morals, and the casual embrace of contradictory ideas. Coulter traces the history of the liberal mob to the French Revolution and Robespierre’s revolutionaries (delineating a clear distinction from America’s founding fathers), who simply proclaimed that they were exercising the “general will” before slaughtering their fellow citizens “for the good of mankind.” Similarly, as Coulter demonstrates, liberal mobs, from student radicals to white-trash racists to anti-war and pro-ObamaCare fanatics today, have consistently used violence to implement their idea of the “general will.” This is not the American tradition; it is the tradition of Stalin, of Hitler, of the guillotine—and the tradition of the American Left. As the heirs of the French Revolution, Democrats have a history that consists of pandering to mobs, time and again, while Republicans, heirs to the American Revolution, have regularly stood for peaceable order. Hoping to muddy this horrifying truth, liberals slanderously accuse conservatives of their own crimes—assassination plots, conspiracy theorizing, political violence, embrace of the Ku Klux Klan. Coulter shows that the truth is the opposite: Political violence—mob violence—is always a Democratic affair. Surveying two centuries of mob movements, Coulter demonstrates that the mob is always destructive. And yet, she argues, beginning with the civil rights movement in the sixties, Americans have lost their natural, inherited aversion to mobs. Indeed, most Americans have no idea what they are even dealing with.             Only by recognizing the mobs and their demonic nature can America begin to defend itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At the Devil's Table: The Untold Story of the Insider Who Brought Down the Cali Cartel Author: William C. Rempel Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this riveting and relentless nonfiction thriller, award-winning investigative reporter William C. Rempel tells the harrowing story of former Cali cartel insider Jorge Salcedo, an ordinary man facing an extraordinary dilemma—a man forced to risk everything to escape the powerful and treacherous Cali crime syndicate. Colombia in the 1990s is a country in chaos, as a weak government battles guerrilla movements and narco-traffickers, including the notorious Pablo Escobar and his rivals in the Cali cartel. Enter Jorge Salcedo, a part-time soldier, a gifted engineer, a respected businessman and family man—and a man who despises Pablo Escobar for patriotic and deeply personal reasons. He is introduced to the godfathers of the Cali cartel, who are at war with Escobar and desperately want their foe dead. With mixed feelings, Jorge agrees to help them. Once inside, Jorge rises to become head of security for Miguel Rodríguez Orejuela, principal godfather of the $7-billion-a-year Cali drug cartel. Jorge tries to turn a blind eye to the violence, corruption, and brutality that surround him, and he struggles privately to preserve his integrity even as he is drawn deeper into the web of cartel operations. Then comes an order from the godfathers that he can’t obey—but can’t refuse. Jorge realizes that his only way out is to bring down the biggest, richest crime syndicate of all time. Thus begins a heart-pumping roller-coaster ride of intensifying peril. Secretly aided by a pair of young American DEA agents, Jorge races time and cartel assassins to extract damaging evidence, help capture the fugitive godfather, and save the life of a witness targeted for murder. Through it all, death lurks a single misstep away. William C. Rempel is the only reporter with access to this story and to Jorge, who remains in hiding somewhere in the United States—even the author doesn’t know where—but has revealed his experience in gripping detail. Salcedo’s is the story of one extraordinary ordinary man forced to risk everything to end a nightmare of his own making. William C. Rempel Tue, 21 Jun 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97074 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At the Devil's Table: The Untold Story of the Insider Who Brought Down the Cali Cartel Author: William C. Rempel Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this riveting and relentless nonfiction thriller, award-winning investigative reporter William C. Rempel tells the harrowing story of former Cali cartel insider Jorge Salcedo, an ordinary man facing an extraordinary dilemma—a man forced to risk everything to escape the powerful and treacherous Cali crime syndicate. Colombia in the 1990s is a country in chaos, as a weak government battles guerrilla movements and narco-traffickers, including the notorious Pablo Escobar and his rivals in the Cali cartel. Enter Jorge Salcedo, a part-time soldier, a gifted engineer, a respected businessman and family man—and a man who despises Pablo Escobar for patriotic and deeply personal reasons. He is introduced to the godfathers of the Cali cartel, who are at war with Escobar and desperately want their foe dead. With mixed feelings, Jorge agrees to help them. Once inside, Jorge rises to become head of security for Miguel Rodríguez Orejuela, principal godfather of the $7-billion-a-year Cali drug cartel. Jorge tries to turn a blind eye to the violence, corruption, and brutality that surround him, and he struggles privately to preserve his integrity even as he is drawn deeper into the web of cartel operations. Then comes an order from the godfathers that he can’t obey—but can’t refuse. Jorge realizes that his only way out is to bring down the biggest, richest crime syndicate of all time. Thus begins a heart-pumping roller-coaster ride of intensifying peril. Secretly aided by a pair of young American DEA agents, Jorge races time and cartel assassins to extract damaging evidence, help capture the fugitive godfather, and save the life of a witness targeted for murder. Through it all, death lurks a single misstep away. William C. Rempel is the only reporter with access to this story and to Jorge, who remains in hiding somewhere in the United States—even the author doesn’t know where—but has revealed his experience in gripping detail. Salcedo’s is the story of one extraordinary ordinary man forced to risk everything to end a nightmare of his own making. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At the Devil's Table: The Untold Story of the Insider Who Brought Down the Cali Cartel Author: William C. Rempel Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 21, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this riveting and relentless nonfiction thriller, award-winning investigative reporter William C. Rempel tells the harrowing story of former Cali cartel insider Jorge Salcedo, an ordinary man facing an extraordinary dilemma—a man forced to risk everything to escape the powerful and treacherous Cali crime syndicate. Colombia in the 1990s is a country in chaos, as a weak government battles guerrilla movements and narco-traffickers, including the notorious Pablo Escobar and his rivals in the Cali cartel. Enter Jorge Salcedo, a part-time soldier, a gifted engineer, a respected businessman and family man—and a man who despises Pablo Escobar for patriotic and deeply personal reasons. He is introduced to the godfathers of the Cali cartel, who are at war with Escobar and desperately want their foe dead. With mixed feelings, Jorge agrees to help them. Once inside, Jorge rises to become head of security for Miguel Rodríguez Orejuela, principal godfather of the $7-billion-a-year Cali drug cartel. Jorge tries to turn a blind eye to the violence, corruption, and brutality that surround him, and he struggles privately to preserve his integrity even as he is drawn deeper into the web of cartel operations. Then comes an order from the godfathers that he can’t obey—but can’t refuse. Jorge realizes that his only way out is to bring down the biggest, richest crime syndicate of all time. Thus begins a heart-pumping roller-coaster ride of intensifying peril. Secretly aided by a pair of young American DEA agents, Jorge races time and cartel assassins to extract damaging evidence, help capture the fugitive godfather, and save the life of a witness targeted for murder. Through it all, death lurks a single misstep away. William C. Rempel is the only reporter with access to this story and to Jorge, who remains in hiding somewhere in the United States—even the author doesn’t know where—but has revealed his experience in gripping detail. Salcedo’s is the story of one extraordinary ordinary man forced to risk everything to end a nightmare of his own making. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Argument: The Federalists' Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Pat Gray, Adam Grupper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, returns with his contemporary adaptation of The Federalist Papers with the inclusion of his own commentary and annotations to help readers interpret and understand the Constitution. Glenn Beck revisited Thomas Paine’s famous pre-Revolutionary War call to action in his #1 New York Times bestseller Glenn Beck’s Common Sense. Now he brings his historical acumen and political savvy to this fresh, new interpretation of The Federalist Papers, the 18th-century collection of political essays that defined and shaped our Constitution and laid bare the “original argument” between states’ rights and big federal government—a debate as relevant and urgent today as it was at the birth of our nation. Adapting a selection of these essential essays—pseudonymously authored by the now well-documented triumvirate of Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay—for a contemporary audience, Glenn Beck has had them reworked into “modern” English so as to be thoroughly accessible to anyone seeking a better understanding of the Founding Fathers’ intent and meaning when laying the groundwork of our government. Beck provides his own illuminating commentary and annotations and, for a number of the essays, has brought together the viewpoints of both liberal and conservative historians and scholars, making this a fair and insightful perspective on the historical works that remain the primary source for interpreting Constitutional law and the rights of American citizens. Glenn Beck Tue, 14 Jun 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97025 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Argument: The Federalists' Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Pat Gray, Adam Grupper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, returns with his contemporary adaptation of The Federalist Papers with the inclusion of his own commentary and annotations to help readers interpret and understand the Constitution. Glenn Beck revisited Thomas Paine’s famous pre-Revolutionary War call to action in his #1 New York Times bestseller Glenn Beck’s Common Sense. Now he brings his historical acumen and political savvy to this fresh, new interpretation of The Federalist Papers, the 18th-century collection of political essays that defined and shaped our Constitution and laid bare the “original argument” between states’ rights and big federal government—a debate as relevant and urgent today as it was at the birth of our nation. Adapting a selection of these essential essays—pseudonymously authored by the now well-documented triumvirate of Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay—for a contemporary audience, Glenn Beck has had them reworked into “modern” English so as to be thoroughly accessible to anyone seeking a better understanding of the Founding Fathers’ intent and meaning when laying the groundwork of our government. Beck provides his own illuminating commentary and annotations and, for a number of the essays, has brought together the viewpoints of both liberal and conservative historians and scholars, making this a fair and insightful perspective on the historical works that remain the primary source for interpreting Constitutional law and the rights of American citizens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/97025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Original Argument: The Federalists' Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Pat Gray, Adam Grupper Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, returns with his contemporary adaptation of The Federalist Papers with the inclusion of his own commentary and annotations to help readers interpret and understand the Constitution. Glenn Beck revisited Thomas Paine’s famous pre-Revolutionary War call to action in his #1 New York Times bestseller Glenn Beck’s Common Sense. Now he brings his historical acumen and political savvy to this fresh, new interpretation of The Federalist Papers, the 18th-century collection of political essays that defined and shaped our Constitution and laid bare the “original argument” between states’ rights and big federal government—a debate as relevant and urgent today as it was at the birth of our nation. Adapting a selection of these essential essays—pseudonymously authored by the now well-documented triumvirate of Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay—for a contemporary audience, Glenn Beck has had them reworked into “modern” English so as to be thoroughly accessible to anyone seeking a better understanding of the Founding Fathers’ intent and meaning when laying the groundwork of our government. Beck provides his own illuminating commentary and annotations and, for a number of the essays, has brought together the viewpoints of both liberal and conservative historians and scholars, making this a fair and insightful perspective on the historical works that remain the primary source for interpreting Constitutional law and the rights of American citizens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96961 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Allegiance to Sarah Palin: A Memoir of Our Tumultuous Years Author: Frank Bailey, Jeanne Devon Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This explosive, up-close view of Sarah Palin comes from an inner-circle confidant who shares surprising information about how Sarah dealt with staff and perceived “enemies,” and the discrepancy between what she said and what she did. Frank Bailey, Jeanne Devon Tue, 24 May 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96961 thebookvoice.com 13:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Allegiance to Sarah Palin: A Memoir of Our Tumultuous Years Author: Frank Bailey, Jeanne Devon Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This explosive, up-close view of Sarah Palin comes from an inner-circle confidant who shares surprising information about how Sarah dealt with staff and perceived “enemies,” and the discrepancy between what she said and what she did. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Allegiance to Sarah Palin: A Memoir of Our Tumultuous Years Author: Frank Bailey, Jeanne Devon Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 24, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This explosive, up-close view of Sarah Palin comes from an inner-circle confidant who shares surprising information about how Sarah dealt with staff and perceived “enemies,” and the discrepancy between what she said and what she did. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Next Door: How the Government Is Deceiving You about the Islamist Threat Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Al-Qaeda doesn't care about 'Hope' and 'Change.' The threat of terrorism in America, the Obama administration assures us, is contained and controlled. Attempted attacks like the Times Square bombing, the 'underwear bombing' on a flight over Detroit, and the attack on a Christmas-tree-lighting ceremony in Oregon were all isolated plots that failed. In the words of Homeland Security secretary Janet Napolitano, 'The system worked.' Don't believe it. In The Terrorist Next Door, investigative reporter Erick Stakelbeck exposes the staggering truth about our national security: the Obama administration is concealing and whitewashing the enormous terrorist threat growing right here within America's borders. If you believe terrorism is only a problem for other countries, Stakelbeck's on-the-ground reporting will open your eyes. He has been inside America's radical mosques, visited US-based Islamic enclaves, and learned about our enemies by going straight to the source—interviewing al-Qaeda–linked terrorists themselves. In this shocking book, Stakelbeck reveals: –How Islamic radicals have established separatist compounds and even jihadist training camps throughout rural America –That an overt disciple of Iran's Ayatollah Khomeini now leads one of the largest mosques in America –How mega-mosques aren't just planned for Ground Zero—they're being built in the heart of the Bible Belt as part of a plan for Islamic domination –Program to recruit Americans into terror groups –How the Obama administration's beguiling counter-terrorism policies are increasing the threat of another 9/11 The Terrorist Next Door sounds the alarm on a growing threat to every American—one that the US government refuses to face honestly or even to name. As we struggle against a relentless and adaptable Islamist enemy that is committed to destroying our nation, we can't say we weren't warned. Erick Stakelbeck Mon, 02 May 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96729 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Next Door: How the Government Is Deceiving You about the Islamist Threat Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Al-Qaeda doesn't care about 'Hope' and 'Change.' The threat of terrorism in America, the Obama administration assures us, is contained and controlled. Attempted attacks like the Times Square bombing, the 'underwear bombing' on a flight over Detroit, and the attack on a Christmas-tree-lighting ceremony in Oregon were all isolated plots that failed. In the words of Homeland Security secretary Janet Napolitano, 'The system worked.' Don't believe it. In The Terrorist Next Door, investigative reporter Erick Stakelbeck exposes the staggering truth about our national security: the Obama administration is concealing and whitewashing the enormous terrorist threat growing right here within America's borders. If you believe terrorism is only a problem for other countries, Stakelbeck's on-the-ground reporting will open your eyes. He has been inside America's radical mosques, visited US-based Islamic enclaves, and learned about our enemies by going straight to the source—interviewing al-Qaeda–linked terrorists themselves. In this shocking book, Stakelbeck reveals: –How Islamic radicals have established separatist compounds and even jihadist training camps throughout rural America –That an overt disciple of Iran's Ayatollah Khomeini now leads one of the largest mosques in America –How mega-mosques aren't just planned for Ground Zero—they're being built in the heart of the Bible Belt as part of a plan for Islamic domination –Program to recruit Americans into terror groups –How the Obama administration's beguiling counter-terrorism policies are increasing the threat of another 9/11 The Terrorist Next Door sounds the alarm on a growing threat to every American—one that the US government refuses to face honestly or even to name. As we struggle against a relentless and adaptable Islamist enemy that is committed to destroying our nation, we can't say we weren't warned. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist Next Door: How the Government Is Deceiving You about the Islamist Threat Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Al-Qaeda doesn't care about 'Hope' and 'Change.' The threat of terrorism in America, the Obama administration assures us, is contained and controlled. Attempted attacks like the Times Square bombing, the 'underwear bombing' on a flight over Detroit, and the attack on a Christmas-tree-lighting ceremony in Oregon were all isolated plots that failed. In the words of Homeland Security secretary Janet Napolitano, 'The system worked.' Don't believe it. In The Terrorist Next Door, investigative reporter Erick Stakelbeck exposes the staggering truth about our national security: the Obama administration is concealing and whitewashing the enormous terrorist threat growing right here within America's borders. If you believe terrorism is only a problem for other countries, Stakelbeck's on-the-ground reporting will open your eyes. He has been inside America's radical mosques, visited US-based Islamic enclaves, and learned about our enemies by going straight to the source—interviewing al-Qaeda–linked terrorists themselves. In this shocking book, Stakelbeck reveals: –How Islamic radicals have established separatist compounds and even jihadist training camps throughout rural America –That an overt disciple of Iran's Ayatollah Khomeini now leads one of the largest mosques in America –How mega-mosques aren't just planned for Ground Zero—they're being built in the heart of the Bible Belt as part of a plan for Islamic domination –Program to recruit Americans into terror groups –How the Obama administration's beguiling counter-terrorism policies are increasing the threat of another 9/11 The Terrorist Next Door sounds the alarm on a growing threat to every American—one that the US government refuses to face honestly or even to name. As we struggle against a relentless and adaptable Islamist enemy that is committed to destroying our nation, we can't say we weren't warned. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Bin Laden: America and the Future of Terror Author: James A. Baker, Karen Hughes, Eric Conger Narrator: Gayle Humphrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Osama bin Laden was the most wanted man in American history—an enemy who brought the United States what President George W. Bush called “a day of fire,” and ushered in a new era of terrorism. It took a decade of blood and sacrifice, of determination and frustration, but finally, in a nighttime raid at the end of a dirt road in Pakistan, the hunt for Bin Laden ended with a gunshot. It was a dramatic climax to a long and painful chapter. But now what? The terrorist threat that has defined American policy since the attacks of 9/11 did not die with Bin Laden in his walled compound near Islamabad. Radicals still wish us harm, and we must fight on. In this provocative collection of essays edited and introduced by Pulitzer Prize winner Jon Meacham, a group of penetrating analysts and leaders look ahead to the world after Bin Laden—to the future of Al Qaeda, of Afghanistan, of Pakistan. We explore the political, military, and cultural implications of the post–Bin Laden war on terror. From Richard N. Haass of the Council on Foreign Relations to former Secretary of State James A. Baker III, from historian and journalist Evan Thomas to former U.S. Army officer Andrew Exum, Beyond Bin Laden gives listeners intelligent, deeply informed, and urgent glimpses of what comes next. Beyond Bin Laden is read by Gayle Humphrey and Eric Conger. Contributors include: • Jon Meacham, executive editor, Random House • James A. Baker III, former Secretary of State • Karen Hughes, former counselor to President George W. Bush and former Under Secretary of State for Public Diplomacy • Richard N. Haass, president, Council on Foreign Relations • Bing West, author, The Wrong War, and former Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs • Andrew Exum, fellow, Center for a New American Security • Daniel Markey, senior fellow for India, Pakistan, and South Asia, Council on Foreign Relations • Evan Thomas, award-winning historian and former editor-at-large, Newsweek James A. Baker, Karen Hughes, Eric Conger Tue, 10 May 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96691 thebookvoice.com 2:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Bin Laden: America and the Future of Terror Author: James A. Baker, Karen Hughes, Eric Conger Narrator: Gayle Humphrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Osama bin Laden was the most wanted man in American history—an enemy who brought the United States what President George W. Bush called “a day of fire,” and ushered in a new era of terrorism. It took a decade of blood and sacrifice, of determination and frustration, but finally, in a nighttime raid at the end of a dirt road in Pakistan, the hunt for Bin Laden ended with a gunshot. It was a dramatic climax to a long and painful chapter. But now what? The terrorist threat that has defined American policy since the attacks of 9/11 did not die with Bin Laden in his walled compound near Islamabad. Radicals still wish us harm, and we must fight on. In this provocative collection of essays edited and introduced by Pulitzer Prize winner Jon Meacham, a group of penetrating analysts and leaders look ahead to the world after Bin Laden—to the future of Al Qaeda, of Afghanistan, of Pakistan. We explore the political, military, and cultural implications of the post–Bin Laden war on terror. From Richard N. Haass of the Council on Foreign Relations to former Secretary of State James A. Baker III, from historian and journalist Evan Thomas to former U.S. Army officer Andrew Exum, Beyond Bin Laden gives listeners intelligent, deeply informed, and urgent glimpses of what comes next. Beyond Bin Laden is read by Gayle Humphrey and Eric Conger. Contributors include: • Jon Meacham, executive editor, Random House • James A. Baker III, former Secretary of State • Karen Hughes, former counselor to President George W. Bush and former Under Secretary of State for Public Diplomacy • Richard N. Haass, president, Council on Foreign Relations • Bing West, author, The Wrong War, and former Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs • Andrew Exum, fellow, Center for a New American Security • Daniel Markey, senior fellow for India, Pakistan, and South Asia, Council on Foreign Relations • Evan Thomas, award-winning historian and former editor-at-large, Newsweek Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Bin Laden: America and the Future of Terror Author: James A. Baker, Karen Hughes, Eric Conger Narrator: Gayle Humphrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 10, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Osama bin Laden was the most wanted man in American history—an enemy who brought the United States what President George W. Bush called “a day of fire,” and ushered in a new era of terrorism. It took a decade of blood and sacrifice, of determination and frustration, but finally, in a nighttime raid at the end of a dirt road in Pakistan, the hunt for Bin Laden ended with a gunshot. It was a dramatic climax to a long and painful chapter. But now what? The terrorist threat that has defined American policy since the attacks of 9/11 did not die with Bin Laden in his walled compound near Islamabad. Radicals still wish us harm, and we must fight on. In this provocative collection of essays edited and introduced by Pulitzer Prize winner Jon Meacham, a group of penetrating analysts and leaders look ahead to the world after Bin Laden—to the future of Al Qaeda, of Afghanistan, of Pakistan. We explore the political, military, and cultural implications of the post–Bin Laden war on terror. From Richard N. Haass of the Council on Foreign Relations to former Secretary of State James A. Baker III, from historian and journalist Evan Thomas to former U.S. Army officer Andrew Exum, Beyond Bin Laden gives listeners intelligent, deeply informed, and urgent glimpses of what comes next. Beyond Bin Laden is read by Gayle Humphrey and Eric Conger. Contributors include: • Jon Meacham, executive editor, Random House • James A. Baker III, former Secretary of State • Karen Hughes, former counselor to President George W. Bush and former Under Secretary of State for Public Diplomacy • Richard N. Haass, president, Council on Foreign Relations • Bing West, author, The Wrong War, and former Assistant Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs • Andrew Exum, fellow, Center for a New American Security • Daniel Markey, senior fellow for India, Pakistan, and South Asia, Council on Foreign Relations • Evan Thomas, award-winning historian and former editor-at-large, Newsweek https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty Defined: 50 Essential Issues That Affect Our Freedom Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Liberty Defined, congressman and #1 New York Times bestselling author Ron Paul returns with his most provocative, comprehensive, and compelling arguments for personal freedom to date. The term 'Liberty' is so commonly used in our country that it has become a mere cliche. But do we know what it means? What it promises? How it factors into our daily lives? And most importantly, can we recognize tyranny when it is sold to us disguised as a form of liberty? Dr. Paul writes that to believe in liberty is not to believe in any particular social and economic outcome. It is to trust in the spontaneous order that emerges when the state does not intervene in human volition and human cooperation. It permits people to work out their problems for themselves, build lives for themselves, take risks and accept responsibility for the results, and make their own decisions. It is the seed of America. This is a comprehensive guide to Dr. Paul's position on fifty of the most important issues of our times, from Abortion to Zionism. Accessible, easy to digest, and fearless in its discussion of controversial topics, Liberty Defined sheds new light on a word that is losing its shape. Ron Paul Tue, 19 Apr 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93057 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty Defined: 50 Essential Issues That Affect Our Freedom Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Liberty Defined, congressman and #1 New York Times bestselling author Ron Paul returns with his most provocative, comprehensive, and compelling arguments for personal freedom to date. The term 'Liberty' is so commonly used in our country that it has become a mere cliche. But do we know what it means? What it promises? How it factors into our daily lives? And most importantly, can we recognize tyranny when it is sold to us disguised as a form of liberty? Dr. Paul writes that to believe in liberty is not to believe in any particular social and economic outcome. It is to trust in the spontaneous order that emerges when the state does not intervene in human volition and human cooperation. It permits people to work out their problems for themselves, build lives for themselves, take risks and accept responsibility for the results, and make their own decisions. It is the seed of America. This is a comprehensive guide to Dr. Paul's position on fifty of the most important issues of our times, from Abortion to Zionism. Accessible, easy to digest, and fearless in its discussion of controversial topics, Liberty Defined sheds new light on a word that is losing its shape. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberty Defined: 50 Essential Issues That Affect Our Freedom Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Liberty Defined, congressman and #1 New York Times bestselling author Ron Paul returns with his most provocative, comprehensive, and compelling arguments for personal freedom to date. The term 'Liberty' is so commonly used in our country that it has become a mere cliche. But do we know what it means? What it promises? How it factors into our daily lives? And most importantly, can we recognize tyranny when it is sold to us disguised as a form of liberty? Dr. Paul writes that to believe in liberty is not to believe in any particular social and economic outcome. It is to trust in the spontaneous order that emerges when the state does not intervene in human volition and human cooperation. It permits people to work out their problems for themselves, build lives for themselves, take risks and accept responsibility for the results, and make their own decisions. It is the seed of America. This is a comprehensive guide to Dr. Paul's position on fifty of the most important issues of our times, from Abortion to Zionism. Accessible, easy to digest, and fearless in its discussion of controversial topics, Liberty Defined sheds new light on a word that is losing its shape. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World Author: Andrew Breitbart Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Brash, funny, fiery, and irreverent.' -- Rush Limbaugh Known for his network of conservative websites that draws millions of readers everyday, Andrew Breitbart has one main goal: to make sure the 'liberally biased' major news outlets in this country cover all aspects of a story fairly. Breitbart is convinced that too many national stories are slanted by the news media in an unfair way. In Righteous Indignations, Breitbart talks about how one needs to deal with the liberal news world head on. Along the way, he details his early years, working with Matt Drudge, the Huffington Post, and how Breitbart developed his unique style of launching key websites to help get the word out to conservatives all over. A rollicking and controversial read, Breitbart will certainly raise your blood pressure, one way or another. Andrew Breitbart Fri, 15 Apr 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93055 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World Author: Andrew Breitbart Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Brash, funny, fiery, and irreverent.' -- Rush Limbaugh Known for his network of conservative websites that draws millions of readers everyday, Andrew Breitbart has one main goal: to make sure the 'liberally biased' major news outlets in this country cover all aspects of a story fairly. Breitbart is convinced that too many national stories are slanted by the news media in an unfair way. In Righteous Indignations, Breitbart talks about how one needs to deal with the liberal news world head on. Along the way, he details his early years, working with Matt Drudge, the Huffington Post, and how Breitbart developed his unique style of launching key websites to help get the word out to conservatives all over. A rollicking and controversial read, Breitbart will certainly raise your blood pressure, one way or another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/93055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World Author: Andrew Breitbart Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Brash, funny, fiery, and irreverent.' -- Rush Limbaugh Known for his network of conservative websites that draws millions of readers everyday, Andrew Breitbart has one main goal: to make sure the 'liberally biased' major news outlets in this country cover all aspects of a story fairly. Breitbart is convinced that too many national stories are slanted by the news media in an unfair way. In Righteous Indignations, Breitbart talks about how one needs to deal with the liberal news world head on. Along the way, he details his early years, working with Matt Drudge, the Huffington Post, and how Breitbart developed his unique style of launching key websites to help get the word out to conservatives all over. A rollicking and controversial read, Breitbart will certainly raise your blood pressure, one way or another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt!: How to Defeat Obama and Repeal His Socialist Programs Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolt! is a battle cry for the newly elected Republican majority from the New York Times bestselling authors of Outrage, Fleeced, Catastrophe, and 2010: Take Back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann offer a blueprint for rolling back the worst of the legislation passed by the Obama administration and an agenda for establishing new, conservative policies. Revolt! provides the necessary keys to economic recovery and outlines positive steps in the right direction—as well as important the measures needed to clean up Washington…and keep it clean! Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Tue, 01 Mar 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91713 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt!: How to Defeat Obama and Repeal His Socialist Programs Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolt! is a battle cry for the newly elected Republican majority from the New York Times bestselling authors of Outrage, Fleeced, Catastrophe, and 2010: Take Back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann offer a blueprint for rolling back the worst of the legislation passed by the Obama administration and an agenda for establishing new, conservative policies. Revolt! provides the necessary keys to economic recovery and outlines positive steps in the right direction—as well as important the measures needed to clean up Washington…and keep it clean! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/91713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolt!: How to Defeat Obama and Repeal His Socialist Programs Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolt! is a battle cry for the newly elected Republican majority from the New York Times bestselling authors of Outrage, Fleeced, Catastrophe, and 2010: Take Back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann offer a blueprint for rolling back the worst of the legislation passed by the Obama administration and an agenda for establishing new, conservative policies. Revolt! provides the necessary keys to economic recovery and outlines positive steps in the right direction—as well as important the measures needed to clean up Washington…and keep it clean! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90788 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C. has found impossible to ignore. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON, the newly elected senator and self-described 'constitutional conservative' explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives. Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts, and entitlements and the spending. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON you'll learn: - The history of the Tea Party and why it isn't 'extreme' - How both parties operate outside the Constitution - Rand's plan for a balanced budget - Why the Tea Party will endure Now is the time to get America back on track-- this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers. It's a new day in Washington-- as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions. Rand Paul Tue, 22 Feb 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90788 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C. has found impossible to ignore. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON, the newly elected senator and self-described 'constitutional conservative' explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives. Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts, and entitlements and the spending. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON you'll learn: - The history of the Tea Party and why it isn't 'extreme' - How both parties operate outside the Constitution - Rand's plan for a balanced budget - Why the Tea Party will endure Now is the time to get America back on track-- this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers. It's a new day in Washington-- as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C. has found impossible to ignore. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON, the newly elected senator and self-described 'constitutional conservative' explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives. Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts, and entitlements and the spending. In THE TEA PARTY GOES TO WASHINGTON you'll learn: - The history of the Tea Party and why it isn't 'extreme' - How both parties operate outside the Constitution - Rand's plan for a balanced budget - Why the Tea Party will endure Now is the time to get America back on track-- this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers. It's a new day in Washington-- as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90742 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Kevin Williamson Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals scoff when conservatives denounce Obama and his policies as socialist. After all, they argue, Obama isn’t Stalin and America is nothing like the Soviet Union. But socialism doesn’t always resemble the Berlin Wall or the Iron Curtain, as National Review editor Kevin Williamson proves in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism. In this new PI Guide, Williamson reveals the truth: despite what the liberal politicians and leftist pundits would have you believe, the policies coming out of Washington today are nothing more than socialism disguised as equality and justice for all. Tracing socialism back to its roots, Williamson defines this misunderstood ideology, explains the different forms socialism takes on, and shows how it is thriving right here in the United States in the form of “Obamacare,” financial regulations, and more. Offering conservatives the political and rhetorical ammunition they need to combat the liberal lies about one of the most misunderstood ideologies in modern history, The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism reveals why everything socialism purports to do, the free market does better. Kevin Williamson Fri, 14 Jan 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90742 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Kevin Williamson Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals scoff when conservatives denounce Obama and his policies as socialist. After all, they argue, Obama isn’t Stalin and America is nothing like the Soviet Union. But socialism doesn’t always resemble the Berlin Wall or the Iron Curtain, as National Review editor Kevin Williamson proves in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism. In this new PI Guide, Williamson reveals the truth: despite what the liberal politicians and leftist pundits would have you believe, the policies coming out of Washington today are nothing more than socialism disguised as equality and justice for all. Tracing socialism back to its roots, Williamson defines this misunderstood ideology, explains the different forms socialism takes on, and shows how it is thriving right here in the United States in the form of “Obamacare,” financial regulations, and more. Offering conservatives the political and rhetorical ammunition they need to combat the liberal lies about one of the most misunderstood ideologies in modern history, The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism reveals why everything socialism purports to do, the free market does better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Kevin Williamson Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals scoff when conservatives denounce Obama and his policies as socialist. After all, they argue, Obama isn’t Stalin and America is nothing like the Soviet Union. But socialism doesn’t always resemble the Berlin Wall or the Iron Curtain, as National Review editor Kevin Williamson proves in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism. In this new PI Guide, Williamson reveals the truth: despite what the liberal politicians and leftist pundits would have you believe, the policies coming out of Washington today are nothing more than socialism disguised as equality and justice for all. Tracing socialism back to its roots, Williamson defines this misunderstood ideology, explains the different forms socialism takes on, and shows how it is thriving right here in the United States in the form of “Obamacare,” financial regulations, and more. Offering conservatives the political and rhetorical ammunition they need to combat the liberal lies about one of the most misunderstood ideologies in modern history, The Politically Incorrect Guide to Socialism reveals why everything socialism purports to do, the free market does better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Decade: Where We've Been . . . and Where We're Going Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller The Next 100 Years now focuses his geopolitical forecasting acumen on the next decade and the imminent events and challenges that will test America and the world, specifically addressing the skills that will be required by the decade’s leaders. The next ten years will be a time of massive transition. The wars in the Islamic world will be subsiding, and terrorism will become something we learn to live with. China will be encountering its crisis. We will be moving from a time when financial crises dominate the world to a time when labor shortages will begin to dominate. The new century will be taking shape in the next decade. In The Next Decade, George Friedman offers readers a pro­vocative and endlessly fascinating prognosis for the immedi­ate future. Using Machiavelli’s The Prince as a model, Friedman focuses on the world’s leaders—particularly the American president—and with his trusted geopolitical insight analyzes the complex chess game they will all have to play. The book also asks how to be a good president in a decade of extraordinary challenge, and puts the world’s leaders under a microscope to explain how they will arrive at the decisions they will make—and the consequences these actions will have for us all. George Friedman Tue, 25 Jan 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90634 thebookvoice.com 9:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Decade: Where We've Been . . . and Where We're Going Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller The Next 100 Years now focuses his geopolitical forecasting acumen on the next decade and the imminent events and challenges that will test America and the world, specifically addressing the skills that will be required by the decade’s leaders. The next ten years will be a time of massive transition. The wars in the Islamic world will be subsiding, and terrorism will become something we learn to live with. China will be encountering its crisis. We will be moving from a time when financial crises dominate the world to a time when labor shortages will begin to dominate. The new century will be taking shape in the next decade. In The Next Decade, George Friedman offers readers a pro­vocative and endlessly fascinating prognosis for the immedi­ate future. Using Machiavelli’s The Prince as a model, Friedman focuses on the world’s leaders—particularly the American president—and with his trusted geopolitical insight analyzes the complex chess game they will all have to play. The book also asks how to be a good president in a decade of extraordinary challenge, and puts the world’s leaders under a microscope to explain how they will arrive at the decisions they will make—and the consequences these actions will have for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/90634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Decade: Where We've Been . . . and Where We're Going Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the acclaimed New York Times bestseller The Next 100 Years now focuses his geopolitical forecasting acumen on the next decade and the imminent events and challenges that will test America and the world, specifically addressing the skills that will be required by the decade’s leaders. The next ten years will be a time of massive transition. The wars in the Islamic world will be subsiding, and terrorism will become something we learn to live with. China will be encountering its crisis. We will be moving from a time when financial crises dominate the world to a time when labor shortages will begin to dominate. The new century will be taking shape in the next decade. In The Next Decade, George Friedman offers readers a pro­vocative and endlessly fascinating prognosis for the immedi­ate future. Using Machiavelli’s The Prince as a model, Friedman focuses on the world’s leaders—particularly the American president—and with his trusted geopolitical insight analyzes the complex chess game they will all have to play. The book also asks how to be a good president in a decade of extraordinary challenge, and puts the world’s leaders under a microscope to explain how they will arrive at the decisions they will make—and the consequences these actions will have for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run the World: Charting a Course to the Next Renaissance Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a stunning and provocative guide to the future of international relations—a system for managing global problems beyond the stalemates of business versus government, East versus West, rich versus poor, democracy versus authoritarianism, free markets versus state capitalism. Written by the most esteemed and innovative adventurer-scholar of his generation, Parag Khanna’s How to Run the World posits a chaotic modern era that resembles the Middle Ages, with Asian empires, Western militaries, Middle Eastern sheikhdoms, magnetic city-states, wealthy multinational corporations, elite clans, religious zealots, tribal hordes, and potent media seething in an ever more unpredictable and dangerous storm. But just as that initial “dark age” ended with the Renaissance, Khanna believes that our time can become a great and enlightened age as well—only, though, if we harness our technology and connectedness to forge new networks among governments, businesses, and civic interest groups to tackle the crises of today and avert those of tomorrow. With his trademark energy, intellect, and wit, Khanna reveals how a new “mega-diplomacy” consisting of coalitions among motivated technocrats, influential executives, super-philanthropists, cause-mopolitan activists, and everyday churchgoers can assemble the talent, pool the money, and deploy the resources to make the global economy fairer, rebuild failed states, combat terrorism, promote good governance, deliver food, water, health care, and education to those in need, and prevent environmental collapse. With examples taken from the smartest capital cities, most progressive boardrooms, and frontline NGOs, Khanna shows how mega-diplomacy is more than an ad hoc approach to running a world where no one is in charge—it is the playbook for creating a stable and self-correcting world for future generations. How to Run the World is the cutting-edge manifesto for diplomacy in a borderless world. Parag Khanna Tue, 11 Jan 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89611 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run the World: Charting a Course to the Next Renaissance Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a stunning and provocative guide to the future of international relations—a system for managing global problems beyond the stalemates of business versus government, East versus West, rich versus poor, democracy versus authoritarianism, free markets versus state capitalism. Written by the most esteemed and innovative adventurer-scholar of his generation, Parag Khanna’s How to Run the World posits a chaotic modern era that resembles the Middle Ages, with Asian empires, Western militaries, Middle Eastern sheikhdoms, magnetic city-states, wealthy multinational corporations, elite clans, religious zealots, tribal hordes, and potent media seething in an ever more unpredictable and dangerous storm. But just as that initial “dark age” ended with the Renaissance, Khanna believes that our time can become a great and enlightened age as well—only, though, if we harness our technology and connectedness to forge new networks among governments, businesses, and civic interest groups to tackle the crises of today and avert those of tomorrow. With his trademark energy, intellect, and wit, Khanna reveals how a new “mega-diplomacy” consisting of coalitions among motivated technocrats, influential executives, super-philanthropists, cause-mopolitan activists, and everyday churchgoers can assemble the talent, pool the money, and deploy the resources to make the global economy fairer, rebuild failed states, combat terrorism, promote good governance, deliver food, water, health care, and education to those in need, and prevent environmental collapse. With examples taken from the smartest capital cities, most progressive boardrooms, and frontline NGOs, Khanna shows how mega-diplomacy is more than an ad hoc approach to running a world where no one is in charge—it is the playbook for creating a stable and self-correcting world for future generations. How to Run the World is the cutting-edge manifesto for diplomacy in a borderless world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Run the World: Charting a Course to the Next Renaissance Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a stunning and provocative guide to the future of international relations—a system for managing global problems beyond the stalemates of business versus government, East versus West, rich versus poor, democracy versus authoritarianism, free markets versus state capitalism. Written by the most esteemed and innovative adventurer-scholar of his generation, Parag Khanna’s How to Run the World posits a chaotic modern era that resembles the Middle Ages, with Asian empires, Western militaries, Middle Eastern sheikhdoms, magnetic city-states, wealthy multinational corporations, elite clans, religious zealots, tribal hordes, and potent media seething in an ever more unpredictable and dangerous storm. But just as that initial “dark age” ended with the Renaissance, Khanna believes that our time can become a great and enlightened age as well—only, though, if we harness our technology and connectedness to forge new networks among governments, businesses, and civic interest groups to tackle the crises of today and avert those of tomorrow. With his trademark energy, intellect, and wit, Khanna reveals how a new “mega-diplomacy” consisting of coalitions among motivated technocrats, influential executives, super-philanthropists, cause-mopolitan activists, and everyday churchgoers can assemble the talent, pool the money, and deploy the resources to make the global economy fairer, rebuild failed states, combat terrorism, promote good governance, deliver food, water, health care, and education to those in need, and prevent environmental collapse. With examples taken from the smartest capital cities, most progressive boardrooms, and frontline NGOs, Khanna shows how mega-diplomacy is more than an ad hoc approach to running a world where no one is in charge—it is the playbook for creating a stable and self-correcting world for future generations. How to Run the World is the cutting-edge manifesto for diplomacy in a borderless world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89483 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Approved by the Constitutional Convention on September 17, 1787, the US Constitution was to become law only if ratified by nine of the thirteen states then comprising the United States. The eighty-five letters in support of the Constitution collected here have become recognized as the most important political science work ever written in the United States. Written primarily by Hamilton, assisted by Madison and Jay, these essays are considered to be the foremost commentary on the US Constitution. Today lawyers, historians, and Supreme Court Judges, along with countless others, carefully comb these letters looking for key insights ranging from their analysis of the power of congress to their arguments on behalf of judicial review. From what we can determine, ours is the only unabridged recording to date. John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Tue, 04 Jan 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89483 thebookvoice.com 18:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Approved by the Constitutional Convention on September 17, 1787, the US Constitution was to become law only if ratified by nine of the thirteen states then comprising the United States. The eighty-five letters in support of the Constitution collected here have become recognized as the most important political science work ever written in the United States. Written primarily by Hamilton, assisted by Madison and Jay, these essays are considered to be the foremost commentary on the US Constitution. Today lawyers, historians, and Supreme Court Judges, along with countless others, carefully comb these letters looking for key insights ranging from their analysis of the power of congress to their arguments on behalf of judicial review. From what we can determine, ours is the only unabridged recording to date. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Approved by the Constitutional Convention on September 17, 1787, the US Constitution was to become law only if ratified by nine of the thirteen states then comprising the United States. The eighty-five letters in support of the Constitution collected here have become recognized as the most important political science work ever written in the United States. Written primarily by Hamilton, assisted by Madison and Jay, these essays are considered to be the foremost commentary on the US Constitution. Today lawyers, historians, and Supreme Court Judges, along with countless others, carefully comb these letters looking for key insights ranging from their analysis of the power of congress to their arguments on behalf of judicial review. From what we can determine, ours is the only unabridged recording to date. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89130 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivals: How the Power Struggle between China, India, and Japan Will Shape Our Next Decade Author: Bill Emmott Narrator: Bill Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former editor-in-chief of the Economist returns to the territory of his bestselling The Sun Also Sets to lay out a fresh analysis of the growing rivalry between China, India, and Japan—what it will mean for America, the global economy, and the twenty-first-century world. Closely intertwined by their fierce competition for influence, markets, resources, and strategic advantage, China, India, and Japan are shaping the world to come. Emmott explores the ways in which their sometimes bitter rivalry will play out over the next decade—in business, global politics, military competition, and the environment—and reveals the efforts of the United States to turn the situation to its advantage as these three powerful nations vie for dominance. This revised and updated edition of Rivals is an indispensable guide for anyone wishing to understand Asia’s swiftly changing political and economic scene. Bill Emmott Fri, 19 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89130 thebookvoice.com 12:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivals: How the Power Struggle between China, India, and Japan Will Shape Our Next Decade Author: Bill Emmott Narrator: Bill Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former editor-in-chief of the Economist returns to the territory of his bestselling The Sun Also Sets to lay out a fresh analysis of the growing rivalry between China, India, and Japan—what it will mean for America, the global economy, and the twenty-first-century world. Closely intertwined by their fierce competition for influence, markets, resources, and strategic advantage, China, India, and Japan are shaping the world to come. Emmott explores the ways in which their sometimes bitter rivalry will play out over the next decade—in business, global politics, military competition, and the environment—and reveals the efforts of the United States to turn the situation to its advantage as these three powerful nations vie for dominance. This revised and updated edition of Rivals is an indispensable guide for anyone wishing to understand Asia’s swiftly changing political and economic scene. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rivals: How the Power Struggle between China, India, and Japan Will Shape Our Next Decade Author: Bill Emmott Narrator: Bill Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former editor-in-chief of the Economist returns to the territory of his bestselling The Sun Also Sets to lay out a fresh analysis of the growing rivalry between China, India, and Japan—what it will mean for America, the global economy, and the twenty-first-century world. Closely intertwined by their fierce competition for influence, markets, resources, and strategic advantage, China, India, and Japan are shaping the world to come. Emmott explores the ways in which their sometimes bitter rivalry will play out over the next decade—in business, global politics, military competition, and the environment—and reveals the efforts of the United States to turn the situation to its advantage as these three powerful nations vie for dominance. This revised and updated edition of Rivals is an indispensable guide for anyone wishing to understand Asia’s swiftly changing political and economic scene. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empire Strikes Out: How Baseball Sold U.S. Foreign Policy and Promoted the American Way Abroad Author: Robert Elias Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'It's our game…America's game: it has the snap, go, fling of the American atmosphere—belongs as much to our institutions, fits into them as significantly as our Constitution's laws, [and] is just as important in the sum total of our historic life.'—Walt Whitman on baseball Is the face of American baseball throughout the world that of goodwill ambassador or ugly American? Has baseball crafted its own image or instead been at the mercy of broader forces shaping our society and the globe? The Empire Strikes Out gives us the sweeping story of how baseball and America are intertwined in the export of 'the American way.' From the Civil War to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, we see baseball's role in developing the American empire, first at home and then beyond our shores. And from Albert Spalding and baseball's first World Tour to Bud Selig and the World Baseball Classic, we witness the globalization of America's national pastime and baseball's role in spreading the American dream. Besides describing baseball's frequent and often surprising connections to America's presence around the world, Elias assesses the effects of this relationship both on our foreign policies and on the sport itself and asks whether baseball can play a positive role or only reinforce America's dominance around the globe. Like Franklin Foer in How Soccer Explains the World, Elias is driven by compelling stories, unusual events, and unique individuals. His seamless integration of original research and compelling analysis makes this a baseball book that's about more than just sports. Mixing sharp political analysis and compelling lore, this is an eye-opening look at baseball's relationship to the American empire, from the revolutionary era to the present. Robert Elias Tue, 16 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89128 thebookvoice.com 15:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empire Strikes Out: How Baseball Sold U.S. Foreign Policy and Promoted the American Way Abroad Author: Robert Elias Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'It's our game…America's game: it has the snap, go, fling of the American atmosphere—belongs as much to our institutions, fits into them as significantly as our Constitution's laws, [and] is just as important in the sum total of our historic life.'—Walt Whitman on baseball Is the face of American baseball throughout the world that of goodwill ambassador or ugly American? Has baseball crafted its own image or instead been at the mercy of broader forces shaping our society and the globe? The Empire Strikes Out gives us the sweeping story of how baseball and America are intertwined in the export of 'the American way.' From the Civil War to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, we see baseball's role in developing the American empire, first at home and then beyond our shores. And from Albert Spalding and baseball's first World Tour to Bud Selig and the World Baseball Classic, we witness the globalization of America's national pastime and baseball's role in spreading the American dream. Besides describing baseball's frequent and often surprising connections to America's presence around the world, Elias assesses the effects of this relationship both on our foreign policies and on the sport itself and asks whether baseball can play a positive role or only reinforce America's dominance around the globe. Like Franklin Foer in How Soccer Explains the World, Elias is driven by compelling stories, unusual events, and unique individuals. His seamless integration of original research and compelling analysis makes this a baseball book that's about more than just sports. Mixing sharp political analysis and compelling lore, this is an eye-opening look at baseball's relationship to the American empire, from the revolutionary era to the present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/89128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empire Strikes Out: How Baseball Sold U.S. Foreign Policy and Promoted the American Way Abroad Author: Robert Elias Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'It's our game…America's game: it has the snap, go, fling of the American atmosphere—belongs as much to our institutions, fits into them as significantly as our Constitution's laws, [and] is just as important in the sum total of our historic life.'—Walt Whitman on baseball Is the face of American baseball throughout the world that of goodwill ambassador or ugly American? Has baseball crafted its own image or instead been at the mercy of broader forces shaping our society and the globe? The Empire Strikes Out gives us the sweeping story of how baseball and America are intertwined in the export of 'the American way.' From the Civil War to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, we see baseball's role in developing the American empire, first at home and then beyond our shores. And from Albert Spalding and baseball's first World Tour to Bud Selig and the World Baseball Classic, we witness the globalization of America's national pastime and baseball's role in spreading the American dream. Besides describing baseball's frequent and often surprising connections to America's presence around the world, Elias assesses the effects of this relationship both on our foreign policies and on the sport itself and asks whether baseball can play a positive role or only reinforce America's dominance around the globe. Like Franklin Foer in How Soccer Explains the World, Elias is driven by compelling stories, unusual events, and unique individuals. His seamless integration of original research and compelling analysis makes this a baseball book that's about more than just sports. Mixing sharp political analysis and compelling lore, this is an eye-opening look at baseball's relationship to the American empire, from the revolutionary era to the present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival: The Struggle for Survival Inside the Obama White House Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revival is the dramatic inside story of the defining period of the Obama White House. It is an epic tale that follows the president and his inner circle from the crisis of defeat to historic success. Over the span of an extraordinary two months in the life of a young presidency, Obama and his senior aides engaged in a desperate struggle for survival that stands as the measure of who they are and how they govern.   Bestselling Obama biographer Richard Wolffe draws on unrivaled access to the West Wing to write a natural sequel to his critically acclaimed book about the president and his campaign. He traces an arc from near death to resurrection that is a repeated pattern for Obama, first as a candidate and now as president. Starting at the first anniversary of the inauguration, Wolffe paints a portrait of a White House at work under exceptional strain across a sweeping set of challenges: from health care reform to a struggling economy, from two wars to terrorism.   Revival is a road map to understanding the dynamics, characters, and disputes that shape the Obama White House. It reveals for the first time the fault lines at the heart of the West Wing between two groups competing for control of the president’s agenda. On one side are the Revivalists, who want to return to the high-minded spirit of the presidential campaign. On the other side are the Survivalists, who believe that government demands a low-minded set of compromises and combat.   At the center of this compelling story is a man who remains opaque to supporters, staff, and critics alike. What motivates him to risk his presidency on health care? What frustrations does he feel at this incredible time of testing? Written by the author who knows Obama best, Revival is a frank and intimate account of a president struggling to adapt, enduring failure, and outfoxing his foes. It is a must-read volume, full of exclusive insights into the untold and unfinished story of a new force in world politics. Richard Wolffe Tue, 16 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88430 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival: The Struggle for Survival Inside the Obama White House Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revival is the dramatic inside story of the defining period of the Obama White House. It is an epic tale that follows the president and his inner circle from the crisis of defeat to historic success. Over the span of an extraordinary two months in the life of a young presidency, Obama and his senior aides engaged in a desperate struggle for survival that stands as the measure of who they are and how they govern.   Bestselling Obama biographer Richard Wolffe draws on unrivaled access to the West Wing to write a natural sequel to his critically acclaimed book about the president and his campaign. He traces an arc from near death to resurrection that is a repeated pattern for Obama, first as a candidate and now as president. Starting at the first anniversary of the inauguration, Wolffe paints a portrait of a White House at work under exceptional strain across a sweeping set of challenges: from health care reform to a struggling economy, from two wars to terrorism.   Revival is a road map to understanding the dynamics, characters, and disputes that shape the Obama White House. It reveals for the first time the fault lines at the heart of the West Wing between two groups competing for control of the president’s agenda. On one side are the Revivalists, who want to return to the high-minded spirit of the presidential campaign. On the other side are the Survivalists, who believe that government demands a low-minded set of compromises and combat.   At the center of this compelling story is a man who remains opaque to supporters, staff, and critics alike. What motivates him to risk his presidency on health care? What frustrations does he feel at this incredible time of testing? Written by the author who knows Obama best, Revival is a frank and intimate account of a president struggling to adapt, enduring failure, and outfoxing his foes. It is a must-read volume, full of exclusive insights into the untold and unfinished story of a new force in world politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival: The Struggle for Survival Inside the Obama White House Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revival is the dramatic inside story of the defining period of the Obama White House. It is an epic tale that follows the president and his inner circle from the crisis of defeat to historic success. Over the span of an extraordinary two months in the life of a young presidency, Obama and his senior aides engaged in a desperate struggle for survival that stands as the measure of who they are and how they govern.   Bestselling Obama biographer Richard Wolffe draws on unrivaled access to the West Wing to write a natural sequel to his critically acclaimed book about the president and his campaign. He traces an arc from near death to resurrection that is a repeated pattern for Obama, first as a candidate and now as president. Starting at the first anniversary of the inauguration, Wolffe paints a portrait of a White House at work under exceptional strain across a sweeping set of challenges: from health care reform to a struggling economy, from two wars to terrorism.   Revival is a road map to understanding the dynamics, characters, and disputes that shape the Obama White House. It reveals for the first time the fault lines at the heart of the West Wing between two groups competing for control of the president’s agenda. On one side are the Revivalists, who want to return to the high-minded spirit of the presidential campaign. On the other side are the Survivalists, who believe that government demands a low-minded set of compromises and combat.   At the center of this compelling story is a man who remains opaque to supporters, staff, and critics alike. What motivates him to risk his presidency on health care? What frustrations does he feel at this incredible time of testing? Written by the author who knows Obama best, Revival is a frank and intimate account of a president struggling to adapt, enduring failure, and outfoxing his foes. It is a must-read volume, full of exclusive insights into the untold and unfinished story of a new force in world politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Nuclear Terrorism Author: Michael Levi Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nuclear terrorism is such a disturbing prospect that we shy away from its details. Yet, as a consequence, we fail to understand how best to defeat it. Michael Levi takes us inside nuclear terrorism and behind the decisions a terrorist leader would be faced with in pursuing a nuclear plot. Along the way, Levi identifies the many obstacles, large and small, that such a terrorist scheme might encounter, allowing him to discover a host of ways that any plan might be foiled. Surveying the broad universe of plots and defenses, this accessible account shows how a wide-ranging defense that integrates the tools of weapon and materials security, law enforcement, intelligence, border controls, diplomacy, and the military can multiply, intensify, and compound the possibility that nuclear terrorists will fail. Levi draws from our long experience with terrorism and cautions us not to focus solely on the most harrowing yet most improbable threats. Nuclear terrorism shares much in common with other terrorist threats—and as a result, he argues, defeating it is impossible unless we put our entire counterterrorism and homeland security house in order. As long as we live in a nuclear age, no defense can completely eliminate nuclear terrorism. But this book reminds us that the right strategy can minimize the risks and shows us how to do it. Michael Levi Wed, 10 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88379 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Nuclear Terrorism Author: Michael Levi Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nuclear terrorism is such a disturbing prospect that we shy away from its details. Yet, as a consequence, we fail to understand how best to defeat it. Michael Levi takes us inside nuclear terrorism and behind the decisions a terrorist leader would be faced with in pursuing a nuclear plot. Along the way, Levi identifies the many obstacles, large and small, that such a terrorist scheme might encounter, allowing him to discover a host of ways that any plan might be foiled. Surveying the broad universe of plots and defenses, this accessible account shows how a wide-ranging defense that integrates the tools of weapon and materials security, law enforcement, intelligence, border controls, diplomacy, and the military can multiply, intensify, and compound the possibility that nuclear terrorists will fail. Levi draws from our long experience with terrorism and cautions us not to focus solely on the most harrowing yet most improbable threats. Nuclear terrorism shares much in common with other terrorist threats—and as a result, he argues, defeating it is impossible unless we put our entire counterterrorism and homeland security house in order. As long as we live in a nuclear age, no defense can completely eliminate nuclear terrorism. But this book reminds us that the right strategy can minimize the risks and shows us how to do it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Nuclear Terrorism Author: Michael Levi Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nuclear terrorism is such a disturbing prospect that we shy away from its details. Yet, as a consequence, we fail to understand how best to defeat it. Michael Levi takes us inside nuclear terrorism and behind the decisions a terrorist leader would be faced with in pursuing a nuclear plot. Along the way, Levi identifies the many obstacles, large and small, that such a terrorist scheme might encounter, allowing him to discover a host of ways that any plan might be foiled. Surveying the broad universe of plots and defenses, this accessible account shows how a wide-ranging defense that integrates the tools of weapon and materials security, law enforcement, intelligence, border controls, diplomacy, and the military can multiply, intensify, and compound the possibility that nuclear terrorists will fail. Levi draws from our long experience with terrorism and cautions us not to focus solely on the most harrowing yet most improbable threats. Nuclear terrorism shares much in common with other terrorist threats—and as a result, he argues, defeating it is impossible unless we put our entire counterterrorism and homeland security house in order. As long as we live in a nuclear age, no defense can completely eliminate nuclear terrorism. But this book reminds us that the right strategy can minimize the risks and shows us how to do it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88364 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up!: Our Fight to Save America from Washington Author: Rick Perry Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now, do not misunderstand me, America is great. But we are fed up with being over-taxed and over-regulated. We are tired of being told how much salt to put on our food, what kind of cars we can drive, what kinds of guns we can own, what kind of prayers we are allowed to say and where we can say them, what we are allowed to do to elect political candidates, what kind of energy we can use, what doctor we can see. What kind of nation are we becoming? I fear it's the very kind the Colonists fought against. But perhaps most of all, we are fed up because deep down we know how great America has always been, how many great things the people do in spite of their government, and how great the nation can be in the future if government will just get out of the way. Our fight is clear. We must step up and retake the reins of our government from a Washington establishment that has abused our trust. We must empower states to fight for our beliefs, elect only leaders who are on our team, set out to remind our fellow Americans why liberty is guaranteed in the Constitution, and take concrete steps to take back our country. The American people have never sat idle when liberty's trumpet sounds the call to battle -- and today that battle is for the soul of America. Rick Perry Mon, 15 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88364 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up!: Our Fight to Save America from Washington Author: Rick Perry Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now, do not misunderstand me, America is great. But we are fed up with being over-taxed and over-regulated. We are tired of being told how much salt to put on our food, what kind of cars we can drive, what kinds of guns we can own, what kind of prayers we are allowed to say and where we can say them, what we are allowed to do to elect political candidates, what kind of energy we can use, what doctor we can see. What kind of nation are we becoming? I fear it's the very kind the Colonists fought against. But perhaps most of all, we are fed up because deep down we know how great America has always been, how many great things the people do in spite of their government, and how great the nation can be in the future if government will just get out of the way. Our fight is clear. We must step up and retake the reins of our government from a Washington establishment that has abused our trust. We must empower states to fight for our beliefs, elect only leaders who are on our team, set out to remind our fellow Americans why liberty is guaranteed in the Constitution, and take concrete steps to take back our country. The American people have never sat idle when liberty's trumpet sounds the call to battle -- and today that battle is for the soul of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up!: Our Fight to Save America from Washington Author: Rick Perry Narrator: Ric Reitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now, do not misunderstand me, America is great. But we are fed up with being over-taxed and over-regulated. We are tired of being told how much salt to put on our food, what kind of cars we can drive, what kinds of guns we can own, what kind of prayers we are allowed to say and where we can say them, what we are allowed to do to elect political candidates, what kind of energy we can use, what doctor we can see. What kind of nation are we becoming? I fear it's the very kind the Colonists fought against. But perhaps most of all, we are fed up because deep down we know how great America has always been, how many great things the people do in spite of their government, and how great the nation can be in the future if government will just get out of the way. Our fight is clear. We must step up and retake the reins of our government from a Washington establishment that has abused our trust. We must empower states to fight for our beliefs, elect only leaders who are on our team, set out to remind our fellow Americans why liberty is guaranteed in the Constitution, and take concrete steps to take back our country. The American people have never sat idle when liberty's trumpet sounds the call to battle -- and today that battle is for the soul of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decision Points Author: George W. Bush Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President George W. Bush describes the critical decisions of his presidency and personal life. Decision Points is the extraordinary memoir of America’s 43rd president. Shattering the conventions of political autobiography, George W. Bush offers a strikingly candid journey through the defining decisions of his life. In gripping, never-before-heard detail, President Bush brings listeners inside the Texas Governor’s Mansion on the night of the hotly contested 2000 election; aboard Air Force One on 9/11, in the hours after America’s most devastating attack since Pearl Harbor; at the head of the table in the Situation Room in the moments before launching the war in Iraq; and behind the Oval Office desk for his historic and controversial decisions on the financial crisis, Hurricane Katrina, Afghanistan, Iran, and other issues that have shaped the first decade of the 21st century. President Bush writes honestly and directly about his flaws and mistakes, as well as his accomplishments reforming education, treating HIV/AIDS in Africa, and safeguarding the country amid chilling warnings of additional terrorist attacks. He also offers intimate new details on his decision to quit drinking, discovery of faith, and relationship with his family. A groundbreaking new brand of memoir, Decision Points will captivate supporters, surprise critics, and change perspectives on one of the most consequential eras in American history – and the man at the center of events. George W. Bush Tue, 09 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88362 thebookvoice.com 20:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decision Points Author: George W. Bush Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President George W. Bush describes the critical decisions of his presidency and personal life. Decision Points is the extraordinary memoir of America’s 43rd president. Shattering the conventions of political autobiography, George W. Bush offers a strikingly candid journey through the defining decisions of his life. In gripping, never-before-heard detail, President Bush brings listeners inside the Texas Governor’s Mansion on the night of the hotly contested 2000 election; aboard Air Force One on 9/11, in the hours after America’s most devastating attack since Pearl Harbor; at the head of the table in the Situation Room in the moments before launching the war in Iraq; and behind the Oval Office desk for his historic and controversial decisions on the financial crisis, Hurricane Katrina, Afghanistan, Iran, and other issues that have shaped the first decade of the 21st century. President Bush writes honestly and directly about his flaws and mistakes, as well as his accomplishments reforming education, treating HIV/AIDS in Africa, and safeguarding the country amid chilling warnings of additional terrorist attacks. He also offers intimate new details on his decision to quit drinking, discovery of faith, and relationship with his family. A groundbreaking new brand of memoir, Decision Points will captivate supporters, surprise critics, and change perspectives on one of the most consequential eras in American history – and the man at the center of events. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decision Points Author: George W. Bush Narrator: Ron McLarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 9, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President George W. Bush describes the critical decisions of his presidency and personal life. Decision Points is the extraordinary memoir of America’s 43rd president. Shattering the conventions of political autobiography, George W. Bush offers a strikingly candid journey through the defining decisions of his life. In gripping, never-before-heard detail, President Bush brings listeners inside the Texas Governor’s Mansion on the night of the hotly contested 2000 election; aboard Air Force One on 9/11, in the hours after America’s most devastating attack since Pearl Harbor; at the head of the table in the Situation Room in the moments before launching the war in Iraq; and behind the Oval Office desk for his historic and controversial decisions on the financial crisis, Hurricane Katrina, Afghanistan, Iran, and other issues that have shaped the first decade of the 21st century. President Bush writes honestly and directly about his flaws and mistakes, as well as his accomplishments reforming education, treating HIV/AIDS in Africa, and safeguarding the country amid chilling warnings of additional terrorist attacks. He also offers intimate new details on his decision to quit drinking, discovery of faith, and relationship with his family. A groundbreaking new brand of memoir, Decision Points will captivate supporters, surprise critics, and change perspectives on one of the most consequential eras in American history – and the man at the center of events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88338 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Crisis Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From day one of the BP oil spill, Louisiana governor Bobby Jindal acted as a leader in a crisis should: quickly and decisively—providing a stark contrast to President Obama, who dithered and bogged down the containment process with needless bureaucracy. InLeadership and Crisis, Jindal reveals the extent of the Obama administration's incompetence during the oil spill and shows why commonsense conservative solutions are exactly what we need to solve all of our nation's biggest problems. Tackling everything from Obamacare and the economy to environmental and energy issues, Jindal presents his own solutions to today's most pressing problems—and proves why the principles of limited government and conservative leadership are the key to getting America back on her feet. Blending Jindal's unique personal story with the current events of today,Leadershipand Crisisreminds us how a true leader should act and reveals how we can restore America to greatness through the timeless principles put forth by our Founding Fathers and the Constitution. Bobby Jindal Mon, 15 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88338 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Crisis Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From day one of the BP oil spill, Louisiana governor Bobby Jindal acted as a leader in a crisis should: quickly and decisively—providing a stark contrast to President Obama, who dithered and bogged down the containment process with needless bureaucracy. InLeadership and Crisis, Jindal reveals the extent of the Obama administration's incompetence during the oil spill and shows why commonsense conservative solutions are exactly what we need to solve all of our nation's biggest problems. Tackling everything from Obamacare and the economy to environmental and energy issues, Jindal presents his own solutions to today's most pressing problems—and proves why the principles of limited government and conservative leadership are the key to getting America back on her feet. Blending Jindal's unique personal story with the current events of today,Leadershipand Crisisreminds us how a true leader should act and reveals how we can restore America to greatness through the timeless principles put forth by our Founding Fathers and the Constitution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/88338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Crisis Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 15, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From day one of the BP oil spill, Louisiana governor Bobby Jindal acted as a leader in a crisis should: quickly and decisively—providing a stark contrast to President Obama, who dithered and bogged down the containment process with needless bureaucracy. InLeadership and Crisis, Jindal reveals the extent of the Obama administration's incompetence during the oil spill and shows why commonsense conservative solutions are exactly what we need to solve all of our nation's biggest problems. Tackling everything from Obamacare and the economy to environmental and energy issues, Jindal presents his own solutions to today's most pressing problems—and proves why the principles of limited government and conservative leadership are the key to getting America back on her feet. Blending Jindal's unique personal story with the current events of today,Leadershipand Crisisreminds us how a true leader should act and reveals how we can restore America to greatness through the timeless principles put forth by our Founding Fathers and the Constitution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Griftopia: Bubble Machines, Vampire Squids, and the Long Con That Is Breaking America Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story behind the most audacious power grab in American history   The financial crisis that exploded in 2008 isn’t past but prologue. The stunning rise, fall, and rescue of Wall Street in the bubble-and-bailout era was the coming-out party for the network of looters who sit at the nexus of American political and economic power. The grifter class—made up of the largest players in the financial industry and the politicians who do their bidding—has been growing in power for a generation, transferring wealth upward through increasingly complex financial mechanisms and political maneuvers. The crisis was only one terrifying manifestation of how they’ve hijacked America’s political and economic life. Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi here unravels the whole fiendish story, digging beyond the headlines to get into the deeper roots and wider implications of the rise of the grifters. He traces the movement’s origins to the cult of Ayn Rand and her most influential—and possibly weirdest—acolyte, Alan Greenspan, and offers fresh reporting on the backroom deals that decided the winners and losers in the government bailouts. He uncovers the hidden commodities bubble that transferred billions of dollars to Wall Street while creating food shortages around the world, and he shows how finance dominates politics, from the story of investment bankers auctioning off America’s infrastructure to an inside account of the high-stakes battle for health-care reform—a battle the true reformers lost. Finally, he tells the story of Goldman Sachs, the “vampire squid wrapped around the face of humanity.” Taibbi has combined deep sources, trailblazing reportage, and provocative analysis to create the most lucid, emotionally galvanizing, and scathingly funny account yet written of the ongoing political and financial crisis in America. This is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the labyrinthine inner workings of politics and finance in this country, and the profound consequences for us all. Matt Taibbi Tue, 02 Nov 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83748 thebookvoice.com 11:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Griftopia: Bubble Machines, Vampire Squids, and the Long Con That Is Breaking America Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story behind the most audacious power grab in American history   The financial crisis that exploded in 2008 isn’t past but prologue. The stunning rise, fall, and rescue of Wall Street in the bubble-and-bailout era was the coming-out party for the network of looters who sit at the nexus of American political and economic power. The grifter class—made up of the largest players in the financial industry and the politicians who do their bidding—has been growing in power for a generation, transferring wealth upward through increasingly complex financial mechanisms and political maneuvers. The crisis was only one terrifying manifestation of how they’ve hijacked America’s political and economic life. Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi here unravels the whole fiendish story, digging beyond the headlines to get into the deeper roots and wider implications of the rise of the grifters. He traces the movement’s origins to the cult of Ayn Rand and her most influential—and possibly weirdest—acolyte, Alan Greenspan, and offers fresh reporting on the backroom deals that decided the winners and losers in the government bailouts. He uncovers the hidden commodities bubble that transferred billions of dollars to Wall Street while creating food shortages around the world, and he shows how finance dominates politics, from the story of investment bankers auctioning off America’s infrastructure to an inside account of the high-stakes battle for health-care reform—a battle the true reformers lost. Finally, he tells the story of Goldman Sachs, the “vampire squid wrapped around the face of humanity.” Taibbi has combined deep sources, trailblazing reportage, and provocative analysis to create the most lucid, emotionally galvanizing, and scathingly funny account yet written of the ongoing political and financial crisis in America. This is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the labyrinthine inner workings of politics and finance in this country, and the profound consequences for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Griftopia: Bubble Machines, Vampire Squids, and the Long Con That Is Breaking America Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story behind the most audacious power grab in American history   The financial crisis that exploded in 2008 isn’t past but prologue. The stunning rise, fall, and rescue of Wall Street in the bubble-and-bailout era was the coming-out party for the network of looters who sit at the nexus of American political and economic power. The grifter class—made up of the largest players in the financial industry and the politicians who do their bidding—has been growing in power for a generation, transferring wealth upward through increasingly complex financial mechanisms and political maneuvers. The crisis was only one terrifying manifestation of how they’ve hijacked America’s political and economic life. Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi here unravels the whole fiendish story, digging beyond the headlines to get into the deeper roots and wider implications of the rise of the grifters. He traces the movement’s origins to the cult of Ayn Rand and her most influential—and possibly weirdest—acolyte, Alan Greenspan, and offers fresh reporting on the backroom deals that decided the winners and losers in the government bailouts. He uncovers the hidden commodities bubble that transferred billions of dollars to Wall Street while creating food shortages around the world, and he shows how finance dominates politics, from the story of investment bankers auctioning off America’s infrastructure to an inside account of the high-stakes battle for health-care reform—a battle the true reformers lost. Finally, he tells the story of Goldman Sachs, the “vampire squid wrapped around the face of humanity.” Taibbi has combined deep sources, trailblazing reportage, and provocative analysis to create the most lucid, emotionally galvanizing, and scathingly funny account yet written of the ongoing political and financial crisis in America. This is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand the labyrinthine inner workings of politics and finance in this country, and the profound consequences for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Souls of Black Folk Author: W. E. B. Du Bois Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The problem of the twentieth century is the problem of the color line,' writes Du Bois, in one of the most prophetic works in all of American literature. First published in 1903, this collection of fifteen essays dared to describe the racism that prevailed at that time in America—and to demand an end to it. Du Bois' writing draws on his early experiences, from teaching in the hills of Tennessee, to the death of his infant son, to his historic break with the conciliatory position of Booker T. Washington. Du Bois received a doctorate from Harvard in 1895 and became a professor of economics and history at Atlanta University. His dynamic leadership in the cause of social reform on behalf of his fellow blacks anticipated and inspired much of the black activism of the 1960s. The Souls of Black Folk is a classic in the literature of civil rights. Far ahead of its time, The Souls of Black Folk both anticipated and inspired much of the black consciousness and activism of the 1960s. The elegance of Du Bois’ prose and the passion of his message are as crucial today as they were upon the book’s first publication. W. E. B. Du Bois Tue, 12 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83729 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Souls of Black Folk Author: W. E. B. Du Bois Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The problem of the twentieth century is the problem of the color line,' writes Du Bois, in one of the most prophetic works in all of American literature. First published in 1903, this collection of fifteen essays dared to describe the racism that prevailed at that time in America—and to demand an end to it. Du Bois' writing draws on his early experiences, from teaching in the hills of Tennessee, to the death of his infant son, to his historic break with the conciliatory position of Booker T. Washington. Du Bois received a doctorate from Harvard in 1895 and became a professor of economics and history at Atlanta University. His dynamic leadership in the cause of social reform on behalf of his fellow blacks anticipated and inspired much of the black activism of the 1960s. The Souls of Black Folk is a classic in the literature of civil rights. Far ahead of its time, The Souls of Black Folk both anticipated and inspired much of the black consciousness and activism of the 1960s. The elegance of Du Bois’ prose and the passion of his message are as crucial today as they were upon the book’s first publication. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Souls of Black Folk Author: W. E. B. Du Bois Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The problem of the twentieth century is the problem of the color line,' writes Du Bois, in one of the most prophetic works in all of American literature. First published in 1903, this collection of fifteen essays dared to describe the racism that prevailed at that time in America—and to demand an end to it. Du Bois' writing draws on his early experiences, from teaching in the hills of Tennessee, to the death of his infant son, to his historic break with the conciliatory position of Booker T. Washington. Du Bois received a doctorate from Harvard in 1895 and became a professor of economics and history at Atlanta University. His dynamic leadership in the cause of social reform on behalf of his fellow blacks anticipated and inspired much of the black activism of the 1960s. The Souls of Black Folk is a classic in the literature of civil rights. Far ahead of its time, The Souls of Black Folk both anticipated and inspired much of the black consciousness and activism of the 1960s. The elegance of Du Bois’ prose and the passion of his message are as crucial today as they were upon the book’s first publication. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Profiles in Leadership: Historians on the Elusive Quality of Greatness Author: Nicholas Hormann Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The best historians in the land consider examples of great leadership, well known and surprising, from Washington to Willkie and more. What made FDR a more successful leader during the Depression crisis than Hoover? Why was Eisenhower more effective as supreme commander during World War II than he was as president? Why was Grant one of the best presidents of his day, if not in all of American history? What drove Bobby Kennedy into the scrum of electoral politics? Who was Pauli Murray and why was she one of the most decisive figures in the movement for civil rights? Find the surprising and revelatory answers to these questions and more in this collection of new essays by great historians, including Sean Wilentz, Alan Brinkley, Annette Gordon-Reed, Jean Strouse, Robert Dallek, Frances FitzGerald, and others. Entertaining and insightful individually, taken together the essays represent a valuable set of reflections on the enduring ingredients of leadership. Nicholas Hormann Tue, 19 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83645 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Profiles in Leadership: Historians on the Elusive Quality of Greatness Author: Nicholas Hormann Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The best historians in the land consider examples of great leadership, well known and surprising, from Washington to Willkie and more. What made FDR a more successful leader during the Depression crisis than Hoover? Why was Eisenhower more effective as supreme commander during World War II than he was as president? Why was Grant one of the best presidents of his day, if not in all of American history? What drove Bobby Kennedy into the scrum of electoral politics? Who was Pauli Murray and why was she one of the most decisive figures in the movement for civil rights? Find the surprising and revelatory answers to these questions and more in this collection of new essays by great historians, including Sean Wilentz, Alan Brinkley, Annette Gordon-Reed, Jean Strouse, Robert Dallek, Frances FitzGerald, and others. Entertaining and insightful individually, taken together the essays represent a valuable set of reflections on the enduring ingredients of leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Profiles in Leadership: Historians on the Elusive Quality of Greatness Author: Nicholas Hormann Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The best historians in the land consider examples of great leadership, well known and surprising, from Washington to Willkie and more. What made FDR a more successful leader during the Depression crisis than Hoover? Why was Eisenhower more effective as supreme commander during World War II than he was as president? Why was Grant one of the best presidents of his day, if not in all of American history? What drove Bobby Kennedy into the scrum of electoral politics? Who was Pauli Murray and why was she one of the most decisive figures in the movement for civil rights? Find the surprising and revelatory answers to these questions and more in this collection of new essays by great historians, including Sean Wilentz, Alan Brinkley, Annette Gordon-Reed, Jean Strouse, Robert Dallek, Frances FitzGerald, and others. Entertaining and insightful individually, taken together the essays represent a valuable set of reflections on the enduring ingredients of leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Up Poverty: Stopping Obama's Attack on Our Borders, Economy, and Security Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Robert Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Savage—conservative talk radio host and #1 New York Times bestselling author—takes on President Obama’s socialist agenda, his Chicago-style strong-arm tactics, and his Lenin-like complex in Trickle Up Poverty. Savage’s quest is to help American’s save America from economic Armageddon, and Trickle Up Poverty addresses everything from the global warming myth to the health care debacle to the Tea Party revolution, in an essential conservative manifesto that anyone who loves Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Bill O’Reilly, Glen Beck, and Dick Morris must read. Michael Savage Tue, 05 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83550 thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Up Poverty: Stopping Obama's Attack on Our Borders, Economy, and Security Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Robert Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Savage—conservative talk radio host and #1 New York Times bestselling author—takes on President Obama’s socialist agenda, his Chicago-style strong-arm tactics, and his Lenin-like complex in Trickle Up Poverty. Savage’s quest is to help American’s save America from economic Armageddon, and Trickle Up Poverty addresses everything from the global warming myth to the health care debacle to the Tea Party revolution, in an essential conservative manifesto that anyone who loves Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Bill O’Reilly, Glen Beck, and Dick Morris must read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trickle Up Poverty: Stopping Obama's Attack on Our Borders, Economy, and Security Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Robert Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Savage—conservative talk radio host and #1 New York Times bestselling author—takes on President Obama’s socialist agenda, his Chicago-style strong-arm tactics, and his Lenin-like complex in Trickle Up Poverty. Savage’s quest is to help American’s save America from economic Armageddon, and Trickle Up Poverty addresses everything from the global warming myth to the health care debacle to the Tea Party revolution, in an essential conservative manifesto that anyone who loves Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Bill O’Reilly, Glen Beck, and Dick Morris must read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Wars Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2011 Audie Award Finalist for Nonfiction In Obama’s Wars, Bob Woodward provides the most intimate and sweeping portrait yet of the young president as commander in chief. Drawing on internal memos, classified documents, meeting notes and hundreds of hours of interviews with most of the key players, including the president, Woodward tells the inside story of Obama making the critical decisions on the Afghanistan War, the secret campaign in Pakistan and the worldwide fight against terrorism. At the core of Obama’s Wars is the unsettled division between the civilian leadership in the White House and the United States military as the president is thwarted in his efforts to craft an exit plan for the Afghanistan War. “So what’s my option?” the president asked his war cabinet, seeking alternatives to the Afghanistan commander’s request for 40,000 more troops in late 2009. “You have essentially given me one option...It’s unacceptable.” “Well,” Secretary of Defense Robert Gates finally said, “Mr. President, I think we owe you that option.” It never came. An untamed Vice President Joe Biden pushes relentlessly to limit the military mission and avoid another Vietnam. The vice president frantically sent half a dozen handwritten memos by secure fax to Obama on the eve of the final troop decision. President Obama’s ordering a surge of 30,000 troops and pledging to start withdrawing U.S. forces by July 2011 did not end the skirmishing. General David Petraeus, the new Afghanistan commander, thinks time can be added to the clock if he shows progress. “I don’t think you win this war,” Petraeus said privately. “This is the kind of fight we’re in for the rest of our lives and probably our kids’ lives.” Hovering over this debate is the possibility of another terrorist attack in the United States. The White House led a secret exercise showing how unprepared the government is if terrorists set off a nuclear bomb in an American city—which Obama told Woodward is at the top of the list of what he worries about all the time. Verbatim quotes from secret debates and White House strategy sessions—and firsthand accounts of the thoughts and concerns of the president, his war council and his generals—reveal a government in conflict, often consumed with nasty infighting and fundamental disputes. Woodward has discovered how the Obama White House really works, showing that even more tough decisions lie ahead for the cerebral and engaged president. Obama’s Wars offers the reader a stunning, you-are-there account of the president, his White House aides, military leaders, diplomats and intelligence chiefs in this time of turmoil and danger. Bob Woodward Mon, 27 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83534 thebookvoice.com 15:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Wars Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2011 Audie Award Finalist for Nonfiction In Obama’s Wars, Bob Woodward provides the most intimate and sweeping portrait yet of the young president as commander in chief. Drawing on internal memos, classified documents, meeting notes and hundreds of hours of interviews with most of the key players, including the president, Woodward tells the inside story of Obama making the critical decisions on the Afghanistan War, the secret campaign in Pakistan and the worldwide fight against terrorism. At the core of Obama’s Wars is the unsettled division between the civilian leadership in the White House and the United States military as the president is thwarted in his efforts to craft an exit plan for the Afghanistan War. “So what’s my option?” the president asked his war cabinet, seeking alternatives to the Afghanistan commander’s request for 40,000 more troops in late 2009. “You have essentially given me one option...It’s unacceptable.” “Well,” Secretary of Defense Robert Gates finally said, “Mr. President, I think we owe you that option.” It never came. An untamed Vice President Joe Biden pushes relentlessly to limit the military mission and avoid another Vietnam. The vice president frantically sent half a dozen handwritten memos by secure fax to Obama on the eve of the final troop decision. President Obama’s ordering a surge of 30,000 troops and pledging to start withdrawing U.S. forces by July 2011 did not end the skirmishing. General David Petraeus, the new Afghanistan commander, thinks time can be added to the clock if he shows progress. “I don’t think you win this war,” Petraeus said privately. “This is the kind of fight we’re in for the rest of our lives and probably our kids’ lives.” Hovering over this debate is the possibility of another terrorist attack in the United States. The White House led a secret exercise showing how unprepared the government is if terrorists set off a nuclear bomb in an American city—which Obama told Woodward is at the top of the list of what he worries about all the time. Verbatim quotes from secret debates and White House strategy sessions—and firsthand accounts of the thoughts and concerns of the president, his war council and his generals—reveal a government in conflict, often consumed with nasty infighting and fundamental disputes. Woodward has discovered how the Obama White House really works, showing that even more tough decisions lie ahead for the cerebral and engaged president. Obama’s Wars offers the reader a stunning, you-are-there account of the president, his White House aides, military leaders, diplomats and intelligence chiefs in this time of turmoil and danger. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obama's Wars Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2011 Audie Award Finalist for Nonfiction In Obama’s Wars, Bob Woodward provides the most intimate and sweeping portrait yet of the young president as commander in chief. Drawing on internal memos, classified documents, meeting notes and hundreds of hours of interviews with most of the key players, including the president, Woodward tells the inside story of Obama making the critical decisions on the Afghanistan War, the secret campaign in Pakistan and the worldwide fight against terrorism. At the core of Obama’s Wars is the unsettled division between the civilian leadership in the White House and the United States military as the president is thwarted in his efforts to craft an exit plan for the Afghanistan War. “So what’s my option?” the president asked his war cabinet, seeking alternatives to the Afghanistan commander’s request for 40,000 more troops in late 2009. “You have essentially given me one option...It’s unacceptable.” “Well,” Secretary of Defense Robert Gates finally said, “Mr. President, I think we owe you that option.” It never came. An untamed Vice President Joe Biden pushes relentlessly to limit the military mission and avoid another Vietnam. The vice president frantically sent half a dozen handwritten memos by secure fax to Obama on the eve of the final troop decision. President Obama’s ordering a surge of 30,000 troops and pledging to start withdrawing U.S. forces by July 2011 did not end the skirmishing. General David Petraeus, the new Afghanistan commander, thinks time can be added to the clock if he shows progress. “I don’t think you win this war,” Petraeus said privately. “This is the kind of fight we’re in for the rest of our lives and probably our kids’ lives.” Hovering over this debate is the possibility of another terrorist attack in the United States. The White House led a secret exercise showing how unprepared the government is if terrorists set off a nuclear bomb in an American city—which Obama told Woodward is at the top of the list of what he worries about all the time. Verbatim quotes from secret debates and White House strategy sessions—and firsthand accounts of the thoughts and concerns of the president, his war council and his generals—reveal a government in conflict, often consumed with nasty infighting and fundamental disputes. Woodward has discovered how the Obama White House really works, showing that even more tough decisions lie ahead for the cerebral and engaged president. Obama’s Wars offers the reader a stunning, you-are-there account of the president, his White House aides, military leaders, diplomats and intelligence chiefs in this time of turmoil and danger. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83519 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killer of Little Shepherds: A True Crime Story and the Birth of Forensic Science Author: Douglas Starr Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting true crime story that vividly recounts the birth of modern forensics. At the end of the nineteenth century, serial murderer Joseph Vacher, known and feared as “The Killer of Little Shepherds,” terrorized the French countryside. He eluded authorities for years—until he ran up against prosecutor Emile Fourquet and Dr. Alexandre Lacassagne, the era’s most renowned criminologist. The two men—intelligent and bold—typified the Belle Époque, a period of immense scientific achievement and fascination with science’s promise to reveal the secrets of the human condition. With high drama and stunning detail, Douglas Starr revisits Vacher’s infamous crime wave, interweaving the story of how Lacassagne and his colleagues were developing forensic science as we know it. We see one of the earliest uses of criminal profiling, as Fourquet painstakingly collects eyewitness accounts and constructs a map of Vacher’s crimes. We follow the tense and exciting events leading to the murderer’s arrest. And we witness the twists and turns of the trial, celebrated in its day. In an attempt to disprove Vacher’s defense by reason of insanity, Fourquet recruits Lacassagne, who in the previous decades had revolutionized criminal science by refining the use of blood-spatter evidence, systematizing the autopsy, and doing groundbreaking research in psychology. Lacassagne’s efforts lead to a gripping courtroom denouement. The Killer of Little Shepherds is an important contribution to the history of criminal justice, impressively researched and thrillingly told. Douglas Starr Tue, 05 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83519 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killer of Little Shepherds: A True Crime Story and the Birth of Forensic Science Author: Douglas Starr Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting true crime story that vividly recounts the birth of modern forensics. At the end of the nineteenth century, serial murderer Joseph Vacher, known and feared as “The Killer of Little Shepherds,” terrorized the French countryside. He eluded authorities for years—until he ran up against prosecutor Emile Fourquet and Dr. Alexandre Lacassagne, the era’s most renowned criminologist. The two men—intelligent and bold—typified the Belle Époque, a period of immense scientific achievement and fascination with science’s promise to reveal the secrets of the human condition. With high drama and stunning detail, Douglas Starr revisits Vacher’s infamous crime wave, interweaving the story of how Lacassagne and his colleagues were developing forensic science as we know it. We see one of the earliest uses of criminal profiling, as Fourquet painstakingly collects eyewitness accounts and constructs a map of Vacher’s crimes. We follow the tense and exciting events leading to the murderer’s arrest. And we witness the twists and turns of the trial, celebrated in its day. In an attempt to disprove Vacher’s defense by reason of insanity, Fourquet recruits Lacassagne, who in the previous decades had revolutionized criminal science by refining the use of blood-spatter evidence, systematizing the autopsy, and doing groundbreaking research in psychology. Lacassagne’s efforts lead to a gripping courtroom denouement. The Killer of Little Shepherds is an important contribution to the history of criminal justice, impressively researched and thrillingly told. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Killer of Little Shepherds: A True Crime Story and the Birth of Forensic Science Author: Douglas Starr Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting true crime story that vividly recounts the birth of modern forensics. At the end of the nineteenth century, serial murderer Joseph Vacher, known and feared as “The Killer of Little Shepherds,” terrorized the French countryside. He eluded authorities for years—until he ran up against prosecutor Emile Fourquet and Dr. Alexandre Lacassagne, the era’s most renowned criminologist. The two men—intelligent and bold—typified the Belle Époque, a period of immense scientific achievement and fascination with science’s promise to reveal the secrets of the human condition. With high drama and stunning detail, Douglas Starr revisits Vacher’s infamous crime wave, interweaving the story of how Lacassagne and his colleagues were developing forensic science as we know it. We see one of the earliest uses of criminal profiling, as Fourquet painstakingly collects eyewitness accounts and constructs a map of Vacher’s crimes. We follow the tense and exciting events leading to the murderer’s arrest. And we witness the twists and turns of the trial, celebrated in its day. In an attempt to disprove Vacher’s defense by reason of insanity, Fourquet recruits Lacassagne, who in the previous decades had revolutionized criminal science by refining the use of blood-spatter evidence, systematizing the autopsy, and doing groundbreaking research in psychology. Lacassagne’s efforts lead to a gripping courtroom denouement. The Killer of Little Shepherds is an important contribution to the history of criminal justice, impressively researched and thrillingly told. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roots of Obama’s Rage Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Critics of President Obama have attacked him as a socialist, an African American radical, and a big-government liberal. But somehow the critics have failed to understand what’s truly driving Barack Obama. Now bestselling author Dinesh D’Souza throws out these misplaced attacks in The Roots of Obama’s Rage. D’Souza explains that the reason Obama appears to be working to destroy Ameri­ca from within is found, as Obama himself admits, in “The Dreams of My Father”: a deeply hostile anticolonialism. Instilled in him by his father, this worldview has led President Obama to resent America and everything we stand for. Viewing Obama through this anticolonialism prism and drawing evidence from President Obama’s own life and writings, D’Souza masterfully shows how Obama is working to weaken and punish America here and abroad. From enacting crippling financial reforms to setting artificial withdrawal dates in Iraq and Afghanistan, Obama is trying to muzzle the capitalism which he sees as exploiting the weak. Our president, argues D’Souza, is more concerned with being labeled as America the Oppressor than winning the war on terror. The Roots of Obama’s Rage reveals Obama for who he really is: a man driven by the anticolonial ideology of his father and the first American president to actually seek to reduce America’s strength, influence, and standard of living. Controversial and compelling, The Roots of Obama’s Rage is poised to be the one book that truly defines Obama and his presidency. Dinesh D'Souza Mon, 04 Oct 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83429 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roots of Obama’s Rage Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Critics of President Obama have attacked him as a socialist, an African American radical, and a big-government liberal. But somehow the critics have failed to understand what’s truly driving Barack Obama. Now bestselling author Dinesh D’Souza throws out these misplaced attacks in The Roots of Obama’s Rage. D’Souza explains that the reason Obama appears to be working to destroy Ameri­ca from within is found, as Obama himself admits, in “The Dreams of My Father”: a deeply hostile anticolonialism. Instilled in him by his father, this worldview has led President Obama to resent America and everything we stand for. Viewing Obama through this anticolonialism prism and drawing evidence from President Obama’s own life and writings, D’Souza masterfully shows how Obama is working to weaken and punish America here and abroad. From enacting crippling financial reforms to setting artificial withdrawal dates in Iraq and Afghanistan, Obama is trying to muzzle the capitalism which he sees as exploiting the weak. Our president, argues D’Souza, is more concerned with being labeled as America the Oppressor than winning the war on terror. The Roots of Obama’s Rage reveals Obama for who he really is: a man driven by the anticolonial ideology of his father and the first American president to actually seek to reduce America’s strength, influence, and standard of living. Controversial and compelling, The Roots of Obama’s Rage is poised to be the one book that truly defines Obama and his presidency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Roots of Obama’s Rage Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Critics of President Obama have attacked him as a socialist, an African American radical, and a big-government liberal. But somehow the critics have failed to understand what’s truly driving Barack Obama. Now bestselling author Dinesh D’Souza throws out these misplaced attacks in The Roots of Obama’s Rage. D’Souza explains that the reason Obama appears to be working to destroy Ameri­ca from within is found, as Obama himself admits, in “The Dreams of My Father”: a deeply hostile anticolonialism. Instilled in him by his father, this worldview has led President Obama to resent America and everything we stand for. Viewing Obama through this anticolonialism prism and drawing evidence from President Obama’s own life and writings, D’Souza masterfully shows how Obama is working to weaken and punish America here and abroad. From enacting crippling financial reforms to setting artificial withdrawal dates in Iraq and Afghanistan, Obama is trying to muzzle the capitalism which he sees as exploiting the weak. Our president, argues D’Souza, is more concerned with being labeled as America the Oppressor than winning the war on terror. The Roots of Obama’s Rage reveals Obama for who he really is: a man driven by the anticolonial ideology of his father and the first American president to actually seek to reduce America’s strength, influence, and standard of living. Controversial and compelling, The Roots of Obama’s Rage is poised to be the one book that truly defines Obama and his presidency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: C Street: The Fundamentalist Threat to American Democracy Author: Jeff Sharlet Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: C Street - where piety, politics, and corruption meet Jeff Sharlet is the only journalist to have reported from inside the C Street House, the Fellowship residence known simply by its Washington, DC address. The house has lately been the scene of notorious political scandal, but more crucially it is home to efforts to transform the very fabric of American democracy. And now, after laying bare its tenants' past in The Family, Sharlet reports from deep within fundamentalism in today's world, revealing that the previous efforts of religious fundamentalists in America pale in comparison with their long-term ambitions. When Barack Obama entered the White House, headlines declared the age of culture wars over. In C Street, Sharlet shows why these conflicts endure and why they matter now - from the sensationalism of Washington sex scandals to fundamentalism's long shadow in Africa, where Ugandan culture warriors determined to eradicate homosexuality have set genocide on simmer. We've reached a point where piety and corruption are not at odds but one and the same. Reporting with exclusive sources and explosive documents from C Street, the war on gays in Uganda, and the battle for the soul of America's armed forces - waged by a 15,000-strong movement of officers intent on 'reclaiming territory for Christ in the military' Sharlet reveals not the last gasp of old-time religion but the new front lines of fundamentalism. Jeff Sharlet Mon, 27 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83413 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: C Street: The Fundamentalist Threat to American Democracy Author: Jeff Sharlet Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: C Street - where piety, politics, and corruption meet Jeff Sharlet is the only journalist to have reported from inside the C Street House, the Fellowship residence known simply by its Washington, DC address. The house has lately been the scene of notorious political scandal, but more crucially it is home to efforts to transform the very fabric of American democracy. And now, after laying bare its tenants' past in The Family, Sharlet reports from deep within fundamentalism in today's world, revealing that the previous efforts of religious fundamentalists in America pale in comparison with their long-term ambitions. When Barack Obama entered the White House, headlines declared the age of culture wars over. In C Street, Sharlet shows why these conflicts endure and why they matter now - from the sensationalism of Washington sex scandals to fundamentalism's long shadow in Africa, where Ugandan culture warriors determined to eradicate homosexuality have set genocide on simmer. We've reached a point where piety and corruption are not at odds but one and the same. Reporting with exclusive sources and explosive documents from C Street, the war on gays in Uganda, and the battle for the soul of America's armed forces - waged by a 15,000-strong movement of officers intent on 'reclaiming territory for Christ in the military' Sharlet reveals not the last gasp of old-time religion but the new front lines of fundamentalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: C Street: The Fundamentalist Threat to American Democracy Author: Jeff Sharlet Narrator: Jeremy Guskin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: C Street - where piety, politics, and corruption meet Jeff Sharlet is the only journalist to have reported from inside the C Street House, the Fellowship residence known simply by its Washington, DC address. The house has lately been the scene of notorious political scandal, but more crucially it is home to efforts to transform the very fabric of American democracy. And now, after laying bare its tenants' past in The Family, Sharlet reports from deep within fundamentalism in today's world, revealing that the previous efforts of religious fundamentalists in America pale in comparison with their long-term ambitions. When Barack Obama entered the White House, headlines declared the age of culture wars over. In C Street, Sharlet shows why these conflicts endure and why they matter now - from the sensationalism of Washington sex scandals to fundamentalism's long shadow in Africa, where Ugandan culture warriors determined to eradicate homosexuality have set genocide on simmer. We've reached a point where piety and corruption are not at odds but one and the same. Reporting with exclusive sources and explosive documents from C Street, the war on gays in Uganda, and the battle for the soul of America's armed forces - waged by a 15,000-strong movement of officers intent on 'reclaiming territory for Christ in the military' Sharlet reveals not the last gasp of old-time religion but the new front lines of fundamentalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus Ground Zero Author: Ed Regis Narrator: Rob McQuay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC's virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the 'viral ground zero' where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It's all in a day's work for the CDC's disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world's deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC's extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of 'the coming plague.' Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC's viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes. Ed Regis Tue, 19 Jan 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus Ground Zero Author: Ed Regis Narrator: Rob McQuay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC's virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the 'viral ground zero' where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It's all in a day's work for the CDC's disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world's deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC's extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of 'the coming plague.' Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC's viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus Ground Zero Author: Ed Regis Narrator: Rob McQuay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a destitute hospital in the crowded African city of Kikwit, townspeople, nurses, and doctors are dying of a gruesome disease at the rate of more than a dozen a day. Zaire is on the brink of an explosive epidemic - but the outbreak is stopped when experts from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta arrive in the city, reclaim the hospital, and interrupt the chain of virus transmission. With remarkable speed, the CDC's virus detectives trace the outbreak back to its first human case, travel to the 'viral ground zero' where the Ebola virus burst out of the jungle, and trap a vast collection of animals that potentially harbor the virus - including the rats overrunning their hotel rooms. It's all in a day's work for the CDC's disease cowboys, who risk their lives daily at the bottom of nature to confront the world's deadliest pathogens. Now acclaimed science writer Ed Regis takes us on a fascinating odyssey across the viral frontier, chronicling the CDC's extraordinary fifty-year history against the backdrop of the 1995 Ebola outbreak - and exploding the media-driven myth of 'the coming plague.' Starting from a small government agency founded for the purpose of eradicating malaria from the United States in the 1940s, the CDC has grown into a disease-fighting behemoth whose sphere of action is the entire planet. Virus Ground Zero shows how the CDC's viral shock troops have helped remove one deadly virus from the face of the earth, are scheduled to do the same with another by the year 2000, and have similar lethal plans for a whole range of other microbes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red State Uprising: How to Take Back America Author: Erick Erickson, Lewis K. Uhler Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 20, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fed up with our arrogant federal government? Don’t want massive programs we don’t need and can’t afford? Then join the Red State Uprising! In his new book, RedState.com founder Erick Erickson clearly outlines what needs to change in Washington and what we can do locally to make it happen. Red State Uprising is not about anarchy or a revolution—it’s about reshaping government to maximize economic growth, individual liberty and private property rights. Barack Obama has shown his determination to move the country towards a socialist “nanny” state, culminating in the government takeover of health care. The vast majority of Americans reject this vision and Red State Uprising calls upon this majority to stand up and take action. There is a right size for government, Erikson argues, but it is much smaller, much cheaper, and much less intrusive than what we’ve got now. Red State Uprising offers conservatives a plan to take back the people’s government. Erick Erickson, Lewis K. Uhler Mon, 20 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83345 thebookvoice.com 6:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red State Uprising: How to Take Back America Author: Erick Erickson, Lewis K. Uhler Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 20, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fed up with our arrogant federal government? Don’t want massive programs we don’t need and can’t afford? Then join the Red State Uprising! In his new book, RedState.com founder Erick Erickson clearly outlines what needs to change in Washington and what we can do locally to make it happen. Red State Uprising is not about anarchy or a revolution—it’s about reshaping government to maximize economic growth, individual liberty and private property rights. Barack Obama has shown his determination to move the country towards a socialist “nanny” state, culminating in the government takeover of health care. The vast majority of Americans reject this vision and Red State Uprising calls upon this majority to stand up and take action. There is a right size for government, Erikson argues, but it is much smaller, much cheaper, and much less intrusive than what we’ve got now. Red State Uprising offers conservatives a plan to take back the people’s government. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red State Uprising: How to Take Back America Author: Erick Erickson, Lewis K. Uhler Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 20, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fed up with our arrogant federal government? Don’t want massive programs we don’t need and can’t afford? Then join the Red State Uprising! In his new book, RedState.com founder Erick Erickson clearly outlines what needs to change in Washington and what we can do locally to make it happen. Red State Uprising is not about anarchy or a revolution—it’s about reshaping government to maximize economic growth, individual liberty and private property rights. Barack Obama has shown his determination to move the country towards a socialist “nanny” state, culminating in the government takeover of health care. The vast majority of Americans reject this vision and Red State Uprising calls upon this majority to stand up and take action. There is a right size for government, Erikson argues, but it is much smaller, much cheaper, and much less intrusive than what we’ve got now. Red State Uprising offers conservatives a plan to take back the people’s government. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Mad: Inside Tea Party America Author: Kate Zernike Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A surprising and revealing look inside the Tea Party movement—where it came from, what it stands for, and what it means for the future of American politics. They burst on the scene at the height of the Great Recession—angry voters gathering by the thousands to rail against bailouts and big government. Evoking the Founding Fathers, they called themselves the Tea Party. Within the year, they had changed the terms of debate in Washington, emboldening Republicans and confounding a new administration's ability to get things done. Boiling Mad is Kate Zernike's eye-opening look inside the Tea Party, introducing us to a cast of unlikely activists and the philosophy that animates them. She shows how the Tea Party movement emerged from an unusual alliance of young Internet-savvy conservatives and older people alarmed at a country they no longer recognize. The movement is the latest manifestation of a long history of conservative discontent in America, breeding on a distrust of government that is older than the nation itself. But the Tea Partiers' grievances are rooted in the present, a response to the election of the nation's first black president and to the far-reaching government intervention that followed the economic crisis of 2008-2009. Though they are better educated and better off than most other Americans, they remain deeply pessimistic about the economy and the direction of the country. Zernike introduces us to the first Tea Partier, a nose-pierced young teacher who lives in Seattle with her fiancé, an Obama supporter. We listen in on what Tea Partiers learn about the Constitution, which they embrace as the backbone of their political philosophy. We see how young conservatives, who model their organization on the Grateful Dead, mobilize a new set of activists several decades their elder. And we watch as suburban mothers, who draw their inspiration from MoveOn and other icons of the Left, plot to upend the Republican Party in a swing district outside Philadelphia. The Tea Party movement has energized a lot of voters, but it has polarized the electorate, too. Agree or disagree, we must understand this movement to understand American politics in 2010 and beyond. Kate Zernike Tue, 14 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83320 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Mad: Inside Tea Party America Author: Kate Zernike Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A surprising and revealing look inside the Tea Party movement—where it came from, what it stands for, and what it means for the future of American politics. They burst on the scene at the height of the Great Recession—angry voters gathering by the thousands to rail against bailouts and big government. Evoking the Founding Fathers, they called themselves the Tea Party. Within the year, they had changed the terms of debate in Washington, emboldening Republicans and confounding a new administration's ability to get things done. Boiling Mad is Kate Zernike's eye-opening look inside the Tea Party, introducing us to a cast of unlikely activists and the philosophy that animates them. She shows how the Tea Party movement emerged from an unusual alliance of young Internet-savvy conservatives and older people alarmed at a country they no longer recognize. The movement is the latest manifestation of a long history of conservative discontent in America, breeding on a distrust of government that is older than the nation itself. But the Tea Partiers' grievances are rooted in the present, a response to the election of the nation's first black president and to the far-reaching government intervention that followed the economic crisis of 2008-2009. Though they are better educated and better off than most other Americans, they remain deeply pessimistic about the economy and the direction of the country. Zernike introduces us to the first Tea Partier, a nose-pierced young teacher who lives in Seattle with her fiancé, an Obama supporter. We listen in on what Tea Partiers learn about the Constitution, which they embrace as the backbone of their political philosophy. We see how young conservatives, who model their organization on the Grateful Dead, mobilize a new set of activists several decades their elder. And we watch as suburban mothers, who draw their inspiration from MoveOn and other icons of the Left, plot to upend the Republican Party in a swing district outside Philadelphia. The Tea Party movement has energized a lot of voters, but it has polarized the electorate, too. Agree or disagree, we must understand this movement to understand American politics in 2010 and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boiling Mad: Inside Tea Party America Author: Kate Zernike Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A surprising and revealing look inside the Tea Party movement—where it came from, what it stands for, and what it means for the future of American politics. They burst on the scene at the height of the Great Recession—angry voters gathering by the thousands to rail against bailouts and big government. Evoking the Founding Fathers, they called themselves the Tea Party. Within the year, they had changed the terms of debate in Washington, emboldening Republicans and confounding a new administration's ability to get things done. Boiling Mad is Kate Zernike's eye-opening look inside the Tea Party, introducing us to a cast of unlikely activists and the philosophy that animates them. She shows how the Tea Party movement emerged from an unusual alliance of young Internet-savvy conservatives and older people alarmed at a country they no longer recognize. The movement is the latest manifestation of a long history of conservative discontent in America, breeding on a distrust of government that is older than the nation itself. But the Tea Partiers' grievances are rooted in the present, a response to the election of the nation's first black president and to the far-reaching government intervention that followed the economic crisis of 2008-2009. Though they are better educated and better off than most other Americans, they remain deeply pessimistic about the economy and the direction of the country. Zernike introduces us to the first Tea Partier, a nose-pierced young teacher who lives in Seattle with her fiancé, an Obama supporter. We listen in on what Tea Partiers learn about the Constitution, which they embrace as the backbone of their political philosophy. We see how young conservatives, who model their organization on the Grateful Dead, mobilize a new set of activists several decades their elder. And we watch as suburban mothers, who draw their inspiration from MoveOn and other icons of the Left, plot to upend the Republican Party in a swing district outside Philadelphia. The Tea Party movement has energized a lot of voters, but it has polarized the electorate, too. Agree or disagree, we must understand this movement to understand American politics in 2010 and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conduct Unbecoming: How Barack Obama Is Destroying the Military and Endangering Our Security Author: Robert “buzz” Patterson Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Conduct Unbecoming, Lieutenant Colonel Robert Patterson, New York Times bestselling author and former senior military aide to President Clinton, exposes how President Barack Obama’s national security policies are weakening our military and endangering America’s safety. From underfunding and misusing the military to his “Apology Tour” across Europe and the Middle East, President Obama has made America more vulner­able with both our allies and our enemies. In Conduct Unbecoming, you’ll discover how Obama is not listening to his generals’ recommendations on Afghanistan, how Obama’s first two acts as commander-in-chief weakened our national secu­rity and military, and how Obama’s feckless diplomatic efforts with other countries are severely threat­ening our national security. Shocking and controversial, Conduct Unbecoming reveals how President Obama’s disregard for the military and a strong foreign policy is exposing us to unprecedented risks in the twenty-first century. Robert “buzz” Patterson Mon, 06 Sep 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83290 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conduct Unbecoming: How Barack Obama Is Destroying the Military and Endangering Our Security Author: Robert “buzz” Patterson Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Conduct Unbecoming, Lieutenant Colonel Robert Patterson, New York Times bestselling author and former senior military aide to President Clinton, exposes how President Barack Obama’s national security policies are weakening our military and endangering America’s safety. From underfunding and misusing the military to his “Apology Tour” across Europe and the Middle East, President Obama has made America more vulner­able with both our allies and our enemies. In Conduct Unbecoming, you’ll discover how Obama is not listening to his generals’ recommendations on Afghanistan, how Obama’s first two acts as commander-in-chief weakened our national secu­rity and military, and how Obama’s feckless diplomatic efforts with other countries are severely threat­ening our national security. Shocking and controversial, Conduct Unbecoming reveals how President Obama’s disregard for the military and a strong foreign policy is exposing us to unprecedented risks in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conduct Unbecoming: How Barack Obama Is Destroying the Military and Endangering Our Security Author: Robert “buzz” Patterson Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Conduct Unbecoming, Lieutenant Colonel Robert Patterson, New York Times bestselling author and former senior military aide to President Clinton, exposes how President Barack Obama’s national security policies are weakening our military and endangering America’s safety. From underfunding and misusing the military to his “Apology Tour” across Europe and the Middle East, President Obama has made America more vulner­able with both our allies and our enemies. In Conduct Unbecoming, you’ll discover how Obama is not listening to his generals’ recommendations on Afghanistan, how Obama’s first two acts as commander-in-chief weakened our national secu­rity and military, and how Obama’s feckless diplomatic efforts with other countries are severely threat­ening our national security. Shocking and controversial, Conduct Unbecoming reveals how President Obama’s disregard for the military and a strong foreign policy is exposing us to unprecedented risks in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83279 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crimes against Liberty: An Indictment of President Barack Obama Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans, liberty is an inalienable right that is granted to us by God, protected by the Constitution, and upheld by our government. Yet Barack Obama doesn’t seem to share that view. To him, liberty is a threat to the government’s power and something to be squashed by any means possible, as bestselling author David Limbaugh shows to devastating effect in Crimes against Liberty. Here, Limbaugh issues a damning indictment of President Barack Obama for encroaching upon and stripping us of our individual and sovereign rights. Laying out his case like he would a criminal complaint, Limbaugh presents the evidence—count-by-count—against Obama. From exploiting the financial crisis for political gain, to restricting our personal freedoms through invasive healthcare and “green” policies, to endangering America with his feckless diplomacy and reckless dismantlement of our national security systems, Limbaugh proves—beyond a reasonable doubt—that Obama is guilty of crimes against liberty. Comprehensive and compelling, this is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet. David Limbaugh Mon, 23 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83279 thebookvoice.com 14:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crimes against Liberty: An Indictment of President Barack Obama Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans, liberty is an inalienable right that is granted to us by God, protected by the Constitution, and upheld by our government. Yet Barack Obama doesn’t seem to share that view. To him, liberty is a threat to the government’s power and something to be squashed by any means possible, as bestselling author David Limbaugh shows to devastating effect in Crimes against Liberty. Here, Limbaugh issues a damning indictment of President Barack Obama for encroaching upon and stripping us of our individual and sovereign rights. Laying out his case like he would a criminal complaint, Limbaugh presents the evidence—count-by-count—against Obama. From exploiting the financial crisis for political gain, to restricting our personal freedoms through invasive healthcare and “green” policies, to endangering America with his feckless diplomacy and reckless dismantlement of our national security systems, Limbaugh proves—beyond a reasonable doubt—that Obama is guilty of crimes against liberty. Comprehensive and compelling, this is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crimes against Liberty: An Indictment of President Barack Obama Author: David Limbaugh Narrator: Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 23, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans, liberty is an inalienable right that is granted to us by God, protected by the Constitution, and upheld by our government. Yet Barack Obama doesn’t seem to share that view. To him, liberty is a threat to the government’s power and something to be squashed by any means possible, as bestselling author David Limbaugh shows to devastating effect in Crimes against Liberty. Here, Limbaugh issues a damning indictment of President Barack Obama for encroaching upon and stripping us of our individual and sovereign rights. Laying out his case like he would a criminal complaint, Limbaugh presents the evidence—count-by-count—against Obama. From exploiting the financial crisis for political gain, to restricting our personal freedoms through invasive healthcare and “green” policies, to endangering America with his feckless diplomacy and reckless dismantlement of our national security systems, Limbaugh proves—beyond a reasonable doubt—that Obama is guilty of crimes against liberty. Comprehensive and compelling, this is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Sexy Politics Author: Meghan McCain Narrator: Meghan McCain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meghan McCain came to prominence as the straight-talking, progressive daughter of the 2008 Republican presidential candidate Senator John McCain. And her profile has only risen since the election ended in favor of the other guy. What makes Meghan so appealing As a new role model for young, creative, and vocal members of the GOP, she’s unafraid to mix it up and speak her mind. In Dirty Sexy Politics she takes a hard look at the future of her party. She doesn’t shy away from serious issues and her raucous humor and down-to-earth style keep her positions accessible. In this witty, candid, and boisterous book, Meghan takes us deep behind the scenes of the campaign trail. She steals campaign signs in New Hampshire, tastes the nightlife in Nashville, and has a strange encounter with Laura and Jenna Bush at the White House. Along the way, she falls in love with America—while seeing how far the Republican Party has veered from its core values of freedom, honesty, and individuality. In Dirty Sexy Politics, Meghan McCain gives us a true insider's account of life on a campaign trail. Meghan McCain Tue, 31 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83273 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Sexy Politics Author: Meghan McCain Narrator: Meghan McCain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meghan McCain came to prominence as the straight-talking, progressive daughter of the 2008 Republican presidential candidate Senator John McCain. And her profile has only risen since the election ended in favor of the other guy. What makes Meghan so appealing As a new role model for young, creative, and vocal members of the GOP, she’s unafraid to mix it up and speak her mind. In Dirty Sexy Politics she takes a hard look at the future of her party. She doesn’t shy away from serious issues and her raucous humor and down-to-earth style keep her positions accessible. In this witty, candid, and boisterous book, Meghan takes us deep behind the scenes of the campaign trail. She steals campaign signs in New Hampshire, tastes the nightlife in Nashville, and has a strange encounter with Laura and Jenna Bush at the White House. Along the way, she falls in love with America—while seeing how far the Republican Party has veered from its core values of freedom, honesty, and individuality. In Dirty Sexy Politics, Meghan McCain gives us a true insider's account of life on a campaign trail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Sexy Politics Author: Meghan McCain Narrator: Meghan McCain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meghan McCain came to prominence as the straight-talking, progressive daughter of the 2008 Republican presidential candidate Senator John McCain. And her profile has only risen since the election ended in favor of the other guy. What makes Meghan so appealing As a new role model for young, creative, and vocal members of the GOP, she’s unafraid to mix it up and speak her mind. In Dirty Sexy Politics she takes a hard look at the future of her party. She doesn’t shy away from serious issues and her raucous humor and down-to-earth style keep her positions accessible. In this witty, candid, and boisterous book, Meghan takes us deep behind the scenes of the campaign trail. She steals campaign signs in New Hampshire, tastes the nightlife in Nashville, and has a strange encounter with Laura and Jenna Bush at the White House. Along the way, she falls in love with America—while seeing how far the Republican Party has veered from its core values of freedom, honesty, and individuality. In Dirty Sexy Politics, Meghan McCain gives us a true insider's account of life on a campaign trail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismantling America: And Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays—on various political, economic, cultural, and legal issues—have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people convinced that this country’s values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless someone stops them—and the next election may be the last time to do so, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. Thomas Sowell Tue, 10 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83242 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismantling America: And Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays—on various political, economic, cultural, and legal issues—have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people convinced that this country’s values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless someone stops them—and the next election may be the last time to do so, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dismantling America: And Other Controversial Essays Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays—on various political, economic, cultural, and legal issues—have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people convinced that this country’s values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless someone stops them—and the next election may be the last time to do so, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Davids Than Goliaths: A Political Education Author: Harold Ford Narrator: Harold Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harold Ford Jr. has long distinguished himself as a charismatic, results-oriented politician with fresh ideas. His career began at age 26 after he won his father’s Congressional seat, serving his Tennessee district for ten years. He stepped into the national spotlight with his electric keynote at the 2000 Democratic National Convention, and in 2006 his reputation was further shaped during the closest Senate race in Tennessee’s history, which he lost. Ford feels passionately that our country’s best days are ahead, and in More Davids Than Goliaths, he presents his mission statement for America. Reflecting on what he’s learned from his extended political family, the slings and arrows of the campaign trail, and those across our nation who inspire him, More Davids Than Goliaths explains Ford’s conviction, “At its best, leadership in government can solve, inspire, and heal.” Along the way, Ford reminds us that in America, there are more Davids than Goliaths, more solutions than problems, more that unites us than divides us. Harold Ford Tue, 10 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83231 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Davids Than Goliaths: A Political Education Author: Harold Ford Narrator: Harold Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harold Ford Jr. has long distinguished himself as a charismatic, results-oriented politician with fresh ideas. His career began at age 26 after he won his father’s Congressional seat, serving his Tennessee district for ten years. He stepped into the national spotlight with his electric keynote at the 2000 Democratic National Convention, and in 2006 his reputation was further shaped during the closest Senate race in Tennessee’s history, which he lost. Ford feels passionately that our country’s best days are ahead, and in More Davids Than Goliaths, he presents his mission statement for America. Reflecting on what he’s learned from his extended political family, the slings and arrows of the campaign trail, and those across our nation who inspire him, More Davids Than Goliaths explains Ford’s conviction, “At its best, leadership in government can solve, inspire, and heal.” Along the way, Ford reminds us that in America, there are more Davids than Goliaths, more solutions than problems, more that unites us than divides us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Davids Than Goliaths: A Political Education Author: Harold Ford Narrator: Harold Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 10, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harold Ford Jr. has long distinguished himself as a charismatic, results-oriented politician with fresh ideas. His career began at age 26 after he won his father’s Congressional seat, serving his Tennessee district for ten years. He stepped into the national spotlight with his electric keynote at the 2000 Democratic National Convention, and in 2006 his reputation was further shaped during the closest Senate race in Tennessee’s history, which he lost. Ford feels passionately that our country’s best days are ahead, and in More Davids Than Goliaths, he presents his mission statement for America. Reflecting on what he’s learned from his extended political family, the slings and arrows of the campaign trail, and those across our nation who inspire him, More Davids Than Goliaths explains Ford’s conviction, “At its best, leadership in government can solve, inspire, and heal.” Along the way, Ford reminds us that in America, there are more Davids than Goliaths, more solutions than problems, more that unites us than divides us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83228 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83228]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Us Liberty: A Tea Party Manifesto Author: Matt Kibbe, Dick Armey Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Majority Leader of the U.S. House of Representatives and leading organizer of the Tea Party movement, Dick Armey offers a Tea Party Manifesto: Give Us Liberty. Written with Matt Kibbee, President and CEO of FreedomWorks, Give Us Liberty defines the issues and agenda of the wildfire grassroots movement that is electrifying the nation, as it calls on fiscal conservatives to take back America. Matt Kibbe, Dick Armey Tue, 17 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83228 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83228]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Us Liberty: A Tea Party Manifesto Author: Matt Kibbe, Dick Armey Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Majority Leader of the U.S. House of Representatives and leading organizer of the Tea Party movement, Dick Armey offers a Tea Party Manifesto: Give Us Liberty. Written with Matt Kibbee, President and CEO of FreedomWorks, Give Us Liberty defines the issues and agenda of the wildfire grassroots movement that is electrifying the nation, as it calls on fiscal conservatives to take back America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83228]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Us Liberty: A Tea Party Manifesto Author: Matt Kibbe, Dick Armey Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Majority Leader of the U.S. House of Representatives and leading organizer of the Tea Party movement, Dick Armey offers a Tea Party Manifesto: Give Us Liberty. Written with Matt Kibbee, President and CEO of FreedomWorks, Give Us Liberty defines the issues and agenda of the wildfire grassroots movement that is electrifying the nation, as it calls on fiscal conservatives to take back America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83165 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White and the Gold Author: Thomas B. Costain Narrator: Richard Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the fascinating story of the French regime in Canada. Few periods in the history of North America can equal it for romance and color, drama and suspense, great human courage and far-seeing aspiration. Costain, who writes history in the terms of the people who lived it, wrote of this book: 'Almost from the first I found myself caught in the spell of these courageous, colorful, cruel days. But whenever I found myself guilty of overstressing the romantic side of the picture and forgetful of the more prosaic life beneath, I tried to balance the scales more properly. [This] is...a conscientious effort at a balanced picture of a period which was brave, bizarre, fanatical, lyrical, lusty, and, in fact, rather completely unbalanced.' Thomas B. Costain Tue, 24 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83165 thebookvoice.com 16:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White and the Gold Author: Thomas B. Costain Narrator: Richard Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the fascinating story of the French regime in Canada. Few periods in the history of North America can equal it for romance and color, drama and suspense, great human courage and far-seeing aspiration. Costain, who writes history in the terms of the people who lived it, wrote of this book: 'Almost from the first I found myself caught in the spell of these courageous, colorful, cruel days. But whenever I found myself guilty of overstressing the romantic side of the picture and forgetful of the more prosaic life beneath, I tried to balance the scales more properly. [This] is...a conscientious effort at a balanced picture of a period which was brave, bizarre, fanatical, lyrical, lusty, and, in fact, rather completely unbalanced.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The White and the Gold Author: Thomas B. Costain Narrator: Richard Matthews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the fascinating story of the French regime in Canada. Few periods in the history of North America can equal it for romance and color, drama and suspense, great human courage and far-seeing aspiration. Costain, who writes history in the terms of the people who lived it, wrote of this book: 'Almost from the first I found myself caught in the spell of these courageous, colorful, cruel days. But whenever I found myself guilty of overstressing the romantic side of the picture and forgetful of the more prosaic life beneath, I tried to balance the scales more properly. [This] is...a conscientious effort at a balanced picture of a period which was brave, bizarre, fanatical, lyrical, lusty, and, in fact, rather completely unbalanced.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83163 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Bombs: Recent Challenges, New Dangers, and the Prospects for a World Without Nuclear Weapons Author: Richard Rhodes Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The culminating volume in Richard Rhodes’s monumental and prizewinning history of nuclear weapons, offering the first comprehensive narrative of the challenges faced in a post–Cold War age. The past twenty years have transformed our relationship with nuclear weapons drastically. With extraordinary depth of knowledge and understanding, Rhodes makes clear how the five original nuclear powers—Russia, Great Britain, France, China, and especially the United States—have struggled with new realities. He shows us how the stage was set for a second tragic war when Iraq secretly destroyed its nuclear infrastructure and reveals the real reasons George W. Bush chose to fight a second war in Iraq. We see how the efforts of U.S. weapons labs laid the groundwork for nuclear consolidation in the former Soviet Union, how and why South Africa secretly built and then destroyed a small nuclear arsenal, and how Jimmy Carter’s private diplomacy prevented another Korean War. We also see how the present day represents a nuclear turning point and what hope exists for our future. Rhodes assesses the emerging threat of nuclear terrorism and offers advice on how our complicated relationships with North Korea and South Asia should evolve. Finally, he imagines what a post-nuclear world might look like, suggesting what might make it possible. Powerful and persuasive, The Twilight of the Bombs is an essential work of contemporary history. Richard Rhodes Tue, 24 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83163 thebookvoice.com 13:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Bombs: Recent Challenges, New Dangers, and the Prospects for a World Without Nuclear Weapons Author: Richard Rhodes Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The culminating volume in Richard Rhodes’s monumental and prizewinning history of nuclear weapons, offering the first comprehensive narrative of the challenges faced in a post–Cold War age. The past twenty years have transformed our relationship with nuclear weapons drastically. With extraordinary depth of knowledge and understanding, Rhodes makes clear how the five original nuclear powers—Russia, Great Britain, France, China, and especially the United States—have struggled with new realities. He shows us how the stage was set for a second tragic war when Iraq secretly destroyed its nuclear infrastructure and reveals the real reasons George W. Bush chose to fight a second war in Iraq. We see how the efforts of U.S. weapons labs laid the groundwork for nuclear consolidation in the former Soviet Union, how and why South Africa secretly built and then destroyed a small nuclear arsenal, and how Jimmy Carter’s private diplomacy prevented another Korean War. We also see how the present day represents a nuclear turning point and what hope exists for our future. Rhodes assesses the emerging threat of nuclear terrorism and offers advice on how our complicated relationships with North Korea and South Asia should evolve. Finally, he imagines what a post-nuclear world might look like, suggesting what might make it possible. Powerful and persuasive, The Twilight of the Bombs is an essential work of contemporary history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Bombs: Recent Challenges, New Dangers, and the Prospects for a World Without Nuclear Weapons Author: Richard Rhodes Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The culminating volume in Richard Rhodes’s monumental and prizewinning history of nuclear weapons, offering the first comprehensive narrative of the challenges faced in a post–Cold War age. The past twenty years have transformed our relationship with nuclear weapons drastically. With extraordinary depth of knowledge and understanding, Rhodes makes clear how the five original nuclear powers—Russia, Great Britain, France, China, and especially the United States—have struggled with new realities. He shows us how the stage was set for a second tragic war when Iraq secretly destroyed its nuclear infrastructure and reveals the real reasons George W. Bush chose to fight a second war in Iraq. We see how the efforts of U.S. weapons labs laid the groundwork for nuclear consolidation in the former Soviet Union, how and why South Africa secretly built and then destroyed a small nuclear arsenal, and how Jimmy Carter’s private diplomacy prevented another Korean War. We also see how the present day represents a nuclear turning point and what hope exists for our future. Rhodes assesses the emerging threat of nuclear terrorism and offers advice on how our complicated relationships with North Korea and South Asia should evolve. Finally, he imagines what a post-nuclear world might look like, suggesting what might make it possible. Powerful and persuasive, The Twilight of the Bombs is an essential work of contemporary history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. John Vaillant Tue, 24 Aug 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155 thebookvoice.com 12:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tiger: A True Story of Vengeance and Survival Author: John Vaillant Narrator: John Vaillant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It’s December 1997, and a man-eating tiger is on the prowl outside a remote village in Russia’s Far East. The tiger isn’t just killing people, it’s annihilating them, and a team of men and their dogs must hunt it on foot through the forest in the brutal cold. As the trackers sift through the gruesome remains of the victims, they discover that these attacks aren’t random: the tiger is apparently engaged in a vendetta. Injured, starving, and extremely dangerous, the tiger must be found before it strikes again. As he re-creates these extraordinary events, John Vaillant gives us an unforgettable portrait of this spectacularly beautiful and mysterious region. We meet the native tribes who for centuries have worshipped and lived alongside tigers, even sharing their kills with them. We witness the arrival of Russian settlers in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, soldiers and hunters who greatly diminished the tiger populations. And we come to know their descendants, who, crushed by poverty, have turned to poaching and further upset the natural balance of the region. This ancient, tenuous relationship between man and predator is at the very heart of this remarkable book. Throughout we encounter surprising theories of how humans and tigers may have evolved to coexist, how we may have developed as scavengers rather than hunters, and how early Homo sapiens may have fit seamlessly into the tiger’s ecosystem. Above all, we come to understand the endangered Siberian tiger, a highly intelligent super-predator that can grow to ten feet long, weigh more than six hundred pounds, and range daily over vast territories of forest and mountain. Beautifully written and deeply informative, The Tiger circles around three main characters: Vladimir Markov, a poacher killed by the tiger; Yuri Trush, the lead tracker; and the tiger himself. It is an absolutely gripping tale of man and nature that leads inexorably to a final showdown in a clearing deep in the taiga. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Freaks: 7 Ways Liberals Plan to Ruin Your Life Author: Terence P. Jeffrey Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, Democrats won a sweeping victory, seizing the White House and the majority in both houses of Congress. We knew this meant liberals would be in charge of the federal government—but what many Americans didn’t anticipate was that they would use this supposed “mandate” as an excuse to try and run every single part of our lives. From curbing our speech under the guise of “hate crime legislation,” to limiting our movement through “green” initiatives, to controlling our end-of-life decisions through “healthcare reform,” liberals have embarked on a breathtaking campaign to strip us of our God-given constitutional rights and reshape America. In Control Freaks, Terry Jeffrey, editor-in-chief of Cybercast News Service (CNS) and well-known political commentator, exposes this shocking power grab—and shows us how to fight back. Terence P. Jeffrey Tue, 27 Jul 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83131 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Freaks: 7 Ways Liberals Plan to Ruin Your Life Author: Terence P. Jeffrey Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, Democrats won a sweeping victory, seizing the White House and the majority in both houses of Congress. We knew this meant liberals would be in charge of the federal government—but what many Americans didn’t anticipate was that they would use this supposed “mandate” as an excuse to try and run every single part of our lives. From curbing our speech under the guise of “hate crime legislation,” to limiting our movement through “green” initiatives, to controlling our end-of-life decisions through “healthcare reform,” liberals have embarked on a breathtaking campaign to strip us of our God-given constitutional rights and reshape America. In Control Freaks, Terry Jeffrey, editor-in-chief of Cybercast News Service (CNS) and well-known political commentator, exposes this shocking power grab—and shows us how to fight back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Freaks: 7 Ways Liberals Plan to Ruin Your Life Author: Terence P. Jeffrey Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, Democrats won a sweeping victory, seizing the White House and the majority in both houses of Congress. We knew this meant liberals would be in charge of the federal government—but what many Americans didn’t anticipate was that they would use this supposed “mandate” as an excuse to try and run every single part of our lives. From curbing our speech under the guise of “hate crime legislation,” to limiting our movement through “green” initiatives, to controlling our end-of-life decisions through “healthcare reform,” liberals have embarked on a breathtaking campaign to strip us of our God-given constitutional rights and reshape America. In Control Freaks, Terry Jeffrey, editor-in-chief of Cybercast News Service (CNS) and well-known political commentator, exposes this shocking power grab—and shows us how to fight back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obama Diaries Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative talk-radio maven and bestselling author Laura Ingraham writes a satirical send-up of the first year of the Obama administration through humorous diary entries paired with incisive analysis of the President’s failings. In addition, she spells out how, as individuals, we can push forward the conservative agenda. The Obama Diaries is a satirical takedown of the Obama Administration and its calamitous plans to “remake America.” With her signature wit and biting analysis, Ingraham builds the case against Team Obama using their own words and actions. Throughout the book, she sounds a rallying cry for personal responsibility and shows readers how they, as individuals, can triumph over Obama’s radical agenda and reclaim the liberty that is their birthright. Laura Ingraham Tue, 13 Jul 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83112 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obama Diaries Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative talk-radio maven and bestselling author Laura Ingraham writes a satirical send-up of the first year of the Obama administration through humorous diary entries paired with incisive analysis of the President’s failings. In addition, she spells out how, as individuals, we can push forward the conservative agenda. The Obama Diaries is a satirical takedown of the Obama Administration and its calamitous plans to “remake America.” With her signature wit and biting analysis, Ingraham builds the case against Team Obama using their own words and actions. Throughout the book, she sounds a rallying cry for personal responsibility and shows readers how they, as individuals, can triumph over Obama’s radical agenda and reclaim the liberty that is their birthright. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Obama Diaries Author: Laura Ingraham Narrator: Laura Ingraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative talk-radio maven and bestselling author Laura Ingraham writes a satirical send-up of the first year of the Obama administration through humorous diary entries paired with incisive analysis of the President’s failings. In addition, she spells out how, as individuals, we can push forward the conservative agenda. The Obama Diaries is a satirical takedown of the Obama Administration and its calamitous plans to “remake America.” With her signature wit and biting analysis, Ingraham builds the case against Team Obama using their own words and actions. Throughout the book, she sounds a rallying cry for personal responsibility and shows readers how they, as individuals, can triumph over Obama’s radical agenda and reclaim the liberty that is their birthright. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Country for All: An Immigrant Manifesto Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, fixing the United States’ broken immigration system has been one of the most urgent challenges facing our country, and time and time again, politicians have passed the buck. With anti-immigrant sentiment rising around the country, and presidential elections on the horizon, it’s no surprise immigration reform is on every candidate’s agenda. While some candidates offer viable solutions, others perpetuate negative stereotypes and unpractical resolve. Ramos fearlessly questions political tactics, and has undoubtedly become the voice of the Latino vote in the US. It is now more important than ever to remember the role immigrants play in enriching our economy and culture, and to find a way to incorporate the millions of productive, law-abiding workers who have been drawn to the United States by the inexorable pull of freedom and economic opportunity.  In this timely book, award-winning journalist Jorge Ramos makes the case for a practical and politically achievable solution to this poignant issue. Ramos argues that we have a simple choice: to take a pragmatic approach that deals with the reality of immigration, or to continue a cruel and capricious system that doesn’t work, wastes billions of dollars, and which stands in direct opposition to our national principles. Jorge Ramos Tue, 29 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83052 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Country for All: An Immigrant Manifesto Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, fixing the United States’ broken immigration system has been one of the most urgent challenges facing our country, and time and time again, politicians have passed the buck. With anti-immigrant sentiment rising around the country, and presidential elections on the horizon, it’s no surprise immigration reform is on every candidate’s agenda. While some candidates offer viable solutions, others perpetuate negative stereotypes and unpractical resolve. Ramos fearlessly questions political tactics, and has undoubtedly become the voice of the Latino vote in the US. It is now more important than ever to remember the role immigrants play in enriching our economy and culture, and to find a way to incorporate the millions of productive, law-abiding workers who have been drawn to the United States by the inexorable pull of freedom and economic opportunity.  In this timely book, award-winning journalist Jorge Ramos makes the case for a practical and politically achievable solution to this poignant issue. Ramos argues that we have a simple choice: to take a pragmatic approach that deals with the reality of immigration, or to continue a cruel and capricious system that doesn’t work, wastes billions of dollars, and which stands in direct opposition to our national principles. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Country for All: An Immigrant Manifesto Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Ozzie Rodriguez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For decades, fixing the United States’ broken immigration system has been one of the most urgent challenges facing our country, and time and time again, politicians have passed the buck. With anti-immigrant sentiment rising around the country, and presidential elections on the horizon, it’s no surprise immigration reform is on every candidate’s agenda. While some candidates offer viable solutions, others perpetuate negative stereotypes and unpractical resolve. Ramos fearlessly questions political tactics, and has undoubtedly become the voice of the Latino vote in the US. It is now more important than ever to remember the role immigrants play in enriching our economy and culture, and to find a way to incorporate the millions of productive, law-abiding workers who have been drawn to the United States by the inexorable pull of freedom and economic opportunity.  In this timely book, award-winning journalist Jorge Ramos makes the case for a practical and politically achievable solution to this poignant issue. Ramos argues that we have a simple choice: to take a pragmatic approach that deals with the reality of immigration, or to continue a cruel and capricious system that doesn’t work, wastes billions of dollars, and which stands in direct opposition to our national principles. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manchurian President: Barack Obama's Ties to Communists, Socialists and Other Anti-American Extremists Author: Aaron Klein Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eloquent, winsome, and charismatic, Barack Obama has emerged from almost total obscurity to quickly become the most powerful man in the world. But most Americans know almost nothing about their forty-fourth president. Until now. Tens of millions of Americans sense there is something very wrong with the president of the United States, but they don't know exactly what. The Manchurian President answers that question. In writing this exhaustively researched book—which is thoroughly documented with over eight hundred endnotes—Aaron Klein, with Brenda J. Elliott, definitively exposes just how dangerous Barack Obama really is as America's president and commander in chief. Among the book's chilling findings: –Obama's mysterious college years unearthed –Shocking new details of Obama's relationship with Bill Ayers and other Weathermen terrorists –Obama's ties to Islam and black liberation theology –Startling facts about Obama's eligibility to serve as president –Obama's membership in a socialist party probed –How Obama's 'hope' and 'change' slogans stem from communist activism –Radical socialists involved in drafting stimulus bill, ObamaCare –Communists, socialists, and other radicals on team Obama, including an expos├® on Obama's top guns in the White House –Never-before-revealed depth of Obama's relationship with ACORN Aaron Klein Mon, 05 Jul 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83031 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manchurian President: Barack Obama's Ties to Communists, Socialists and Other Anti-American Extremists Author: Aaron Klein Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eloquent, winsome, and charismatic, Barack Obama has emerged from almost total obscurity to quickly become the most powerful man in the world. But most Americans know almost nothing about their forty-fourth president. Until now. Tens of millions of Americans sense there is something very wrong with the president of the United States, but they don't know exactly what. The Manchurian President answers that question. In writing this exhaustively researched book—which is thoroughly documented with over eight hundred endnotes—Aaron Klein, with Brenda J. Elliott, definitively exposes just how dangerous Barack Obama really is as America's president and commander in chief. Among the book's chilling findings: –Obama's mysterious college years unearthed –Shocking new details of Obama's relationship with Bill Ayers and other Weathermen terrorists –Obama's ties to Islam and black liberation theology –Startling facts about Obama's eligibility to serve as president –Obama's membership in a socialist party probed –How Obama's 'hope' and 'change' slogans stem from communist activism –Radical socialists involved in drafting stimulus bill, ObamaCare –Communists, socialists, and other radicals on team Obama, including an expos├® on Obama's top guns in the White House –Never-before-revealed depth of Obama's relationship with ACORN Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manchurian President: Barack Obama's Ties to Communists, Socialists and Other Anti-American Extremists Author: Aaron Klein Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eloquent, winsome, and charismatic, Barack Obama has emerged from almost total obscurity to quickly become the most powerful man in the world. But most Americans know almost nothing about their forty-fourth president. Until now. Tens of millions of Americans sense there is something very wrong with the president of the United States, but they don't know exactly what. The Manchurian President answers that question. In writing this exhaustively researched book—which is thoroughly documented with over eight hundred endnotes—Aaron Klein, with Brenda J. Elliott, definitively exposes just how dangerous Barack Obama really is as America's president and commander in chief. Among the book's chilling findings: –Obama's mysterious college years unearthed –Shocking new details of Obama's relationship with Bill Ayers and other Weathermen terrorists –Obama's ties to Islam and black liberation theology –Startling facts about Obama's eligibility to serve as president –Obama's membership in a socialist party probed –How Obama's 'hope' and 'change' slogans stem from communist activism –Radical socialists involved in drafting stimulus bill, ObamaCare –Communists, socialists, and other radicals on team Obama, including an expos├® on Obama's top guns in the White House –Never-before-revealed depth of Obama's relationship with ACORN https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Star over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left Author: Ronald Radosh, Allis Radosh Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Until now, Hollywood’s political history has been dominated by a steady stream of films and memoirs decrying the nightmare of the Red Scare and how it victimized political innocents. But Ronald and Allis Radosh tell for the first time the “backstory” behind this myth. They show how the Soviet Comintern targeted the film capital in the late 1920s, taking us inside the cells and discussion groups that Communist Party members formed, the guilds and unions they tried to take over, and the studios they aimed to influence. The authors demonstrate that many of the screenwriters who later became part of the Hollywood Ten in fact succeeded in using film as a propaganda medium on behalf of the Soviet cause. While others were lionizing them as blameless victims of American nativism and paranoia, the Hollywood Reds themselves were beset by doubts and disagreements about their disloyalty to America, and their own treatment by the Communist Party. Abandoned by their old CP allies, they faced the blacklist alone. Getting behind the denial and apologetics, Ronald and Allis Radosh tell the real story of one of the most discussed but least understood episodes in our political history, whose long half-life continues to influence the equally turbulent cultural politics of today. Ronald Radosh, Allis Radosh Thu, 17 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83028 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Star over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left Author: Ronald Radosh, Allis Radosh Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Until now, Hollywood’s political history has been dominated by a steady stream of films and memoirs decrying the nightmare of the Red Scare and how it victimized political innocents. But Ronald and Allis Radosh tell for the first time the “backstory” behind this myth. They show how the Soviet Comintern targeted the film capital in the late 1920s, taking us inside the cells and discussion groups that Communist Party members formed, the guilds and unions they tried to take over, and the studios they aimed to influence. The authors demonstrate that many of the screenwriters who later became part of the Hollywood Ten in fact succeeded in using film as a propaganda medium on behalf of the Soviet cause. While others were lionizing them as blameless victims of American nativism and paranoia, the Hollywood Reds themselves were beset by doubts and disagreements about their disloyalty to America, and their own treatment by the Communist Party. Abandoned by their old CP allies, they faced the blacklist alone. Getting behind the denial and apologetics, Ronald and Allis Radosh tell the real story of one of the most discussed but least understood episodes in our political history, whose long half-life continues to influence the equally turbulent cultural politics of today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Star over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left Author: Ronald Radosh, Allis Radosh Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Until now, Hollywood’s political history has been dominated by a steady stream of films and memoirs decrying the nightmare of the Red Scare and how it victimized political innocents. But Ronald and Allis Radosh tell for the first time the “backstory” behind this myth. They show how the Soviet Comintern targeted the film capital in the late 1920s, taking us inside the cells and discussion groups that Communist Party members formed, the guilds and unions they tried to take over, and the studios they aimed to influence. The authors demonstrate that many of the screenwriters who later became part of the Hollywood Ten in fact succeeded in using film as a propaganda medium on behalf of the Soviet cause. While others were lionizing them as blameless victims of American nativism and paranoia, the Hollywood Reds themselves were beset by doubts and disagreements about their disloyalty to America, and their own treatment by the Communist Party. Abandoned by their old CP allies, they faced the blacklist alone. Getting behind the denial and apologetics, Ronald and Allis Radosh tell the real story of one of the most discussed but least understood episodes in our political history, whose long half-life continues to influence the equally turbulent cultural politics of today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Manifesto: A Vision for an American Rebirth Author: Joseph Farah Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: July 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Tea Party movement is the most dynamic and powerful grassroots political movement witnessed by modern-day America. It arose spontaneously—and in the nick of time—to save this country from an advancing, fatal drift away from self-government, liberty, and the promise of greater prosperity for future generations. But what does the Tea Party movement really stand for? And where does it go from here? Joseph Farah was a Tea Partier before there was even a Tea Party movement. In his new book, The Tea Party Manifesto, Farah fleshes out the origins and evolution of the movement that daily intensifies in speed and spirit. Defining the terms of the debate, the true meaning of independence, the danger in waiting for political messiahs, and the sincere need for a spiritual core, Farah provides the road map for this country’s citizens to extricate themselves from the overreaching grip of government and reclaim the beliefs of the Founding Fathers. Joseph Farah Sun, 04 Jul 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82991 thebookvoice.com 1:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Manifesto: A Vision for an American Rebirth Author: Joseph Farah Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: July 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Tea Party movement is the most dynamic and powerful grassroots political movement witnessed by modern-day America. It arose spontaneously—and in the nick of time—to save this country from an advancing, fatal drift away from self-government, liberty, and the promise of greater prosperity for future generations. But what does the Tea Party movement really stand for? And where does it go from here? Joseph Farah was a Tea Partier before there was even a Tea Party movement. In his new book, The Tea Party Manifesto, Farah fleshes out the origins and evolution of the movement that daily intensifies in speed and spirit. Defining the terms of the debate, the true meaning of independence, the danger in waiting for political messiahs, and the sincere need for a spiritual core, Farah provides the road map for this country’s citizens to extricate themselves from the overreaching grip of government and reclaim the beliefs of the Founding Fathers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tea Party Manifesto: A Vision for an American Rebirth Author: Joseph Farah Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: July 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Tea Party movement is the most dynamic and powerful grassroots political movement witnessed by modern-day America. It arose spontaneously—and in the nick of time—to save this country from an advancing, fatal drift away from self-government, liberty, and the promise of greater prosperity for future generations. But what does the Tea Party movement really stand for? And where does it go from here? Joseph Farah was a Tea Partier before there was even a Tea Party movement. In his new book, The Tea Party Manifesto, Farah fleshes out the origins and evolution of the movement that daily intensifies in speed and spirit. Defining the terms of the debate, the true meaning of independence, the danger in waiting for political messiahs, and the sincere need for a spiritual core, Farah provides the road map for this country’s citizens to extricate themselves from the overreaching grip of government and reclaim the beliefs of the Founding Fathers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can America Survive?: 10 Prophetic Signs That We Are The Terminal Generation Author: John Hagee Narrator: John Hagee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This paperback version of Pastor John Hagee's newest book has ripped-from-the-headlines updates. New material has been added regarding the death of the dollar, a nuclear Iran, and the rejection of Israel. Further, this New York Times best-selling author says the United States is heading into a “Perfect Storm.” Titanic. John F. Kennedy’s assassination. 9/11. John Hagee maintains that these American tragedies all have one element in common: they were unthinkable. And in the opening pages of his newest book, Can America Survive? Hagee uses these tragedies to prove two points: that the unthinkable can happen and, given the right conditions, the unthinkable can quickly become the inevitable.  In Can America Survive? Hagee asserts that the seeds for tragedy are once again being sown, evidenced by the disturbing economic, geopolitical, and religious trends that now threaten to dismantle the very nation itself. “Think it can’t happen?” Hagee asks in a theme repeated throughout the book. “Think again.” Indeed, Hagee presents alarming examples of recent events, current research, scientific evidence, and biblical prophecy that are gathering to create a “perfect storm” that could bring down the “unsinkable” United States of America including: - The U.S.’s negligent handling of Israel, and history’s evidence of the danger to any nation that challenges Israel’s God-mandated right to exist - The dangerous belittling of Iran’s nuclear threat by careless spy agencies—and the super-weapon that could stop the U.S. in its tracks instantly - The chilling biblical prophecy that confirms Iran as one of six countries that will form an Islamic military force “as a cloud to cover the land” - The real $2.5 trillion price tag of healthcare reform, the international currency shifts, and the national economic trends that are poised to bring about the death of the American dollar - The criminalization of Christianity around the world; Can America Survive? is not just a warning. It is a wake-up call and a rallying cry to Christian citizens everywhere to prevent the next unthinkable American disaster. After all, as Hagee points out, “those who do not remember the mistakes of the past are doomed to repeat them in the future.” Think it can’t happen? Think again. John Hagee Tue, 29 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82864 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can America Survive?: 10 Prophetic Signs That We Are The Terminal Generation Author: John Hagee Narrator: John Hagee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This paperback version of Pastor John Hagee's newest book has ripped-from-the-headlines updates. New material has been added regarding the death of the dollar, a nuclear Iran, and the rejection of Israel. Further, this New York Times best-selling author says the United States is heading into a “Perfect Storm.” Titanic. John F. Kennedy’s assassination. 9/11. John Hagee maintains that these American tragedies all have one element in common: they were unthinkable. And in the opening pages of his newest book, Can America Survive? Hagee uses these tragedies to prove two points: that the unthinkable can happen and, given the right conditions, the unthinkable can quickly become the inevitable.  In Can America Survive? Hagee asserts that the seeds for tragedy are once again being sown, evidenced by the disturbing economic, geopolitical, and religious trends that now threaten to dismantle the very nation itself. “Think it can’t happen?” Hagee asks in a theme repeated throughout the book. “Think again.” Indeed, Hagee presents alarming examples of recent events, current research, scientific evidence, and biblical prophecy that are gathering to create a “perfect storm” that could bring down the “unsinkable” United States of America including: - The U.S.’s negligent handling of Israel, and history’s evidence of the danger to any nation that challenges Israel’s God-mandated right to exist - The dangerous belittling of Iran’s nuclear threat by careless spy agencies—and the super-weapon that could stop the U.S. in its tracks instantly - The chilling biblical prophecy that confirms Iran as one of six countries that will form an Islamic military force “as a cloud to cover the land” - The real $2.5 trillion price tag of healthcare reform, the international currency shifts, and the national economic trends that are poised to bring about the death of the American dollar - The criminalization of Christianity around the world; Can America Survive? is not just a warning. It is a wake-up call and a rallying cry to Christian citizens everywhere to prevent the next unthinkable American disaster. After all, as Hagee points out, “those who do not remember the mistakes of the past are doomed to repeat them in the future.” Think it can’t happen? Think again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can America Survive?: 10 Prophetic Signs That We Are The Terminal Generation Author: John Hagee Narrator: John Hagee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This paperback version of Pastor John Hagee's newest book has ripped-from-the-headlines updates. New material has been added regarding the death of the dollar, a nuclear Iran, and the rejection of Israel. Further, this New York Times best-selling author says the United States is heading into a “Perfect Storm.” Titanic. John F. Kennedy’s assassination. 9/11. John Hagee maintains that these American tragedies all have one element in common: they were unthinkable. And in the opening pages of his newest book, Can America Survive? Hagee uses these tragedies to prove two points: that the unthinkable can happen and, given the right conditions, the unthinkable can quickly become the inevitable.  In Can America Survive? Hagee asserts that the seeds for tragedy are once again being sown, evidenced by the disturbing economic, geopolitical, and religious trends that now threaten to dismantle the very nation itself. “Think it can’t happen?” Hagee asks in a theme repeated throughout the book. “Think again.” Indeed, Hagee presents alarming examples of recent events, current research, scientific evidence, and biblical prophecy that are gathering to create a “perfect storm” that could bring down the “unsinkable” United States of America including: - The U.S.’s negligent handling of Israel, and history’s evidence of the danger to any nation that challenges Israel’s God-mandated right to exist - The dangerous belittling of Iran’s nuclear threat by careless spy agencies—and the super-weapon that could stop the U.S. in its tracks instantly - The chilling biblical prophecy that confirms Iran as one of six countries that will form an Islamic military force “as a cloud to cover the land” - The real $2.5 trillion price tag of healthcare reform, the international currency shifts, and the national economic trends that are poised to bring about the death of the American dollar - The criminalization of Christianity around the world; Can America Survive? is not just a warning. It is a wake-up call and a rallying cry to Christian citizens everywhere to prevent the next unthinkable American disaster. After all, as Hagee points out, “those who do not remember the mistakes of the past are doomed to repeat them in the future.” Think it can’t happen? Think again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82562 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a “CliffsNotes guide” to some of the most important literary works of our time, Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist and Anti-Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must read for conservatives, republicans, and booklovers everywhere. Benjamin Wiker Mon, 14 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82562 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a “CliffsNotes guide” to some of the most important literary works of our time, Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist and Anti-Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must read for conservatives, republicans, and booklovers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/82562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a “CliffsNotes guide” to some of the most important literary works of our time, Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist and Anti-Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must read for conservatives, republicans, and booklovers everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder in the High Himalaya: Loyalty, Tragedy, and Escape from Tibet Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An intrepid journalist's investigation of cold-blooded murder in Chinese-occupied Tibet leads him deep within a lawless world in the land of the snows. In August 2006, two young Tibetan women left their hillside village in Biru County to make their way to Dharamsala, India. Frustrated by their inability to practice the tenets of Buddhism or Tibetan culture under oppressive Chinese rule, best friends Dolma and Kelsang were determined to secure their right to freedom—and sought comfort in the fact that they might seek counsel with their exiled spiritual leader, his Holiness the Dalai Lhama. Through a secretive underground network of Tibetan guides, the two friends, along with four dozen other refugees, embarked on a perilous journey that would lead them to Nepal along a dangerous former trade route: the Nangpa La Path, through Cho Oyu Mountain. On September 30, 2006, after weeks of harrowing travel, as they were nearing the border of Nepal, the band of refugees was fired at by the Chinese Army Guards. Kelsang, sick, frost-bitten, and delirious in the high altitude, was struck by a bullet from behind. Her death was not unusual in its circumstance; Chinese police are instructed to take any measures necessary to protect the border of Tibet. What was unusual on this freezing September morning was that a gaggle of Western climbers, stationed on Cho Oyu's advance base camp, had silently witnessed the event. One of them was Louis Benitez—a fearless Colorado mountain guide who led Himalayan trips for wealthy western thrill seekers. Another was Sergui Matei, a Romanian hiker, who captured Kelsang's murder on video. Both men had a choice: to preserve their climbing careers and turn a blind eye, or to alert the world to the grand scale of human injustice played out daily in Tibet. InMurder in the High Himalayas, adventure reporter Jonathan Green investigates the clash of cultures at the rooftop of the world. As he gains entrance to a fascinating network of Tibetan guides and safe-houses operating in the name of freedom, investigates the tradition of extreme mountaineering in Chinese-occupied Tibet, and establishes contact with surviving refugees (including Dolma), he offers a rare, affecting portrait of modern Tibet and raises enduring questions about morality and the lengths to which we go to achieve freedom. Jonathan Green Tue, 01 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62083 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder in the High Himalaya: Loyalty, Tragedy, and Escape from Tibet Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An intrepid journalist's investigation of cold-blooded murder in Chinese-occupied Tibet leads him deep within a lawless world in the land of the snows. In August 2006, two young Tibetan women left their hillside village in Biru County to make their way to Dharamsala, India. Frustrated by their inability to practice the tenets of Buddhism or Tibetan culture under oppressive Chinese rule, best friends Dolma and Kelsang were determined to secure their right to freedom—and sought comfort in the fact that they might seek counsel with their exiled spiritual leader, his Holiness the Dalai Lhama. Through a secretive underground network of Tibetan guides, the two friends, along with four dozen other refugees, embarked on a perilous journey that would lead them to Nepal along a dangerous former trade route: the Nangpa La Path, through Cho Oyu Mountain. On September 30, 2006, after weeks of harrowing travel, as they were nearing the border of Nepal, the band of refugees was fired at by the Chinese Army Guards. Kelsang, sick, frost-bitten, and delirious in the high altitude, was struck by a bullet from behind. Her death was not unusual in its circumstance; Chinese police are instructed to take any measures necessary to protect the border of Tibet. What was unusual on this freezing September morning was that a gaggle of Western climbers, stationed on Cho Oyu's advance base camp, had silently witnessed the event. One of them was Louis Benitez—a fearless Colorado mountain guide who led Himalayan trips for wealthy western thrill seekers. Another was Sergui Matei, a Romanian hiker, who captured Kelsang's murder on video. Both men had a choice: to preserve their climbing careers and turn a blind eye, or to alert the world to the grand scale of human injustice played out daily in Tibet. InMurder in the High Himalayas, adventure reporter Jonathan Green investigates the clash of cultures at the rooftop of the world. As he gains entrance to a fascinating network of Tibetan guides and safe-houses operating in the name of freedom, investigates the tradition of extreme mountaineering in Chinese-occupied Tibet, and establishes contact with surviving refugees (including Dolma), he offers a rare, affecting portrait of modern Tibet and raises enduring questions about morality and the lengths to which we go to achieve freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/62083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder in the High Himalaya: Loyalty, Tragedy, and Escape from Tibet Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An intrepid journalist's investigation of cold-blooded murder in Chinese-occupied Tibet leads him deep within a lawless world in the land of the snows. In August 2006, two young Tibetan women left their hillside village in Biru County to make their way to Dharamsala, India. Frustrated by their inability to practice the tenets of Buddhism or Tibetan culture under oppressive Chinese rule, best friends Dolma and Kelsang were determined to secure their right to freedom—and sought comfort in the fact that they might seek counsel with their exiled spiritual leader, his Holiness the Dalai Lhama. Through a secretive underground network of Tibetan guides, the two friends, along with four dozen other refugees, embarked on a perilous journey that would lead them to Nepal along a dangerous former trade route: the Nangpa La Path, through Cho Oyu Mountain. On September 30, 2006, after weeks of harrowing travel, as they were nearing the border of Nepal, the band of refugees was fired at by the Chinese Army Guards. Kelsang, sick, frost-bitten, and delirious in the high altitude, was struck by a bullet from behind. Her death was not unusual in its circumstance; Chinese police are instructed to take any measures necessary to protect the border of Tibet. What was unusual on this freezing September morning was that a gaggle of Western climbers, stationed on Cho Oyu's advance base camp, had silently witnessed the event. One of them was Louis Benitez—a fearless Colorado mountain guide who led Himalayan trips for wealthy western thrill seekers. Another was Sergui Matei, a Romanian hiker, who captured Kelsang's murder on video. Both men had a choice: to preserve their climbing careers and turn a blind eye, or to alert the world to the grand scale of human injustice played out daily in Tibet. InMurder in the High Himalayas, adventure reporter Jonathan Green investigates the clash of cultures at the rooftop of the world. As he gains entrance to a fascinating network of Tibetan guides and safe-houses operating in the name of freedom, investigates the tradition of extreme mountaineering in Chinese-occupied Tibet, and establishes contact with surviving refugees (including Dolma), he offers a rare, affecting portrait of modern Tibet and raises enduring questions about morality and the lengths to which we go to achieve freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man in This Village is a Liar: An Education in War Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Dana Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shattering account of war and disillusionment from a young woman reporter on the front lines of the war on terror. A few weeks after the planes crashed into the World Trade Center on 9/11, journalist Megan K. Stack, a  twenty-five-year-old national correspondent for the Los Angeles Times, was thrust into Afghanistan and Pakistan, dodging gunmen and prodding warlords for information. From there, she traveled to war-ravaged Iraq and Lebanon and other countries scarred by violence, including Israel, Egypt, Libya, and Yemen, witnessing the changes that swept the Muslim world and laboring to tell its stories. Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is Megan K. Stack’s riveting account of what she saw in the combat zones and beyond. She relates her initial wild excitement and her slow disillusionment as the cost of violence outweighs the elusive promise of freedom and democracy. She reports from under bombardment in Lebanon; records the raw pain of suicide bombings in Israel and Iraq; and, one by one, marks the deaths and disappearances of those she interviews. Beautiful, savage, and unsettling, Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is a memoir about the wars of the  twenty-first century that readers will long remember. Megan K. Stack Tue, 15 Jun 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61966 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man in This Village is a Liar: An Education in War Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Dana Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shattering account of war and disillusionment from a young woman reporter on the front lines of the war on terror. A few weeks after the planes crashed into the World Trade Center on 9/11, journalist Megan K. Stack, a  twenty-five-year-old national correspondent for the Los Angeles Times, was thrust into Afghanistan and Pakistan, dodging gunmen and prodding warlords for information. From there, she traveled to war-ravaged Iraq and Lebanon and other countries scarred by violence, including Israel, Egypt, Libya, and Yemen, witnessing the changes that swept the Muslim world and laboring to tell its stories. Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is Megan K. Stack’s riveting account of what she saw in the combat zones and beyond. She relates her initial wild excitement and her slow disillusionment as the cost of violence outweighs the elusive promise of freedom and democracy. She reports from under bombardment in Lebanon; records the raw pain of suicide bombings in Israel and Iraq; and, one by one, marks the deaths and disappearances of those she interviews. Beautiful, savage, and unsettling, Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is a memoir about the wars of the  twenty-first century that readers will long remember. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Man in This Village is a Liar: An Education in War Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Dana Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shattering account of war and disillusionment from a young woman reporter on the front lines of the war on terror. A few weeks after the planes crashed into the World Trade Center on 9/11, journalist Megan K. Stack, a  twenty-five-year-old national correspondent for the Los Angeles Times, was thrust into Afghanistan and Pakistan, dodging gunmen and prodding warlords for information. From there, she traveled to war-ravaged Iraq and Lebanon and other countries scarred by violence, including Israel, Egypt, Libya, and Yemen, witnessing the changes that swept the Muslim world and laboring to tell its stories. Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is Megan K. Stack’s riveting account of what she saw in the combat zones and beyond. She relates her initial wild excitement and her slow disillusionment as the cost of violence outweighs the elusive promise of freedom and democracy. She reports from under bombardment in Lebanon; records the raw pain of suicide bombings in Israel and Iraq; and, one by one, marks the deaths and disappearances of those she interviews. Beautiful, savage, and unsettling, Every Man in This Village Is a Liar is a memoir about the wars of the  twenty-first century that readers will long remember. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Save America: Stopping Obama’s Secular-Socialist Machine Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Callista Gingrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his blockbuster book To Save America, former Speaker of the House and bestselling author Newt Gingrich issues a dire warning for America. Gingrich argues that the big-spending, big-government programs and bureaucracies of the secular socialist Left are the greatest threat to our nation’s survival since the Civil War. By spending more than we can afford, sacrificing conservative values for the sake of easy answers, and electing the most liberal president ever, America is at risk for its very survival. The Obama administration is conspiring to transform our America of free enterprise, faith, and personal freedom into their America of endless bureaucracy, secularism, and state control—despite overwhelming opposition from the American people. “Our federal government is broken,” Gingrich states, “we must ‘replace, not reform’ our leaders and our policies.” In To Save America, Gingrich offers concrete strategies for dismantling the machine and replacing it with policies and institutions that work. Gingrich shows how Republicans can make a comeback and win the 2012 presidential election, and reveals how readers can help restore our nation to its fundamental values. But we must act fast, Gingrich warns, or our children will inherit a secular, socialist America transformed beyond recognition. Fresh, inspiring, and resolute, To Save America is Gingrich’s most powerful book yet. Newt Gingrich Tue, 18 May 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61962 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Save America: Stopping Obama’s Secular-Socialist Machine Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Callista Gingrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his blockbuster book To Save America, former Speaker of the House and bestselling author Newt Gingrich issues a dire warning for America. Gingrich argues that the big-spending, big-government programs and bureaucracies of the secular socialist Left are the greatest threat to our nation’s survival since the Civil War. By spending more than we can afford, sacrificing conservative values for the sake of easy answers, and electing the most liberal president ever, America is at risk for its very survival. The Obama administration is conspiring to transform our America of free enterprise, faith, and personal freedom into their America of endless bureaucracy, secularism, and state control—despite overwhelming opposition from the American people. “Our federal government is broken,” Gingrich states, “we must ‘replace, not reform’ our leaders and our policies.” In To Save America, Gingrich offers concrete strategies for dismantling the machine and replacing it with policies and institutions that work. Gingrich shows how Republicans can make a comeback and win the 2012 presidential election, and reveals how readers can help restore our nation to its fundamental values. But we must act fast, Gingrich warns, or our children will inherit a secular, socialist America transformed beyond recognition. Fresh, inspiring, and resolute, To Save America is Gingrich’s most powerful book yet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Save America: Stopping Obama’s Secular-Socialist Machine Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Callista Gingrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his blockbuster book To Save America, former Speaker of the House and bestselling author Newt Gingrich issues a dire warning for America. Gingrich argues that the big-spending, big-government programs and bureaucracies of the secular socialist Left are the greatest threat to our nation’s survival since the Civil War. By spending more than we can afford, sacrificing conservative values for the sake of easy answers, and electing the most liberal president ever, America is at risk for its very survival. The Obama administration is conspiring to transform our America of free enterprise, faith, and personal freedom into their America of endless bureaucracy, secularism, and state control—despite overwhelming opposition from the American people. “Our federal government is broken,” Gingrich states, “we must ‘replace, not reform’ our leaders and our policies.” In To Save America, Gingrich offers concrete strategies for dismantling the machine and replacing it with policies and institutions that work. Gingrich shows how Republicans can make a comeback and win the 2012 presidential election, and reveals how readers can help restore our nation to its fundamental values. But we must act fast, Gingrich warns, or our children will inherit a secular, socialist America transformed beyond recognition. Fresh, inspiring, and resolute, To Save America is Gingrich’s most powerful book yet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: The Rise and Fall of Prohibition Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, authoritative, and fascinating history of America’s most puzzling era, the years 1920 to 1933, when the US Constitution was amended to restrict one of America’s favorite pastimes: drinking alcoholic beverages. From its start, America has been awash in drink. The sailing vessel that brought John Winthrop to the shores of the New World in 1630 carried more beer than water. By the 1820s, liquor flowed so plentifully it was cheaper than tea. That Americans would ever agree to relinquish their booze was as improbable as it was astonishing. Yet we did, and Last Call is Daniel Okrent’s dazzling explanation of why we did it, what life under Prohibition was like, and how such an unprecedented degree of government interference in the private lives of Americans changed the country forever. Writing with both wit and historical acuity, Okrent reveals how Prohibition marked a confluence of diverse forces: the growing political power of the women’s suffrage movement, which allied itself with the antiliquor campaign; the fear of small-town, native-stock Protestants that they were losing control of their country to the immigrants of the large cities; the anti-German sentiment stoked by World War I; and a variety of other unlikely factors, ranging from the rise of the automobile to the advent of the income tax. Through it all, Americans kept drinking, going to remarkably creative lengths to smuggle, sell, conceal, and convivially (and sometimes fatally) imbibe their favorite intoxicants. Last Call is peopled with vivid characters of an astonishing variety: Susan B. Anthony and Billy Sunday, William Jennings Bryan and bootlegger Sam Bronfman, Pierre S. du Pont and H. L. Mencken, Meyer Lansky and the incredible—if long-forgotten—federal official Mabel Walker Willebrandt, who throughout the twenties was the most powerful woman in the country. (Perhaps most surprising of all is Okrent’s account of Joseph P. Kennedy’s legendary, and long-misunderstood, role in the liquor business.) It’s a book rich with stories from nearly all parts of the country. Okrent’s narrative runs through smoky Manhattan speakeasies, where relations between the sexes were changed forever; California vineyards busily producing “sacramental” wine; New England fishing communities that gave up fishing for the more lucrative rum-running business; and in Washington, the halls of Congress itself, where politicians who had voted for Prohibition drank openly and without apology. Last Call is capacious, meticulous, and thrillingly told. It stands as the most complete history of Prohibition ever written and confirms Daniel Okrent’s rank as a major American writer. Daniel Okrent Tue, 13 Sep 2011 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101242 thebookvoice.com 17:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: The Rise and Fall of Prohibition Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, authoritative, and fascinating history of America’s most puzzling era, the years 1920 to 1933, when the US Constitution was amended to restrict one of America’s favorite pastimes: drinking alcoholic beverages. From its start, America has been awash in drink. The sailing vessel that brought John Winthrop to the shores of the New World in 1630 carried more beer than water. By the 1820s, liquor flowed so plentifully it was cheaper than tea. That Americans would ever agree to relinquish their booze was as improbable as it was astonishing. Yet we did, and Last Call is Daniel Okrent’s dazzling explanation of why we did it, what life under Prohibition was like, and how such an unprecedented degree of government interference in the private lives of Americans changed the country forever. Writing with both wit and historical acuity, Okrent reveals how Prohibition marked a confluence of diverse forces: the growing political power of the women’s suffrage movement, which allied itself with the antiliquor campaign; the fear of small-town, native-stock Protestants that they were losing control of their country to the immigrants of the large cities; the anti-German sentiment stoked by World War I; and a variety of other unlikely factors, ranging from the rise of the automobile to the advent of the income tax. Through it all, Americans kept drinking, going to remarkably creative lengths to smuggle, sell, conceal, and convivially (and sometimes fatally) imbibe their favorite intoxicants. Last Call is peopled with vivid characters of an astonishing variety: Susan B. Anthony and Billy Sunday, William Jennings Bryan and bootlegger Sam Bronfman, Pierre S. du Pont and H. L. Mencken, Meyer Lansky and the incredible—if long-forgotten—federal official Mabel Walker Willebrandt, who throughout the twenties was the most powerful woman in the country. (Perhaps most surprising of all is Okrent’s account of Joseph P. Kennedy’s legendary, and long-misunderstood, role in the liquor business.) It’s a book rich with stories from nearly all parts of the country. Okrent’s narrative runs through smoky Manhattan speakeasies, where relations between the sexes were changed forever; California vineyards busily producing “sacramental” wine; New England fishing communities that gave up fishing for the more lucrative rum-running business; and in Washington, the halls of Congress itself, where politicians who had voted for Prohibition drank openly and without apology. Last Call is capacious, meticulous, and thrillingly told. It stands as the most complete history of Prohibition ever written and confirms Daniel Okrent’s rank as a major American writer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/101242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: The Rise and Fall of Prohibition Author: Daniel Okrent Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 13, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, authoritative, and fascinating history of America’s most puzzling era, the years 1920 to 1933, when the US Constitution was amended to restrict one of America’s favorite pastimes: drinking alcoholic beverages. From its start, America has been awash in drink. The sailing vessel that brought John Winthrop to the shores of the New World in 1630 carried more beer than water. By the 1820s, liquor flowed so plentifully it was cheaper than tea. That Americans would ever agree to relinquish their booze was as improbable as it was astonishing. Yet we did, and Last Call is Daniel Okrent’s dazzling explanation of why we did it, what life under Prohibition was like, and how such an unprecedented degree of government interference in the private lives of Americans changed the country forever. Writing with both wit and historical acuity, Okrent reveals how Prohibition marked a confluence of diverse forces: the growing political power of the women’s suffrage movement, which allied itself with the antiliquor campaign; the fear of small-town, native-stock Protestants that they were losing control of their country to the immigrants of the large cities; the anti-German sentiment stoked by World War I; and a variety of other unlikely factors, ranging from the rise of the automobile to the advent of the income tax. Through it all, Americans kept drinking, going to remarkably creative lengths to smuggle, sell, conceal, and convivially (and sometimes fatally) imbibe their favorite intoxicants. Last Call is peopled with vivid characters of an astonishing variety: Susan B. Anthony and Billy Sunday, William Jennings Bryan and bootlegger Sam Bronfman, Pierre S. du Pont and H. L. Mencken, Meyer Lansky and the incredible—if long-forgotten—federal official Mabel Walker Willebrandt, who throughout the twenties was the most powerful woman in the country. (Perhaps most surprising of all is Okrent’s account of Joseph P. Kennedy’s legendary, and long-misunderstood, role in the liquor business.) It’s a book rich with stories from nearly all parts of the country. Okrent’s narrative runs through smoky Manhattan speakeasies, where relations between the sexes were changed forever; California vineyards busily producing “sacramental” wine; New England fishing communities that gave up fishing for the more lucrative rum-running business; and in Washington, the halls of Congress itself, where politicians who had voted for Prohibition drank openly and without apology. Last Call is capacious, meticulous, and thrillingly told. It stands as the most complete history of Prohibition ever written and confirms Daniel Okrent’s rank as a major American writer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61893 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark: The Inside Story of America’s New Health Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Staff of the Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for seventy-five years: an overhaul of America’s health-care system. In this indispensable book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the book’s first section, the Washington Post’s reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factions—including disillusioned Democrats—to reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The book’s second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer the most pressing questions about the health-care legislation’s immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new bill affect individuals—small-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twenty-somethings on their parents’ policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. The Staff of the Washington Post Fri, 30 Apr 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61893 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark: The Inside Story of America’s New Health Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Staff of the Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for seventy-five years: an overhaul of America’s health-care system. In this indispensable book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the book’s first section, the Washington Post’s reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factions—including disillusioned Democrats—to reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The book’s second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer the most pressing questions about the health-care legislation’s immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new bill affect individuals—small-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twenty-somethings on their parents’ policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landmark: The Inside Story of America’s New Health Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Staff of the Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for seventy-five years: an overhaul of America’s health-care system. In this indispensable book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the book’s first section, the Washington Post’s reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factions—including disillusioned Democrats—to reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The book’s second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer the most pressing questions about the health-care legislation’s immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new bill affect individuals—small-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twenty-somethings on their parents’ policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: How Obama's Green Policies Will Steal Your Freedom and Bankrupt America Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No matter how President Obama spins his proposed government policies, they all amount to the same thing: a power grab. In his new book, Power Grab, bestselling author Christopher Horner shows how President Obama wants to take critical decisions about our energy and environment out of your hands and hand them over to politicians, extreme environmental groups, international organizations such as the United Nations, and even foreign governments. From depressing America’s economy through onerous regulations to stripping you of your freedom through invasive “green” measures, Horner shows how Obama and the liberals in Congress don’t just want to run the government, they want to run your life—and make you, your children, and grandchildren pay for it. Christopher C. Horner Mon, 19 Apr 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61777 thebookvoice.com 10:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: How Obama's Green Policies Will Steal Your Freedom and Bankrupt America Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No matter how President Obama spins his proposed government policies, they all amount to the same thing: a power grab. In his new book, Power Grab, bestselling author Christopher Horner shows how President Obama wants to take critical decisions about our energy and environment out of your hands and hand them over to politicians, extreme environmental groups, international organizations such as the United Nations, and even foreign governments. From depressing America’s economy through onerous regulations to stripping you of your freedom through invasive “green” measures, Horner shows how Obama and the liberals in Congress don’t just want to run the government, they want to run your life—and make you, your children, and grandchildren pay for it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Grab: How Obama's Green Policies Will Steal Your Freedom and Bankrupt America Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 19, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No matter how President Obama spins his proposed government policies, they all amount to the same thing: a power grab. In his new book, Power Grab, bestselling author Christopher Horner shows how President Obama wants to take critical decisions about our energy and environment out of your hands and hand them over to politicians, extreme environmental groups, international organizations such as the United Nations, and even foreign governments. From depressing America’s economy through onerous regulations to stripping you of your freedom through invasive “green” measures, Horner shows how Obama and the liberals in Congress don’t just want to run the government, they want to run your life—and make you, your children, and grandchildren pay for it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2010: Take Back America: A Battle Plan Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 13, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The battle is coming. Casting your vote in the November 2010 election may be the most important thing you do all year. These elections will be the critical turning point for America's future. They're our chance to take back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann outline a strategy for victory—explaining the pitfalls and walking us through a path to winning control of Congress. The stakes: We face permanently high unemployment, socialized medicine, rampant inflation, perpetual debt slavery, and a European-style government-run economy. The targets: Thirteen Senate seats and fifty-four House races will determine control of Congress. The strategy: Make Obama the issue. Attack his policies at their weakest points. Nationalize the campaign. Stay on the offensive. Your campaign: Politics is no longer a spectator sport. 2010: Take Back America is the training manual you need to win. In 2010, you are the campaign. America is the battleground. And we must prevail. Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Tue, 13 Apr 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61739 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2010: Take Back America: A Battle Plan Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 13, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The battle is coming. Casting your vote in the November 2010 election may be the most important thing you do all year. These elections will be the critical turning point for America's future. They're our chance to take back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann outline a strategy for victory—explaining the pitfalls and walking us through a path to winning control of Congress. The stakes: We face permanently high unemployment, socialized medicine, rampant inflation, perpetual debt slavery, and a European-style government-run economy. The targets: Thirteen Senate seats and fifty-four House races will determine control of Congress. The strategy: Make Obama the issue. Attack his policies at their weakest points. Nationalize the campaign. Stay on the offensive. Your campaign: Politics is no longer a spectator sport. 2010: Take Back America is the training manual you need to win. In 2010, you are the campaign. America is the battleground. And we must prevail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2010: Take Back America: A Battle Plan Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 13, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The battle is coming. Casting your vote in the November 2010 election may be the most important thing you do all year. These elections will be the critical turning point for America's future. They're our chance to take back America. Dick Morris and Eileen McGann outline a strategy for victory—explaining the pitfalls and walking us through a path to winning control of Congress. The stakes: We face permanently high unemployment, socialized medicine, rampant inflation, perpetual debt slavery, and a European-style government-run economy. The targets: Thirteen Senate seats and fifty-four House races will determine control of Congress. The strategy: Make Obama the issue. Attack his policies at their weakest points. Nationalize the campaign. Stay on the offensive. Your campaign: Politics is no longer a spectator sport. 2010: Take Back America is the training manual you need to win. In 2010, you are the campaign. America is the battleground. And we must prevail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61626 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Nation Rising: Untold Tales of Flawed Founders, Fallen Heroes, and Forgotten Fighters from America's Hidden History Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the dramatic period from 1800 through 1850, the United States emerged from its inauspicious beginning as a tiny newborn nation, to a near-empire that spanned the continent. It was a time in which the “dream of our founders” spread in ways that few men of that Revolutionary Generation could possibly have imagined. And it was an era that led to the great, tragic conflagration that followed—the American Civil War. The narratives that form A Nation Rising each exemplify the “hidden history” of America, exploring a vastly more complex path to nationhood than the national myth of a destiny made manifest by visionary political leaders and fearless pioneers. Davis explores:   • Aaron Burr’s 1807 trial, showcasing the political intrigue of the early Republic • an 1813 Indian uprising and an ensuing massacre • a mutiny aboard the slave ship Creole • the “Dade Massacre” and the start of the second Seminole War • the bloody “Bible Riots” in Philadelphia • the story of Jessie Benton Frémont and Lt. John C. Frémont             The audiobook is not only riveting storytelling in its own right, but a stirring reminder of the ways in which our history continues to shape our present. Kenneth C. Davis Tue, 11 May 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61626 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Nation Rising: Untold Tales of Flawed Founders, Fallen Heroes, and Forgotten Fighters from America's Hidden History Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the dramatic period from 1800 through 1850, the United States emerged from its inauspicious beginning as a tiny newborn nation, to a near-empire that spanned the continent. It was a time in which the “dream of our founders” spread in ways that few men of that Revolutionary Generation could possibly have imagined. And it was an era that led to the great, tragic conflagration that followed—the American Civil War. The narratives that form A Nation Rising each exemplify the “hidden history” of America, exploring a vastly more complex path to nationhood than the national myth of a destiny made manifest by visionary political leaders and fearless pioneers. Davis explores:   • Aaron Burr’s 1807 trial, showcasing the political intrigue of the early Republic • an 1813 Indian uprising and an ensuing massacre • a mutiny aboard the slave ship Creole • the “Dade Massacre” and the start of the second Seminole War • the bloody “Bible Riots” in Philadelphia • the story of Jessie Benton Frémont and Lt. John C. Frémont             The audiobook is not only riveting storytelling in its own right, but a stirring reminder of the ways in which our history continues to shape our present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Nation Rising: Untold Tales of Flawed Founders, Fallen Heroes, and Forgotten Fighters from America's Hidden History Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the dramatic period from 1800 through 1850, the United States emerged from its inauspicious beginning as a tiny newborn nation, to a near-empire that spanned the continent. It was a time in which the “dream of our founders” spread in ways that few men of that Revolutionary Generation could possibly have imagined. And it was an era that led to the great, tragic conflagration that followed—the American Civil War. The narratives that form A Nation Rising each exemplify the “hidden history” of America, exploring a vastly more complex path to nationhood than the national myth of a destiny made manifest by visionary political leaders and fearless pioneers. Davis explores:   • Aaron Burr’s 1807 trial, showcasing the political intrigue of the early Republic • an 1813 Indian uprising and an ensuing massacre • a mutiny aboard the slave ship Creole • the “Dade Massacre” and the start of the second Seminole War • the bloody “Bible Riots” in Philadelphia • the story of Jessie Benton Frémont and Lt. John C. Frémont             The audiobook is not only riveting storytelling in its own right, but a stirring reminder of the ways in which our history continues to shape our present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61621 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Evil: The Nazi War Criminals Who Escaped and the Quest to Bring Them to Justice Author: Guy Walters Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Already acclaimed in England as 'first-rate' (The Sunday Times); “a model of meticulous, courageous and path-breaking scholarship'(Literary Review); and 'absorbing and thoroughly gripping… deserves a lasting place among histories of the war.” (The Sunday Telegraph), Hunting Evil is the first complete and definitive account of how the Nazis escaped and were pursued and captured  -- or managed to live long lives as fugitives.   At the end of the Second World War, an estimated 30,000 Nazi war criminals fled from justice, including some of the highest ranking members of the Nazi Party.  Many of them have names that resonate deeply in twentieth-century history -- Eichmann, Mengele, Martin Bormann, and Klaus Barbie -- not just for the monstrosity of their crimes, but also because of the shadowy nature of their post-war existence, holed up in the depths of Latin America, always one step ahead of their pursuers.  Aided and abetted by prominent people throughout Europe, they hid in foreboding castles high in the Austrian alps, and were taken in by shady Argentine secret agents. The attempts to bring them to justice are no less dramatic, featuring vengeful Holocaust survivors, inept politicians, and daring plots to kidnap or assassinate the fugitives.   In this exhaustively researched and compellingly written work of World War II history and investigative reporting, journalist and novelist Guy Walters gives a comprehensive account of one of the most shocking and important aspects of the war: how the most notorious Nazi war criminals escaped justice, how they were pursued, captured or able to remain free until their natural deaths and how the Nazis were assisted while they were on the run by 'helpers' ranging from a Vatican bishop to a British camel doctor, and even members of Western intelligence services.  Based on all new interviews with Nazi hunters and former Nazis and intelligence agents, travels along the actual escape routes, and archival research in Germany, Britain, the United States, Austria, and Italy, Hunting Evil  authoritatively debunks much of what has previously been understood about Nazis and Nazi hunters in the post war era, including myths about the alleged “Spider” and “Odessa” escape networks and the surprising truth about the world's most legendary Nazi hunter Simon Wiesenthal.    From its haunting chronicle of the monstrous mass murders the Nazis perpetrated and the murky details of their postwar existence to the challenges of hunting them down, Hunting Evil is a monumental work of nonfiction written with the pacing and intrigue of a thriller. Guy Walters Tue, 04 May 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61621 thebookvoice.com 18:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Evil: The Nazi War Criminals Who Escaped and the Quest to Bring Them to Justice Author: Guy Walters Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Already acclaimed in England as 'first-rate' (The Sunday Times); “a model of meticulous, courageous and path-breaking scholarship'(Literary Review); and 'absorbing and thoroughly gripping… deserves a lasting place among histories of the war.” (The Sunday Telegraph), Hunting Evil is the first complete and definitive account of how the Nazis escaped and were pursued and captured  -- or managed to live long lives as fugitives.   At the end of the Second World War, an estimated 30,000 Nazi war criminals fled from justice, including some of the highest ranking members of the Nazi Party.  Many of them have names that resonate deeply in twentieth-century history -- Eichmann, Mengele, Martin Bormann, and Klaus Barbie -- not just for the monstrosity of their crimes, but also because of the shadowy nature of their post-war existence, holed up in the depths of Latin America, always one step ahead of their pursuers.  Aided and abetted by prominent people throughout Europe, they hid in foreboding castles high in the Austrian alps, and were taken in by shady Argentine secret agents. The attempts to bring them to justice are no less dramatic, featuring vengeful Holocaust survivors, inept politicians, and daring plots to kidnap or assassinate the fugitives.   In this exhaustively researched and compellingly written work of World War II history and investigative reporting, journalist and novelist Guy Walters gives a comprehensive account of one of the most shocking and important aspects of the war: how the most notorious Nazi war criminals escaped justice, how they were pursued, captured or able to remain free until their natural deaths and how the Nazis were assisted while they were on the run by 'helpers' ranging from a Vatican bishop to a British camel doctor, and even members of Western intelligence services.  Based on all new interviews with Nazi hunters and former Nazis and intelligence agents, travels along the actual escape routes, and archival research in Germany, Britain, the United States, Austria, and Italy, Hunting Evil  authoritatively debunks much of what has previously been understood about Nazis and Nazi hunters in the post war era, including myths about the alleged “Spider” and “Odessa” escape networks and the surprising truth about the world's most legendary Nazi hunter Simon Wiesenthal.    From its haunting chronicle of the monstrous mass murders the Nazis perpetrated and the murky details of their postwar existence to the challenges of hunting them down, Hunting Evil is a monumental work of nonfiction written with the pacing and intrigue of a thriller. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Evil: The Nazi War Criminals Who Escaped and the Quest to Bring Them to Justice Author: Guy Walters Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Already acclaimed in England as 'first-rate' (The Sunday Times); “a model of meticulous, courageous and path-breaking scholarship'(Literary Review); and 'absorbing and thoroughly gripping… deserves a lasting place among histories of the war.” (The Sunday Telegraph), Hunting Evil is the first complete and definitive account of how the Nazis escaped and were pursued and captured  -- or managed to live long lives as fugitives.   At the end of the Second World War, an estimated 30,000 Nazi war criminals fled from justice, including some of the highest ranking members of the Nazi Party.  Many of them have names that resonate deeply in twentieth-century history -- Eichmann, Mengele, Martin Bormann, and Klaus Barbie -- not just for the monstrosity of their crimes, but also because of the shadowy nature of their post-war existence, holed up in the depths of Latin America, always one step ahead of their pursuers.  Aided and abetted by prominent people throughout Europe, they hid in foreboding castles high in the Austrian alps, and were taken in by shady Argentine secret agents. The attempts to bring them to justice are no less dramatic, featuring vengeful Holocaust survivors, inept politicians, and daring plots to kidnap or assassinate the fugitives.   In this exhaustively researched and compellingly written work of World War II history and investigative reporting, journalist and novelist Guy Walters gives a comprehensive account of one of the most shocking and important aspects of the war: how the most notorious Nazi war criminals escaped justice, how they were pursued, captured or able to remain free until their natural deaths and how the Nazis were assisted while they were on the run by 'helpers' ranging from a Vatican bishop to a British camel doctor, and even members of Western intelligence services.  Based on all new interviews with Nazi hunters and former Nazis and intelligence agents, travels along the actual escape routes, and archival research in Germany, Britain, the United States, Austria, and Italy, Hunting Evil  authoritatively debunks much of what has previously been understood about Nazis and Nazi hunters in the post war era, including myths about the alleged “Spider” and “Odessa” escape networks and the surprising truth about the world's most legendary Nazi hunter Simon Wiesenthal.    From its haunting chronicle of the monstrous mass murders the Nazis perpetrated and the murky details of their postwar existence to the challenges of hunting them down, Hunting Evil is a monumental work of nonfiction written with the pacing and intrigue of a thriller. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courting Disaster: How the CIA Kept America Safe and How Barack Obama Is Inviting the Next Attack Author: Marc A. Thiessen Narrator: Bronson Pinchot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marc Thiessen knows more than almost anyone outside the CIA about what went on at CIA “black sites” and at the detention center at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. As chief speechwriter for President Bush, he was given unprecedented access to some of the most sensitive intelligence our government possessed on al-Qaeda terrorists. He has since spent countless hours interviewing the men and women involved in the interrogations at every level—from Vice President Dick Cheney to the interrogators themselves. What he reveals is a shocking, thoroughly documented account of just how close we came to suffering more 9/11-like attacks, and how so-called “enhanced interrogation techniques,” including waterboarding, were directly responsible for unearthing the actionable intelligence that foiled them. He also shows the extraordinary measures the Bush administration took to stay well within the bounds of what was not only legally, but morally right. America’s dedicated intelligence professionals went head-to-head with the world’s most dangerous terrorists and won—but now Barack Obama wants to put them at risk of prosecution for defending our country. Worse, by dismantling this successful CIA program and exposing its secrets to our enemies, he is inviting disaster for America. Marc A. Thiessen Thu, 11 Mar 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61417 thebookvoice.com 12:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courting Disaster: How the CIA Kept America Safe and How Barack Obama Is Inviting the Next Attack Author: Marc A. Thiessen Narrator: Bronson Pinchot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marc Thiessen knows more than almost anyone outside the CIA about what went on at CIA “black sites” and at the detention center at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. As chief speechwriter for President Bush, he was given unprecedented access to some of the most sensitive intelligence our government possessed on al-Qaeda terrorists. He has since spent countless hours interviewing the men and women involved in the interrogations at every level—from Vice President Dick Cheney to the interrogators themselves. What he reveals is a shocking, thoroughly documented account of just how close we came to suffering more 9/11-like attacks, and how so-called “enhanced interrogation techniques,” including waterboarding, were directly responsible for unearthing the actionable intelligence that foiled them. He also shows the extraordinary measures the Bush administration took to stay well within the bounds of what was not only legally, but morally right. America’s dedicated intelligence professionals went head-to-head with the world’s most dangerous terrorists and won—but now Barack Obama wants to put them at risk of prosecution for defending our country. Worse, by dismantling this successful CIA program and exposing its secrets to our enemies, he is inviting disaster for America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/61417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courting Disaster: How the CIA Kept America Safe and How Barack Obama Is Inviting the Next Attack Author: Marc A. Thiessen Narrator: Bronson Pinchot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marc Thiessen knows more than almost anyone outside the CIA about what went on at CIA “black sites” and at the detention center at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. As chief speechwriter for President Bush, he was given unprecedented access to some of the most sensitive intelligence our government possessed on al-Qaeda terrorists. He has since spent countless hours interviewing the men and women involved in the interrogations at every level—from Vice President Dick Cheney to the interrogators themselves. What he reveals is a shocking, thoroughly documented account of just how close we came to suffering more 9/11-like attacks, and how so-called “enhanced interrogation techniques,” including waterboarding, were directly responsible for unearthing the actionable intelligence that foiled them. He also shows the extraordinary measures the Bush administration took to stay well within the bounds of what was not only legally, but morally right. America’s dedicated intelligence professionals went head-to-head with the world’s most dangerous terrorists and won—but now Barack Obama wants to put them at risk of prosecution for defending our country. Worse, by dismantling this successful CIA program and exposing its secrets to our enemies, he is inviting disaster for America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiots Unplugged Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONLY ON AUDIO! Glenn Beck Takes On His Idiot Friend—Live, on the Radio We’ve all been in those mind-numbing, stomach-churning, sleep-inducing conversations with people whose brains seem to be smaller than their mouths. They’re always endlessly long, painfully agonizing and hopelessly futile. Glenn Beck, host of a nationally syndicated radio program and a television show on Fox News and the #1 bestselling author of Arguing with Idiots, Common Sense, and The Christmas Sweater, finds himself in those debates all the time—and now you can hear how he wins them every time. As millions of listeners have heard, Glenn’s arguments with his Idiot Friend live on the air have provided some of the funniest and most insightful moments on The Glenn Beck Program. Now, in the bestselling tradition of America’s March to Socialism, Glenn collects his most memorable on-air dimwit debates in IDIOTS UNPLUGGED, an original audio program unavailable in any other format.  Glenn’s use of facts and reason to silence his Idiot Friend (played to know-nothing perfection by series regular Pat Gray) has become a popular highlight of his broadcasts. Offering the best of these exchanges, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED features Glenn’s winning arguments on everything from taxes to global warming to education to why Lindsey Graham is a big problem for the Republican party. After listening, you’ll never again worry about cocktail parties in Manhattan, date-nights in San Francisco, or sending your daughter off to Berkeley for college.  A collection of radio segments that are both timely and classic, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED is a reminder of why no other broadcaster makes the truth as convincing and entertaining as Glenn Beck. Glenn Beck Tue, 02 Feb 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60968 thebookvoice.com 1:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiots Unplugged Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONLY ON AUDIO! Glenn Beck Takes On His Idiot Friend—Live, on the Radio We’ve all been in those mind-numbing, stomach-churning, sleep-inducing conversations with people whose brains seem to be smaller than their mouths. They’re always endlessly long, painfully agonizing and hopelessly futile. Glenn Beck, host of a nationally syndicated radio program and a television show on Fox News and the #1 bestselling author of Arguing with Idiots, Common Sense, and The Christmas Sweater, finds himself in those debates all the time—and now you can hear how he wins them every time. As millions of listeners have heard, Glenn’s arguments with his Idiot Friend live on the air have provided some of the funniest and most insightful moments on The Glenn Beck Program. Now, in the bestselling tradition of America’s March to Socialism, Glenn collects his most memorable on-air dimwit debates in IDIOTS UNPLUGGED, an original audio program unavailable in any other format.  Glenn’s use of facts and reason to silence his Idiot Friend (played to know-nothing perfection by series regular Pat Gray) has become a popular highlight of his broadcasts. Offering the best of these exchanges, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED features Glenn’s winning arguments on everything from taxes to global warming to education to why Lindsey Graham is a big problem for the Republican party. After listening, you’ll never again worry about cocktail parties in Manhattan, date-nights in San Francisco, or sending your daughter off to Berkeley for college.  A collection of radio segments that are both timely and classic, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED is a reminder of why no other broadcaster makes the truth as convincing and entertaining as Glenn Beck. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiots Unplugged Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONLY ON AUDIO! Glenn Beck Takes On His Idiot Friend—Live, on the Radio We’ve all been in those mind-numbing, stomach-churning, sleep-inducing conversations with people whose brains seem to be smaller than their mouths. They’re always endlessly long, painfully agonizing and hopelessly futile. Glenn Beck, host of a nationally syndicated radio program and a television show on Fox News and the #1 bestselling author of Arguing with Idiots, Common Sense, and The Christmas Sweater, finds himself in those debates all the time—and now you can hear how he wins them every time. As millions of listeners have heard, Glenn’s arguments with his Idiot Friend live on the air have provided some of the funniest and most insightful moments on The Glenn Beck Program. Now, in the bestselling tradition of America’s March to Socialism, Glenn collects his most memorable on-air dimwit debates in IDIOTS UNPLUGGED, an original audio program unavailable in any other format.  Glenn’s use of facts and reason to silence his Idiot Friend (played to know-nothing perfection by series regular Pat Gray) has become a popular highlight of his broadcasts. Offering the best of these exchanges, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED features Glenn’s winning arguments on everything from taxes to global warming to education to why Lindsey Graham is a big problem for the Republican party. After listening, you’ll never again worry about cocktail parties in Manhattan, date-nights in San Francisco, or sending your daughter off to Berkeley for college.  A collection of radio segments that are both timely and classic, IDIOTS UNPLUGGED is a reminder of why no other broadcaster makes the truth as convincing and entertaining as Glenn Beck. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60350 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Root and Branch: Charles Hamilton Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and the Struggle to End Segregation Author: Rawn James Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The riveting story of the two crusading lawyers who led the legal battle to end segregation, one case and one courtroom at a time.   The Supreme Court’s decision in Brown v. Board of Education is widely considered a seminal point in the battle to end segregation, but it was in fact the culmination of a decades-long legal campaign. Root and Branch is the epic story of the two fiercely dedicated lawyers who led the fight from county courthouses to the marble halls of the Supreme Court, and, in the process, laid the legal foundations of the civil rights movement.   Charles Hamilton Houston was the pioneer: After becoming the first African-American on the Harvard Law Review, he transformed the law school at all-black Howard University into a West Point for civil rights advocacy.   One of Houston’s students at Howard was a brash young man named Thurgood Marshall. Soon after Marshall’s graduation, Houston and Marshall opened the NAACP’s legal office. The abstemious, proper Houston and the folksy, easygoing Marshall made an unlikely duo, but together they faced down angry Southern mobs, negotiated with presidents and senators, and convinced even racist judges and juries that the Constitution demanded equal justice under law for all American citizens.   Houston, tragically, would die before his strategy came to fruition in the Brown suit, but Marshall would argue the case victoriously and go on to become the first African-American Supreme Court justice—always crediting his mentor for teaching him everything he knew. Together, the two advocates changed the course of American history. Rawn James Tue, 19 Jan 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60350 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Root and Branch: Charles Hamilton Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and the Struggle to End Segregation Author: Rawn James Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The riveting story of the two crusading lawyers who led the legal battle to end segregation, one case and one courtroom at a time.   The Supreme Court’s decision in Brown v. Board of Education is widely considered a seminal point in the battle to end segregation, but it was in fact the culmination of a decades-long legal campaign. Root and Branch is the epic story of the two fiercely dedicated lawyers who led the fight from county courthouses to the marble halls of the Supreme Court, and, in the process, laid the legal foundations of the civil rights movement.   Charles Hamilton Houston was the pioneer: After becoming the first African-American on the Harvard Law Review, he transformed the law school at all-black Howard University into a West Point for civil rights advocacy.   One of Houston’s students at Howard was a brash young man named Thurgood Marshall. Soon after Marshall’s graduation, Houston and Marshall opened the NAACP’s legal office. The abstemious, proper Houston and the folksy, easygoing Marshall made an unlikely duo, but together they faced down angry Southern mobs, negotiated with presidents and senators, and convinced even racist judges and juries that the Constitution demanded equal justice under law for all American citizens.   Houston, tragically, would die before his strategy came to fruition in the Brown suit, but Marshall would argue the case victoriously and go on to become the first African-American Supreme Court justice—always crediting his mentor for teaching him everything he knew. Together, the two advocates changed the course of American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Root and Branch: Charles Hamilton Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and the Struggle to End Segregation Author: Rawn James Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 19, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The riveting story of the two crusading lawyers who led the legal battle to end segregation, one case and one courtroom at a time.   The Supreme Court’s decision in Brown v. Board of Education is widely considered a seminal point in the battle to end segregation, but it was in fact the culmination of a decades-long legal campaign. Root and Branch is the epic story of the two fiercely dedicated lawyers who led the fight from county courthouses to the marble halls of the Supreme Court, and, in the process, laid the legal foundations of the civil rights movement.   Charles Hamilton Houston was the pioneer: After becoming the first African-American on the Harvard Law Review, he transformed the law school at all-black Howard University into a West Point for civil rights advocacy.   One of Houston’s students at Howard was a brash young man named Thurgood Marshall. Soon after Marshall’s graduation, Houston and Marshall opened the NAACP’s legal office. The abstemious, proper Houston and the folksy, easygoing Marshall made an unlikely duo, but together they faced down angry Southern mobs, negotiated with presidents and senators, and convinced even racist judges and juries that the Constitution demanded equal justice under law for all American citizens.   Houston, tragically, would die before his strategy came to fruition in the Brown suit, but Marshall would argue the case victoriously and go on to become the first African-American Supreme Court justice—always crediting his mentor for teaching him everything he knew. Together, the two advocates changed the course of American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback America: Turning the Country Around and Restoring Fiscal Responsibility Author: David M. Walker Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He's one of America's most capable, canny, candid, and independent financial experts. Now David M. Walker sounds a call to action. Comeback America is a tough-minded, innovative, inspiring guide to help us avoid the approaching economic abyss and put the country back on track again. As comptroller general of the United States and head of the Government Accountability Office (GAO)—'the nation's top auditor'—Walker warned Congress and the administration as the federal surplus became a giant deficit under George W. Bush. As president and CEO of the Peter G. Peterson Foundation, he now works full-time to raise public awareness regarding mounting debt burdens being imposed on future generations. Comeback America is his crucial manifesto, a way for President Obama to end out-of-control government spending and reform our tax, retirement, health care, defense, and other systems—before it's too late. Walker believes that by 2030, absent significant reforms to current government programs and policies, federal taxes could double from current levels, meaning less money and poorer education for kids—which will hurt families along with our nation's economic strength and position in the world. If our foreign creditors—such as China—decide to buy fewer of our Treasury bonds, interest rates will rise and cars and homes will become less affordable. But it doesn't have to be that way. Comeback America shows how we can return to our founding principles of fiscal responsibility and stewardship for future generations. The book includes bold ideas to control spending, save Social Security, dramatically alter Medicare, and simplify the tax code—all taking into account the Obama Administration's current efforts, which receive never-before-published assessments both complimentary and critical.     Nonpartisan, nonideological, and filled with a love of the country its esteemed author has spent his life serving, Comeback America is a book for anyone interested in America's economic future—in other words, a book everyone should read. David M. Walker Tue, 12 Jan 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60349 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback America: Turning the Country Around and Restoring Fiscal Responsibility Author: David M. Walker Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He's one of America's most capable, canny, candid, and independent financial experts. Now David M. Walker sounds a call to action. Comeback America is a tough-minded, innovative, inspiring guide to help us avoid the approaching economic abyss and put the country back on track again. As comptroller general of the United States and head of the Government Accountability Office (GAO)—'the nation's top auditor'—Walker warned Congress and the administration as the federal surplus became a giant deficit under George W. Bush. As president and CEO of the Peter G. Peterson Foundation, he now works full-time to raise public awareness regarding mounting debt burdens being imposed on future generations. Comeback America is his crucial manifesto, a way for President Obama to end out-of-control government spending and reform our tax, retirement, health care, defense, and other systems—before it's too late. Walker believes that by 2030, absent significant reforms to current government programs and policies, federal taxes could double from current levels, meaning less money and poorer education for kids—which will hurt families along with our nation's economic strength and position in the world. If our foreign creditors—such as China—decide to buy fewer of our Treasury bonds, interest rates will rise and cars and homes will become less affordable. But it doesn't have to be that way. Comeback America shows how we can return to our founding principles of fiscal responsibility and stewardship for future generations. The book includes bold ideas to control spending, save Social Security, dramatically alter Medicare, and simplify the tax code—all taking into account the Obama Administration's current efforts, which receive never-before-published assessments both complimentary and critical.     Nonpartisan, nonideological, and filled with a love of the country its esteemed author has spent his life serving, Comeback America is a book for anyone interested in America's economic future—in other words, a book everyone should read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Comeback America: Turning the Country Around and Restoring Fiscal Responsibility Author: David M. Walker Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: He's one of America's most capable, canny, candid, and independent financial experts. Now David M. Walker sounds a call to action. Comeback America is a tough-minded, innovative, inspiring guide to help us avoid the approaching economic abyss and put the country back on track again. As comptroller general of the United States and head of the Government Accountability Office (GAO)—'the nation's top auditor'—Walker warned Congress and the administration as the federal surplus became a giant deficit under George W. Bush. As president and CEO of the Peter G. Peterson Foundation, he now works full-time to raise public awareness regarding mounting debt burdens being imposed on future generations. Comeback America is his crucial manifesto, a way for President Obama to end out-of-control government spending and reform our tax, retirement, health care, defense, and other systems—before it's too late. Walker believes that by 2030, absent significant reforms to current government programs and policies, federal taxes could double from current levels, meaning less money and poorer education for kids—which will hurt families along with our nation's economic strength and position in the world. If our foreign creditors—such as China—decide to buy fewer of our Treasury bonds, interest rates will rise and cars and homes will become less affordable. But it doesn't have to be that way. Comeback America shows how we can return to our founding principles of fiscal responsibility and stewardship for future generations. The book includes bold ideas to control spending, save Social Security, dramatically alter Medicare, and simplify the tax code—all taking into account the Obama Administration's current efforts, which receive never-before-published assessments both complimentary and critical.     Nonpartisan, nonideological, and filled with a love of the country its esteemed author has spent his life serving, Comeback America is a book for anyone interested in America's economic future—in other words, a book everyone should read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin Luther King: The Essential Box Set: The Landmark Speeches and Sermons of Martin Luther King, Jr. Author: Kris Shepard, Peter C. Holloran, Clayborne Carson Narrator: Clayborne Carson, Jay Gregory, Martin Luther King Jr., Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, twenty-four original recordings of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., from his iconic 'I Have A Dream' speech to his stirring sermon 'A Knock At Midnight,' are collected together in this treasured box set. His landmark speeches that echoed around the world and the more intimate sermons from the churches where he carried out his ministry are just as moving and meaningful today as they were when the great orator first expressed them.Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.'s speeches stirred a nation to change -- and his calls to peaceful action and refusal to turn to despair or violence in the face of injustice continue to inspire the world today. Each of the twelve sermons and speeches collected here is accompanied by an introduction by other renowned theologians and champions of civil rights, including Archbishop Desmond Tutu, His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Rosa Parks, Reverend Billy Graham, Bishop TD Jakes, Aretha Franklin, Senator Edward M. Kennedy, and Representative John Lewis, who share their priceless firsthand testimony on the events that inspired the delivery of King's message.This definitive box set includes all the landmark speeches of the great orator and American leader Martin Luther King, Jr., from his inspirational 'I Have a Dream' to his firey 'Give Us the Ballot.' Comprised of recordings previously included in A Call to Conscience and A Knock at Midnight, The Essential Box Set is a must-have for any home, library, or school collection. Kris Shepard, Peter C. Holloran, Clayborne Carson Tue, 22 Dec 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60323 thebookvoice.com 15:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin Luther King: The Essential Box Set: The Landmark Speeches and Sermons of Martin Luther King, Jr. Author: Kris Shepard, Peter C. Holloran, Clayborne Carson Narrator: Clayborne Carson, Jay Gregory, Martin Luther King Jr., Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, twenty-four original recordings of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., from his iconic 'I Have A Dream' speech to his stirring sermon 'A Knock At Midnight,' are collected together in this treasured box set. His landmark speeches that echoed around the world and the more intimate sermons from the churches where he carried out his ministry are just as moving and meaningful today as they were when the great orator first expressed them.Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.'s speeches stirred a nation to change -- and his calls to peaceful action and refusal to turn to despair or violence in the face of injustice continue to inspire the world today. Each of the twelve sermons and speeches collected here is accompanied by an introduction by other renowned theologians and champions of civil rights, including Archbishop Desmond Tutu, His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Rosa Parks, Reverend Billy Graham, Bishop TD Jakes, Aretha Franklin, Senator Edward M. Kennedy, and Representative John Lewis, who share their priceless firsthand testimony on the events that inspired the delivery of King's message.This definitive box set includes all the landmark speeches of the great orator and American leader Martin Luther King, Jr., from his inspirational 'I Have a Dream' to his firey 'Give Us the Ballot.' Comprised of recordings previously included in A Call to Conscience and A Knock at Midnight, The Essential Box Set is a must-have for any home, library, or school collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin Luther King: The Essential Box Set: The Landmark Speeches and Sermons of Martin Luther King, Jr. Author: Kris Shepard, Peter C. Holloran, Clayborne Carson Narrator: Clayborne Carson, Jay Gregory, Martin Luther King Jr., Keith David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, twenty-four original recordings of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., from his iconic 'I Have A Dream' speech to his stirring sermon 'A Knock At Midnight,' are collected together in this treasured box set. His landmark speeches that echoed around the world and the more intimate sermons from the churches where he carried out his ministry are just as moving and meaningful today as they were when the great orator first expressed them.Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.'s speeches stirred a nation to change -- and his calls to peaceful action and refusal to turn to despair or violence in the face of injustice continue to inspire the world today. Each of the twelve sermons and speeches collected here is accompanied by an introduction by other renowned theologians and champions of civil rights, including Archbishop Desmond Tutu, His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Rosa Parks, Reverend Billy Graham, Bishop TD Jakes, Aretha Franklin, Senator Edward M. Kennedy, and Representative John Lewis, who share their priceless firsthand testimony on the events that inspired the delivery of King's message.This definitive box set includes all the landmark speeches of the great orator and American leader Martin Luther King, Jr., from his inspirational 'I Have a Dream' to his firey 'Give Us the Ballot.' Comprised of recordings previously included in A Call to Conscience and A Knock at Midnight, The Essential Box Set is a must-have for any home, library, or school collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Active Liberty: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Justice Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 14, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A highly respected associate justice of the United States Supreme Court since 1994, Stephen Breyer delivers a lucid and persuasive declaration that 'active liberty'-the participation of American citizens in the process of government-should be a guiding principle of our nation. In this exceedingly polarized time, with the high court facing some of its most controversial issues, Active Liberty is a refreshing reminder of the purpose of government and role of the American citizenry. Justice Stephen Breyer Mon, 14 Jan 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60265 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Active Liberty: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Justice Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 14, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A highly respected associate justice of the United States Supreme Court since 1994, Stephen Breyer delivers a lucid and persuasive declaration that 'active liberty'-the participation of American citizens in the process of government-should be a guiding principle of our nation. In this exceedingly polarized time, with the high court facing some of its most controversial issues, Active Liberty is a refreshing reminder of the purpose of government and role of the American citizenry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Active Liberty: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Justice Stephen Breyer Narrator: Justice Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 14, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A highly respected associate justice of the United States Supreme Court since 1994, Stephen Breyer delivers a lucid and persuasive declaration that 'active liberty'-the participation of American citizens in the process of government-should be a guiding principle of our nation. In this exceedingly polarized time, with the high court facing some of its most controversial issues, Active Liberty is a refreshing reminder of the purpose of government and role of the American citizenry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intellectuals and Society Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This title offers a withering and clear-eyed critique about—but not for—intellectuals that explores their impact on public opinion, policy, and society at large. The thesis ofIntellectuals and Societystates that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers.It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals.Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by them. Intellectuals and Societynot only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated, but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged.One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proven not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society—and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views. Thomas Sowell Tue, 05 Jan 2010 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60254 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intellectuals and Society Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This title offers a withering and clear-eyed critique about—but not for—intellectuals that explores their impact on public opinion, policy, and society at large. The thesis ofIntellectuals and Societystates that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers.It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals.Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by them. Intellectuals and Societynot only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated, but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged.One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proven not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society—and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Intellectuals and Society Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 5, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This title offers a withering and clear-eyed critique about—but not for—intellectuals that explores their impact on public opinion, policy, and society at large. The thesis ofIntellectuals and Societystates that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers.It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals.Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by them. Intellectuals and Societynot only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated, but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged.One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proven not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society—and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60226 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Left Swiftboated America: The Liberal Media Conspiracy to Make You Think George Bush Was the Worst President in History Author: John Gibson Narrator: John Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In How the Left Swiftboated America, FOX commentator and bestselling author John Gibson offers the first comprehensive defense of the Bush presidency against its numerous detractors. In this provocative political work, Gibson explores who was right and who was wrong in taking us into the Iraq War and a host of other issues, arguing that it was the Left that actually lied while claiming to expose the truth. John Gibson Tue, 29 Dec 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60226 thebookvoice.com 11:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Left Swiftboated America: The Liberal Media Conspiracy to Make You Think George Bush Was the Worst President in History Author: John Gibson Narrator: John Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In How the Left Swiftboated America, FOX commentator and bestselling author John Gibson offers the first comprehensive defense of the Bush presidency against its numerous detractors. In this provocative political work, Gibson explores who was right and who was wrong in taking us into the Iraq War and a host of other issues, arguing that it was the Left that actually lied while claiming to expose the truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Left Swiftboated America: The Liberal Media Conspiracy to Make You Think George Bush Was the Worst President in History Author: John Gibson Narrator: John Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In How the Left Swiftboated America, FOX commentator and bestselling author John Gibson offers the first comprehensive defense of the Bush presidency against its numerous detractors. In this provocative political work, Gibson explores who was right and who was wrong in taking us into the Iraq War and a host of other issues, arguing that it was the Left that actually lied while claiming to expose the truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Have You Seen My Country Lately?: America's Wake-Up Call Author: Jerry Doyle Narrator: Jerry Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I’ve seen my country lately. Frankly, I don’t like what I see. Nevertheless, it’s not too late to restore the great and unique wonder that is the United States. We are the beacon of hope for the world, and we will remain so as long as we stand up for our principles.' In keeping with his no-holds-barred on-air style, conservative radio talk show host Jerry Doyle has the guts to ask the tough questions about the state of our nation today. In this informative, entertaining, and challenging narrative, he urges Americans to take back the things that make our country great, and delivers his hard-hitting and oftentimes humorous spin on: • ECONOMIC FASCISM—the rapid government domination that began with the egregious takedown of GM • BAILOUTS—the missteps, wrong moves, and rules of salary caps, bank buy-ins, and bonuses that changed from day to day • EDUCATION—how our 'everybody wins' obsession is destroying teaching and fostering an obnoxious self-entitlement trend • THE OBAMA PRESIDENCY—will American capitalism survive this administration? . . . and much more. If you like your politics straight up, with a commonsense chaser and a shot of dry wit, you’ll be galvanized and enlightened by Jerry Doyle—the man, his story, and his insights into America today. Jerry Doyle Tue, 29 Dec 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60168 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Have You Seen My Country Lately?: America's Wake-Up Call Author: Jerry Doyle Narrator: Jerry Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I’ve seen my country lately. Frankly, I don’t like what I see. Nevertheless, it’s not too late to restore the great and unique wonder that is the United States. We are the beacon of hope for the world, and we will remain so as long as we stand up for our principles.' In keeping with his no-holds-barred on-air style, conservative radio talk show host Jerry Doyle has the guts to ask the tough questions about the state of our nation today. In this informative, entertaining, and challenging narrative, he urges Americans to take back the things that make our country great, and delivers his hard-hitting and oftentimes humorous spin on: • ECONOMIC FASCISM—the rapid government domination that began with the egregious takedown of GM • BAILOUTS—the missteps, wrong moves, and rules of salary caps, bank buy-ins, and bonuses that changed from day to day • EDUCATION—how our 'everybody wins' obsession is destroying teaching and fostering an obnoxious self-entitlement trend • THE OBAMA PRESIDENCY—will American capitalism survive this administration? . . . and much more. If you like your politics straight up, with a commonsense chaser and a shot of dry wit, you’ll be galvanized and enlightened by Jerry Doyle—the man, his story, and his insights into America today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Have You Seen My Country Lately?: America's Wake-Up Call Author: Jerry Doyle Narrator: Jerry Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'I’ve seen my country lately. Frankly, I don’t like what I see. Nevertheless, it’s not too late to restore the great and unique wonder that is the United States. We are the beacon of hope for the world, and we will remain so as long as we stand up for our principles.' In keeping with his no-holds-barred on-air style, conservative radio talk show host Jerry Doyle has the guts to ask the tough questions about the state of our nation today. In this informative, entertaining, and challenging narrative, he urges Americans to take back the things that make our country great, and delivers his hard-hitting and oftentimes humorous spin on: • ECONOMIC FASCISM—the rapid government domination that began with the egregious takedown of GM • BAILOUTS—the missteps, wrong moves, and rules of salary caps, bank buy-ins, and bonuses that changed from day to day • EDUCATION—how our 'everybody wins' obsession is destroying teaching and fostering an obnoxious self-entitlement trend • THE OBAMA PRESIDENCY—will American capitalism survive this administration? . . . and much more. If you like your politics straight up, with a commonsense chaser and a shot of dry wit, you’ll be galvanized and enlightened by Jerry Doyle—the man, his story, and his insights into America today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60042 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obamanomics: How Barack Obama Is Bankrupting You and Enriching His Wall Street Friends, Corporate Lobbyists, and Union Bosses Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sweetheart deals for Wall Street, the nationalization of the automakers, global-warming regulations, and President Obama’s unprecedented spending spree are an all-out assault on regular Americans’ pocketbooks. In Obamanomics, Timothy P. Carney shows how the economic corruption of President Obama’s Washington is far beyond political business as usual. From a free-spending stimulus package that was a treasure trove for Obama-friendly corporate interests and lobbyists, to the revolving door between Wall Street and the Obama administration, to putting the unions in the driver’s seat of GM and Chrysler, Obamanomics tells it all. And the worst part is that the American taxpayers have to foot the bill—whether they like it and voted for it or not. Timothy P. Carney Mon, 30 Nov 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60042 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obamanomics: How Barack Obama Is Bankrupting You and Enriching His Wall Street Friends, Corporate Lobbyists, and Union Bosses Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sweetheart deals for Wall Street, the nationalization of the automakers, global-warming regulations, and President Obama’s unprecedented spending spree are an all-out assault on regular Americans’ pocketbooks. In Obamanomics, Timothy P. Carney shows how the economic corruption of President Obama’s Washington is far beyond political business as usual. From a free-spending stimulus package that was a treasure trove for Obama-friendly corporate interests and lobbyists, to the revolving door between Wall Street and the Obama administration, to putting the unions in the driver’s seat of GM and Chrysler, Obamanomics tells it all. And the worst part is that the American taxpayers have to foot the bill—whether they like it and voted for it or not. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/60042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obamanomics: How Barack Obama Is Bankrupting You and Enriching His Wall Street Friends, Corporate Lobbyists, and Union Bosses Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 30, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sweetheart deals for Wall Street, the nationalization of the automakers, global-warming regulations, and President Obama’s unprecedented spending spree are an all-out assault on regular Americans’ pocketbooks. In Obamanomics, Timothy P. Carney shows how the economic corruption of President Obama’s Washington is far beyond political business as usual. From a free-spending stimulus package that was a treasure trove for Obama-friendly corporate interests and lobbyists, to the revolving door between Wall Street and the Obama administration, to putting the unions in the driver’s seat of GM and Chrysler, Obamanomics tells it all. And the worst part is that the American taxpayers have to foot the bill—whether they like it and voted for it or not. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59789 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Gomorrah: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is a crackling, spicy, and investigative portrait of the freaky and theocratic fringe elements within the conservative movement who are now calling the shots in the post-Bush GOP—and a roadmap to understanding the politics of personal crisis and redemption that unites them. Republican Gomorrahis a bestiary of dysfunction, scandal, and sordidness from the dark heart of the forces that now have a leash on the party. It shows how those forces are the ones that establishment Republicans, like John McCain, have to bow to if they have any hope of running for president. It shows that Sarah Palin was the logical choice of a party in the control of theocrats. But more than just an expos├®,Republican Gomorrahshows that many of the movement's leading figures have more in common than just the power they command within conservative ranks. Their personal lives have been stained by crisis and scandal: depression, mental illness, extramarital affairs, struggles with homosexual urges, heavy medication, addiction to pornography, serial domestic abuse, and even murder. Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crisis has defined the radical right, transforming the nature of the Republican Party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. Max Blumenthal Tue, 06 Oct 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59789 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Gomorrah: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is a crackling, spicy, and investigative portrait of the freaky and theocratic fringe elements within the conservative movement who are now calling the shots in the post-Bush GOP—and a roadmap to understanding the politics of personal crisis and redemption that unites them. Republican Gomorrahis a bestiary of dysfunction, scandal, and sordidness from the dark heart of the forces that now have a leash on the party. It shows how those forces are the ones that establishment Republicans, like John McCain, have to bow to if they have any hope of running for president. It shows that Sarah Palin was the logical choice of a party in the control of theocrats. But more than just an expos├®,Republican Gomorrahshows that many of the movement's leading figures have more in common than just the power they command within conservative ranks. Their personal lives have been stained by crisis and scandal: depression, mental illness, extramarital affairs, struggles with homosexual urges, heavy medication, addiction to pornography, serial domestic abuse, and even murder. Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crisis has defined the radical right, transforming the nature of the Republican Party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Gomorrah: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is a crackling, spicy, and investigative portrait of the freaky and theocratic fringe elements within the conservative movement who are now calling the shots in the post-Bush GOP—and a roadmap to understanding the politics of personal crisis and redemption that unites them. Republican Gomorrahis a bestiary of dysfunction, scandal, and sordidness from the dark heart of the forces that now have a leash on the party. It shows how those forces are the ones that establishment Republicans, like John McCain, have to bow to if they have any hope of running for president. It shows that Sarah Palin was the logical choice of a party in the control of theocrats. But more than just an expos├®,Republican Gomorrahshows that many of the movement's leading figures have more in common than just the power they command within conservative ranks. Their personal lives have been stained by crisis and scandal: depression, mental illness, extramarital affairs, struggles with homosexual urges, heavy medication, addiction to pornography, serial domestic abuse, and even murder. Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crisis has defined the radical right, transforming the nature of the Republican Party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Nuclear Iran: How Tehran Defies the West Author: Dore Gold Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former UN Ambassador Dore Gold shows why engaging Iran through diplomacy is not only futile but also could be deadly. In the West, liberal politicians and pundits are calling for renewed diplomatic engagement with Iran, convinced that Tehran will respond to reason and halt its nuclear weapons program. Yet, countries have repeatedly tried diplomatic talks and utterly failed. In The Rise of Nuclear Iran, Gold examines these past failures, showing how Iran employed strategic deception and delay tactics to hide its intentions from the West. He argues that Western policymakers underestimate Iran’s hostility toward us and explains why diplomacy will continue to backfire, no matter which party or president is in power. Dore Gold Thu, 10 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59744 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Nuclear Iran: How Tehran Defies the West Author: Dore Gold Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former UN Ambassador Dore Gold shows why engaging Iran through diplomacy is not only futile but also could be deadly. In the West, liberal politicians and pundits are calling for renewed diplomatic engagement with Iran, convinced that Tehran will respond to reason and halt its nuclear weapons program. Yet, countries have repeatedly tried diplomatic talks and utterly failed. In The Rise of Nuclear Iran, Gold examines these past failures, showing how Iran employed strategic deception and delay tactics to hide its intentions from the West. He argues that Western policymakers underestimate Iran’s hostility toward us and explains why diplomacy will continue to backfire, no matter which party or president is in power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of Nuclear Iran: How Tehran Defies the West Author: Dore Gold Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former UN Ambassador Dore Gold shows why engaging Iran through diplomacy is not only futile but also could be deadly. In the West, liberal politicians and pundits are calling for renewed diplomatic engagement with Iran, convinced that Tehran will respond to reason and halt its nuclear weapons program. Yet, countries have repeatedly tried diplomatic talks and utterly failed. In The Rise of Nuclear Iran, Gold examines these past failures, showing how Iran employed strategic deception and delay tactics to hide its intentions from the West. He argues that Western policymakers underestimate Iran’s hostility toward us and explains why diplomacy will continue to backfire, no matter which party or president is in power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Star: Four Generals and the Epic Struggle for the Future of the United States Army Author: Greg Jaffe, David Cloud Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They were four exceptional soldiers, a new generation asked to save an army that had been hollowed out after Vietnam. They became the Army's most influential generals in the crucible of Iraq. Collectively, their lives tell the story of the Army over the last four decades and illuminate the path it must travel to protect the nation over the next century. The careers of this elite quartet show how the most powerful military force in the world entered a major war unprepared, and how the Army, drawing on a reservoir of talent that few thought it possessed, saved itself from crushing defeat against a ruthless, low-tech foe. In The Fourth Star, you'll follow: H Gen. John Abizaid, one of the Army's most brilliant minds. H Gen. George Casey Jr., the son of the highest-ranking general to be killed in the Vietnam War. H Gen. Peter Chiarelli, an emotional, take-charge leader who felt the sting of the Army's failures in Iraq. H Gen. David Petraeus, a driven soldier-scholar. When he finally got his chance in Iraq, he changed the Army's conception of what was possible. The Fourth Star ranges far beyond today's battlefields, evoking the Army's tumultuous history since Vietnam through these four captivating lives. Greg Jaffe, David Cloud Tue, 13 Oct 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59719 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Star: Four Generals and the Epic Struggle for the Future of the United States Army Author: Greg Jaffe, David Cloud Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They were four exceptional soldiers, a new generation asked to save an army that had been hollowed out after Vietnam. They became the Army's most influential generals in the crucible of Iraq. Collectively, their lives tell the story of the Army over the last four decades and illuminate the path it must travel to protect the nation over the next century. The careers of this elite quartet show how the most powerful military force in the world entered a major war unprepared, and how the Army, drawing on a reservoir of talent that few thought it possessed, saved itself from crushing defeat against a ruthless, low-tech foe. In The Fourth Star, you'll follow: H Gen. John Abizaid, one of the Army's most brilliant minds. H Gen. George Casey Jr., the son of the highest-ranking general to be killed in the Vietnam War. H Gen. Peter Chiarelli, an emotional, take-charge leader who felt the sting of the Army's failures in Iraq. H Gen. David Petraeus, a driven soldier-scholar. When he finally got his chance in Iraq, he changed the Army's conception of what was possible. The Fourth Star ranges far beyond today's battlefields, evoking the Army's tumultuous history since Vietnam through these four captivating lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Star: Four Generals and the Epic Struggle for the Future of the United States Army Author: Greg Jaffe, David Cloud Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They were four exceptional soldiers, a new generation asked to save an army that had been hollowed out after Vietnam. They became the Army's most influential generals in the crucible of Iraq. Collectively, their lives tell the story of the Army over the last four decades and illuminate the path it must travel to protect the nation over the next century. The careers of this elite quartet show how the most powerful military force in the world entered a major war unprepared, and how the Army, drawing on a reservoir of talent that few thought it possessed, saved itself from crushing defeat against a ruthless, low-tech foe. In The Fourth Star, you'll follow: H Gen. John Abizaid, one of the Army's most brilliant minds. H Gen. George Casey Jr., the son of the highest-ranking general to be killed in the Vietnam War. H Gen. Peter Chiarelli, an emotional, take-charge leader who felt the sting of the Army's failures in Iraq. H Gen. David Petraeus, a driven soldier-scholar. When he finally got his chance in Iraq, he changed the Army's conception of what was possible. The Fourth Star ranges far beyond today's battlefields, evoking the Army's tumultuous history since Vietnam through these four captivating lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Predictioneer's Game: Using the Logic of Brazen Self-Interest to See and Shape the Future Author: Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bruce Bueno de Mesquita is a master of game theory, which is a fancy label for a simple idea: People compete, and they always do what they think is in their own best interest. Bueno de Mesquita uses game theory and its insights into human behavior to predict and even engineer political, financial, and personal events. His forecasts, which have been employed by everyone from the CIA to major business firms, have an amazing 90 percent accuracy rate, and in this dazzling and revelatory book he shares his startling methods and lets you play along in a range of high-stakes negotiations and conflicts. Revealing the origins of game theory and the advances made by John Nash, the Nobel Prize—winning scientist perhaps best known from A Beautiful Mind, Bueno de Mesquita details the controversial and cold-eyed system of calculation that he has since created, one that allows individuals to think strategically about what their opponents want, how much they want it, and how they might react to every move. From there, Bueno de Mesquita games such events as the North Korean disarmament talks and the Middle East peace process and recalls, among other cases, how he correctly predicted which corporate clients of the Arthur Andersen accounting firm were most likely engaged in fraudulent activity (hint: one of them started with an E). And looking as ever to the future, Bueno de Mesquita also demonstrates how game theory can provide successful strategies to combat both global warming (instead of relying on empty regulations, make nations compete in technology) and terror (figure out exactly how much U.S. aid will make Pakistan fight the Taliban). But as Bueno de Mesquita shows, game theory isn’t just for saving the world. It can help you in your own life, whether you want to succeed in a lawsuit (lawyers argue too much the merits of the case and question too little the motives of their opponents), elect the CEO of your company (change the system of voting on your board to be more advantageous to your candidate), or even buy a car (start by knowing exactly what you want, call every dealer in a fifty-mile radius, and negotiate only over the phone). Savvy, provocative, and shockingly effective, The Predictioneer’s Game will change how you understand the world and manage your future. Life’s a game, and how you play is whether you win or lose. Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Tue, 29 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59702 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Predictioneer's Game: Using the Logic of Brazen Self-Interest to See and Shape the Future Author: Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bruce Bueno de Mesquita is a master of game theory, which is a fancy label for a simple idea: People compete, and they always do what they think is in their own best interest. Bueno de Mesquita uses game theory and its insights into human behavior to predict and even engineer political, financial, and personal events. His forecasts, which have been employed by everyone from the CIA to major business firms, have an amazing 90 percent accuracy rate, and in this dazzling and revelatory book he shares his startling methods and lets you play along in a range of high-stakes negotiations and conflicts. Revealing the origins of game theory and the advances made by John Nash, the Nobel Prize—winning scientist perhaps best known from A Beautiful Mind, Bueno de Mesquita details the controversial and cold-eyed system of calculation that he has since created, one that allows individuals to think strategically about what their opponents want, how much they want it, and how they might react to every move. From there, Bueno de Mesquita games such events as the North Korean disarmament talks and the Middle East peace process and recalls, among other cases, how he correctly predicted which corporate clients of the Arthur Andersen accounting firm were most likely engaged in fraudulent activity (hint: one of them started with an E). And looking as ever to the future, Bueno de Mesquita also demonstrates how game theory can provide successful strategies to combat both global warming (instead of relying on empty regulations, make nations compete in technology) and terror (figure out exactly how much U.S. aid will make Pakistan fight the Taliban). But as Bueno de Mesquita shows, game theory isn’t just for saving the world. It can help you in your own life, whether you want to succeed in a lawsuit (lawyers argue too much the merits of the case and question too little the motives of their opponents), elect the CEO of your company (change the system of voting on your board to be more advantageous to your candidate), or even buy a car (start by knowing exactly what you want, call every dealer in a fifty-mile radius, and negotiate only over the phone). Savvy, provocative, and shockingly effective, The Predictioneer’s Game will change how you understand the world and manage your future. Life’s a game, and how you play is whether you win or lose. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Predictioneer's Game: Using the Logic of Brazen Self-Interest to See and Shape the Future Author: Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bruce Bueno de Mesquita is a master of game theory, which is a fancy label for a simple idea: People compete, and they always do what they think is in their own best interest. Bueno de Mesquita uses game theory and its insights into human behavior to predict and even engineer political, financial, and personal events. His forecasts, which have been employed by everyone from the CIA to major business firms, have an amazing 90 percent accuracy rate, and in this dazzling and revelatory book he shares his startling methods and lets you play along in a range of high-stakes negotiations and conflicts. Revealing the origins of game theory and the advances made by John Nash, the Nobel Prize—winning scientist perhaps best known from A Beautiful Mind, Bueno de Mesquita details the controversial and cold-eyed system of calculation that he has since created, one that allows individuals to think strategically about what their opponents want, how much they want it, and how they might react to every move. From there, Bueno de Mesquita games such events as the North Korean disarmament talks and the Middle East peace process and recalls, among other cases, how he correctly predicted which corporate clients of the Arthur Andersen accounting firm were most likely engaged in fraudulent activity (hint: one of them started with an E). And looking as ever to the future, Bueno de Mesquita also demonstrates how game theory can provide successful strategies to combat both global warming (instead of relying on empty regulations, make nations compete in technology) and terror (figure out exactly how much U.S. aid will make Pakistan fight the Taliban). But as Bueno de Mesquita shows, game theory isn’t just for saving the world. It can help you in your own life, whether you want to succeed in a lawsuit (lawyers argue too much the merits of the case and question too little the motives of their opponents), elect the CEO of your company (change the system of voting on your board to be more advantageous to your candidate), or even buy a car (start by knowing exactly what you want, call every dealer in a fifty-mile radius, and negotiate only over the phone). Savvy, provocative, and shockingly effective, The Predictioneer’s Game will change how you understand the world and manage your future. Life’s a game, and how you play is whether you win or lose. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crude World: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning and revealing examination of oil's indelible impact on the countries that produce it and the people who possess it. Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the 'resource curse'—the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs—their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. Peter Maass Tue, 22 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59701 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crude World: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning and revealing examination of oil's indelible impact on the countries that produce it and the people who possess it. Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the 'resource curse'—the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs—their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crude World: The Violent Twilight of Oil Author: Peter Maass Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A stunning and revealing examination of oil's indelible impact on the countries that produce it and the people who possess it. Every unhappy oil-producing nation is unhappy in its own way, but all are touched by the 'resource curse'—the power of oil to exacerbate existing problems and create new ones. In Crude World, Peter Maass presents a vivid portrait of the troubled world oil has created. He takes us to Saudi Arabia, where officials deflect inquiries about the amount of petroleum remaining in the country's largest reservoir; to Equatorial Guinea, where two tennis courts grace an oil-rich dictator's estate but bandages and aspirin are a hospital's only supplies; and to Venezuela, where Hugo Chávez's campaign to redistribute oil wealth creates new economic and political crises. Maass, a New York Times Magazine writer, also introduces us to Iraqi oilmen trying to rebuild their industry after the invasion of 2003, an American lawyer leading Ecuadorians in an unprecedented lawsuit against Chevron, a Russian oil billionaire imprisoned for his defiance of Vladimir Putin's leadership, and Nigerian villagers whose livelihoods are destroyed by the discovery of oil. Rebels, royalty, middlemen, environmentalists, indigenous activists, CEOs—their stories, deftly and sensitively presented, tell the larger story of oil in our time. Crude World is a startling and essential account of the consequences of our addiction to oil. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America for Sale: Fighting the New World Order, Surviving a Global Depression, and Preserving USA Sovereignty Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A RESOUNDING CALL TO DEFEND AMERICA’S SOVEREIGNTY AND SAVE OUR NATION FROM GLOBAL ECONOMIC TAKEOVER— FROM THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF THE OBAMA NATION AND THE LATE GREAT US  Between George H. W. Bush’s “new world order” and the unprecedented governmental growth and massive redistribution of wealth under President Barack Obama, the United States risks losing the greatest middle class ever created in the history of the world. In this groundbreaking New York Times bestseller, Dr. Jerome R. Corsi blows the whistle on a movement to undercut the fundamental principles of limited government that our Founding Fathers fought for and died for trying to establish. While the radical Left promotes socialism and the radical Right champions unbridled free trade, valuable jobs are being outsourced, our national borders erased, and our dollar destroyed before our very eyes. With constructive solutions for resisting the global New Deal, reversing our dependence on foreign oil, and strengthening our middle class, Corsi shares important and practical strategies to help American families survive. The United States can be a major player in the world economy without sacrificing our sovereignty, the strength of our national domestic economy, or the dollar. America is for sale—unless taxpayers stand up and say “NO!” to the globalist political agenda that threatens our great nation’s freedom. Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Tue, 13 Oct 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59672 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America for Sale: Fighting the New World Order, Surviving a Global Depression, and Preserving USA Sovereignty Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A RESOUNDING CALL TO DEFEND AMERICA’S SOVEREIGNTY AND SAVE OUR NATION FROM GLOBAL ECONOMIC TAKEOVER— FROM THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF THE OBAMA NATION AND THE LATE GREAT US  Between George H. W. Bush’s “new world order” and the unprecedented governmental growth and massive redistribution of wealth under President Barack Obama, the United States risks losing the greatest middle class ever created in the history of the world. In this groundbreaking New York Times bestseller, Dr. Jerome R. Corsi blows the whistle on a movement to undercut the fundamental principles of limited government that our Founding Fathers fought for and died for trying to establish. While the radical Left promotes socialism and the radical Right champions unbridled free trade, valuable jobs are being outsourced, our national borders erased, and our dollar destroyed before our very eyes. With constructive solutions for resisting the global New Deal, reversing our dependence on foreign oil, and strengthening our middle class, Corsi shares important and practical strategies to help American families survive. The United States can be a major player in the world economy without sacrificing our sovereignty, the strength of our national domestic economy, or the dollar. America is for sale—unless taxpayers stand up and say “NO!” to the globalist political agenda that threatens our great nation’s freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America for Sale: Fighting the New World Order, Surviving a Global Depression, and Preserving USA Sovereignty Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A RESOUNDING CALL TO DEFEND AMERICA’S SOVEREIGNTY AND SAVE OUR NATION FROM GLOBAL ECONOMIC TAKEOVER— FROM THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF THE OBAMA NATION AND THE LATE GREAT US  Between George H. W. Bush’s “new world order” and the unprecedented governmental growth and massive redistribution of wealth under President Barack Obama, the United States risks losing the greatest middle class ever created in the history of the world. In this groundbreaking New York Times bestseller, Dr. Jerome R. Corsi blows the whistle on a movement to undercut the fundamental principles of limited government that our Founding Fathers fought for and died for trying to establish. While the radical Left promotes socialism and the radical Right champions unbridled free trade, valuable jobs are being outsourced, our national borders erased, and our dollar destroyed before our very eyes. With constructive solutions for resisting the global New Deal, reversing our dependence on foreign oil, and strengthening our middle class, Corsi shares important and practical strategies to help American families survive. The United States can be a major player in the world economy without sacrificing our sovereignty, the strength of our national domestic economy, or the dollar. America is for sale—unless taxpayers stand up and say “NO!” to the globalist political agenda that threatens our great nation’s freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dead Hand: The Untold Story of the Cold War Arms Race and its Dangerous Legacy Author: David Hoffman Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A tour de force of investigative history.” —Steve Coll The Dead Hand is the suspense-filled story of the people who sought to brake the speeding locomotive of the arms race, then rushed to secure the nuclear and biological weapons left behind by the collapse of the Soviet Union—a dangerous legacy that haunts us even today. The Cold War was an epoch of massive overkill. In the last half of the twentieth century the two superpowers had perfected the science of mass destruction and possessed nuclear weapons with the combined power of a million Hiroshimas. What’s more, a Soviet biological warfare machine was ready to produce bacteria and viruses to sicken and kill millions. In The Dead Hand, a thrilling narrative history drawing on new archives and original research and interviews, David E. Hoffman reveals how presidents, scientists, diplomats, soldiers, and spies confronted the danger and changed the course of history. The Dead Hand captures the inside story in both the United States and the Soviet Union, giving us an urgent and intimate account of the last decade of the arms race. With access to secret Kremlin documents, Hoffman chronicles Soviet internal deliberations that have long been hidden. He reveals that weapons designers in 1985 laid a massive “Star Wars” program on the desk of Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev to compete with President Reagan, but Gorbachev refused to build it. He unmasks the cover-up of the Soviet biological weapons program. He tells the exclusive story of one Soviet microbiologist’s quest to build a genetically engineered super-germ—it would cause a mild illness, a deceptive recovery, then a second, fatal attack. And he details the frightening history of the Doomsday Machine, known as the Dead Hand, which would launch a retaliatory nuclear strike if the Soviet leaders were wiped out. When the Soviet Union collapsed, the dangers remained. Soon rickety trains were hauling unsecured nuclear warheads across the Russian steppe; tons of highly-enriched uranium and plutonium lay unguarded in warehouses; and microbiologists and bomb designers were scavenging for food to feed their families. The Dead Hand offers fresh and startling insights into Reagan and Gorbachev, the two key figures of the end of the Cold War, and draws colorful, unforgettable portraits of many others who struggled, often valiantly, to save the world from the most terrifying weapons known to man. David Hoffman Tue, 22 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59442 thebookvoice.com 20:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dead Hand: The Untold Story of the Cold War Arms Race and its Dangerous Legacy Author: David Hoffman Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A tour de force of investigative history.” —Steve Coll The Dead Hand is the suspense-filled story of the people who sought to brake the speeding locomotive of the arms race, then rushed to secure the nuclear and biological weapons left behind by the collapse of the Soviet Union—a dangerous legacy that haunts us even today. The Cold War was an epoch of massive overkill. In the last half of the twentieth century the two superpowers had perfected the science of mass destruction and possessed nuclear weapons with the combined power of a million Hiroshimas. What’s more, a Soviet biological warfare machine was ready to produce bacteria and viruses to sicken and kill millions. In The Dead Hand, a thrilling narrative history drawing on new archives and original research and interviews, David E. Hoffman reveals how presidents, scientists, diplomats, soldiers, and spies confronted the danger and changed the course of history. The Dead Hand captures the inside story in both the United States and the Soviet Union, giving us an urgent and intimate account of the last decade of the arms race. With access to secret Kremlin documents, Hoffman chronicles Soviet internal deliberations that have long been hidden. He reveals that weapons designers in 1985 laid a massive “Star Wars” program on the desk of Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev to compete with President Reagan, but Gorbachev refused to build it. He unmasks the cover-up of the Soviet biological weapons program. He tells the exclusive story of one Soviet microbiologist’s quest to build a genetically engineered super-germ—it would cause a mild illness, a deceptive recovery, then a second, fatal attack. And he details the frightening history of the Doomsday Machine, known as the Dead Hand, which would launch a retaliatory nuclear strike if the Soviet leaders were wiped out. When the Soviet Union collapsed, the dangers remained. Soon rickety trains were hauling unsecured nuclear warheads across the Russian steppe; tons of highly-enriched uranium and plutonium lay unguarded in warehouses; and microbiologists and bomb designers were scavenging for food to feed their families. The Dead Hand offers fresh and startling insights into Reagan and Gorbachev, the two key figures of the end of the Cold War, and draws colorful, unforgettable portraits of many others who struggled, often valiantly, to save the world from the most terrifying weapons known to man. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dead Hand: The Untold Story of the Cold War Arms Race and its Dangerous Legacy Author: David Hoffman Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A tour de force of investigative history.” —Steve Coll The Dead Hand is the suspense-filled story of the people who sought to brake the speeding locomotive of the arms race, then rushed to secure the nuclear and biological weapons left behind by the collapse of the Soviet Union—a dangerous legacy that haunts us even today. The Cold War was an epoch of massive overkill. In the last half of the twentieth century the two superpowers had perfected the science of mass destruction and possessed nuclear weapons with the combined power of a million Hiroshimas. What’s more, a Soviet biological warfare machine was ready to produce bacteria and viruses to sicken and kill millions. In The Dead Hand, a thrilling narrative history drawing on new archives and original research and interviews, David E. Hoffman reveals how presidents, scientists, diplomats, soldiers, and spies confronted the danger and changed the course of history. The Dead Hand captures the inside story in both the United States and the Soviet Union, giving us an urgent and intimate account of the last decade of the arms race. With access to secret Kremlin documents, Hoffman chronicles Soviet internal deliberations that have long been hidden. He reveals that weapons designers in 1985 laid a massive “Star Wars” program on the desk of Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev to compete with President Reagan, but Gorbachev refused to build it. He unmasks the cover-up of the Soviet biological weapons program. He tells the exclusive story of one Soviet microbiologist’s quest to build a genetically engineered super-germ—it would cause a mild illness, a deceptive recovery, then a second, fatal attack. And he details the frightening history of the Doomsday Machine, known as the Dead Hand, which would launch a retaliatory nuclear strike if the Soviet leaders were wiped out. When the Soviet Union collapsed, the dangers remained. Soon rickety trains were hauling unsecured nuclear warheads across the Russian steppe; tons of highly-enriched uranium and plutonium lay unguarded in warehouses; and microbiologists and bomb designers were scavenging for food to feed their families. The Dead Hand offers fresh and startling insights into Reagan and Gorbachev, the two key figures of the end of the Cold War, and draws colorful, unforgettable portraits of many others who struggled, often valiantly, to save the world from the most terrifying weapons known to man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the Fed Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the post-meltdown world, it is irresponsible, ineffective, and ultimately useless to have a serious economic debate without considering and challenging the role of the Federal Reserve. Most people think of the Fed as an indispensable institution without which the country's economy could not properly function. But in End the Fed, Ron Paul draws on American history, economics, and fascinating stories from his own long political life to argue that the Fed is both corrupt and unconstitutional. It is inflating currency today at nearly a Weimar or Zimbabwe level, a practice that threatens to put us into an inflationary depression where $100 bills are worthless. What most people don't realize is that the Fed -- created by the Morgans and Rockefellers at a private club off the coast of Georgia -- is actually working against their own personal interests. Congressman Paul's urgent appeal to all citizens and officials tells us where we went wrong and what we need to do fix America's economic policy for future generations. Ron Paul Wed, 16 Sep 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59281 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the Fed Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the post-meltdown world, it is irresponsible, ineffective, and ultimately useless to have a serious economic debate without considering and challenging the role of the Federal Reserve. Most people think of the Fed as an indispensable institution without which the country's economy could not properly function. But in End the Fed, Ron Paul draws on American history, economics, and fascinating stories from his own long political life to argue that the Fed is both corrupt and unconstitutional. It is inflating currency today at nearly a Weimar or Zimbabwe level, a practice that threatens to put us into an inflationary depression where $100 bills are worthless. What most people don't realize is that the Fed -- created by the Morgans and Rockefellers at a private club off the coast of Georgia -- is actually working against their own personal interests. Congressman Paul's urgent appeal to all citizens and officials tells us where we went wrong and what we need to do fix America's economic policy for future generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/59281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the Fed Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Bob Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the post-meltdown world, it is irresponsible, ineffective, and ultimately useless to have a serious economic debate without considering and challenging the role of the Federal Reserve. Most people think of the Fed as an indispensable institution without which the country's economy could not properly function. But in End the Fed, Ron Paul draws on American history, economics, and fascinating stories from his own long political life to argue that the Fed is both corrupt and unconstitutional. It is inflating currency today at nearly a Weimar or Zimbabwe level, a practice that threatens to put us into an inflationary depression where $100 bills are worthless. What most people don't realize is that the Fed -- created by the Morgans and Rockefellers at a private club off the coast of Georgia -- is actually working against their own personal interests. Congressman Paul's urgent appeal to all citizens and officials tells us where we went wrong and what we need to do fix America's economic policy for future generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the end of the world as we’ve known it,” Kurt Andersen writes in Reset. “But it isn’t the end of the world.” In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen–a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a bestselling novelist and host of public radio’s Studio 360–shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously–a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women’s and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems–in health care, education, climate change, and more–and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we’ve lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we’ve done it before and why we are about to do it again–and better than ever. Kurt Andersen Tue, 28 Jul 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58652 thebookvoice.com 1:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the end of the world as we’ve known it,” Kurt Andersen writes in Reset. “But it isn’t the end of the world.” In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen–a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a bestselling novelist and host of public radio’s Studio 360–shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously–a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women’s and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems–in health care, education, climate change, and more–and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we’ve lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we’ve done it before and why we are about to do it again–and better than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reset: How This Crisis Can Restore Our Values and Renew America Author: Kurt Andersen Narrator: Kurt Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the end of the world as we’ve known it,” Kurt Andersen writes in Reset. “But it isn’t the end of the world.” In this smart and refreshingly hopeful book, Andersen–a brilliant analyst and synthesizer of historical and cultural trends, as well as a bestselling novelist and host of public radio’s Studio 360–shows us why the current economic crisis is actually a moment of great opportunity to get ourselves and our nation back on track. Historically, America has always shifted between wild, exuberant speculation and steady, sober hard work, as well as back and forth between economic booms and busts, and between right and left politically. This is one of the rare moments when all these cycles shift dramatically and simultaneously–a moment when complacency ends, ossified structures loosen up, and enormous positive change is possible. The shock to the system can enable each of us to rethink certain habits and focus more on the things that make us authentically happy. The present flux can enable us as a society to consolidate the enormous gains of the last several decades in areas such as technology, crime prevention, women’s and civil rights, and the democratization of the planet. We can reap the fruits of a revival of realism and pragmatism at home and abroad. As we enter a new era of post-party-line common sense, we can start to reinvent hopelessly broken systems–in health care, education, climate change, and more–and rediscover some of the old-fashioned American values of which we’ve lost sight. In Reset, Andersen explains how we’ve done it before and why we are about to do it again–and better than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58474 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glenn Beck's Common Sense: The Case Against an Ouf-of-Control Government, Inspired by Thomas Paine Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, revisits Thomas Paine's Common Sense. In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation’s problems. One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America’s future—and, ultimately, her freedom. Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine’s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government’s easy solutions, two-party monopoly, and illogical methods and take back our great country. Glenn Beck Tue, 16 Jun 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58474 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glenn Beck's Common Sense: The Case Against an Ouf-of-Control Government, Inspired by Thomas Paine Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, revisits Thomas Paine's Common Sense. In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation’s problems. One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America’s future—and, ultimately, her freedom. Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine’s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government’s easy solutions, two-party monopoly, and illogical methods and take back our great country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glenn Beck's Common Sense: The Case Against an Ouf-of-Control Government, Inspired by Thomas Paine Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 16, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, revisits Thomas Paine's Common Sense. In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation’s problems. One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America’s future—and, ultimately, her freedom. Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine’s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government’s easy solutions, two-party monopoly, and illogical methods and take back our great country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catastrophe Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller! In Catastrophe, Dick Morris and Eileen McGann—authors of the megabestsellers Fleeced and Outrage—take a hard look at America in free fall and at how Barack Obama is transforming a vulnerable U.S. into a socialist state. Their seventh consecutive New York Times bestseller, Catastrophe is a call to arms for every American skeptical of Big Business and politics as usual—and a must read for fans of Bill O’Reilly, Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Michael Savage, Bernie Goldberg, and Glenn Beck. Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Tue, 23 Jun 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58442 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catastrophe Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller! In Catastrophe, Dick Morris and Eileen McGann—authors of the megabestsellers Fleeced and Outrage—take a hard look at America in free fall and at how Barack Obama is transforming a vulnerable U.S. into a socialist state. Their seventh consecutive New York Times bestseller, Catastrophe is a call to arms for every American skeptical of Big Business and politics as usual—and a must read for fans of Bill O’Reilly, Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Michael Savage, Bernie Goldberg, and Glenn Beck. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catastrophe Author: Dick Morris, Eileen McGann Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller! In Catastrophe, Dick Morris and Eileen McGann—authors of the megabestsellers Fleeced and Outrage—take a hard look at America in free fall and at how Barack Obama is transforming a vulnerable U.S. into a socialist state. Their seventh consecutive New York Times bestseller, Catastrophe is a call to arms for every American skeptical of Big Business and politics as usual—and a must read for fans of Bill O’Reilly, Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Michael Savage, Bernie Goldberg, and Glenn Beck. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: The Making of a President Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the White House and Air Force One, before the TV ads and the enormous rallies, there was the real Barack Obama: a man wrestling with the momentous decision to run for the presidency, feeling torn about leaving behind a young family, and figuring out how to win the biggest prize in politics. This book is the previously untold and epic story of how a political newcomer with no money and an alien name grew into the world’s most powerful leader. But it is also a uniquely intimate portrait of the person behind the iconic posters and the Secret Service code name Renegade. Drawing on a dozen unplugged interviews with the candidate and president, as well as twenty-one months covering his campaign as it traveled from coast to coast, Richard Wolffe answers the simple yet enduring question about Barack Obama: Who is he? Based on Wolffe’s unprecedented access to Obama, Renegade reveals the making of a president, both on the campaign trail and before he ran for high office. It explains how the politician who emerged in an extraordinary election learned the personal and political skills to succeed during his youth and early career. With cool self-discipline, calculated risk taking, and simple storytelling, Obama developed the strategies he would need to survive the onslaught of the Clintons and John McCain, and build a multimillion-dollar machine to win a historic contest. In Renegade, Richard Wolffe shares with us his front-row seat at Obama’s announcement to run for president on a frigid day in Springfield, and his victory speech on a warm night in Chicago. We fly on the candidate’s plane and ride in his bus on an odyssey across a country in crisis; stand next to him at a bar on the night he secures the nomination; and are backstage as he delivers his convention speech to a stadium crowd and a transfixed national audience. From a teacher’s office in Iowa to the Oval Office in Washington, we see and hear Barack Obama with an immediacy and honesty never witnessed before. Renegade provides not only an account of Obama’s triumphs, but also examines his many personal and political trials. We see Obama wrestling with race and politics, as well as his former pastor Reverend Jeremiah Wright. We see him struggling with life as a presidential candidate, a campaign that falters for most of its first year, and his reaction to a surprise defeat in the New Hampshire primary. And we see him relying on his personal experience, as well as meticulous polling, to pass the presidential test in foreign and economic affairs. Renegade is an essential guide to understanding President Barack Obama and his trusted inner circle of aides and friends. It is also a riveting and enlightening first draft of history and political psychology. Richard Wolffe Tue, 02 Jun 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58298 thebookvoice.com 15:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: The Making of a President Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the White House and Air Force One, before the TV ads and the enormous rallies, there was the real Barack Obama: a man wrestling with the momentous decision to run for the presidency, feeling torn about leaving behind a young family, and figuring out how to win the biggest prize in politics. This book is the previously untold and epic story of how a political newcomer with no money and an alien name grew into the world’s most powerful leader. But it is also a uniquely intimate portrait of the person behind the iconic posters and the Secret Service code name Renegade. Drawing on a dozen unplugged interviews with the candidate and president, as well as twenty-one months covering his campaign as it traveled from coast to coast, Richard Wolffe answers the simple yet enduring question about Barack Obama: Who is he? Based on Wolffe’s unprecedented access to Obama, Renegade reveals the making of a president, both on the campaign trail and before he ran for high office. It explains how the politician who emerged in an extraordinary election learned the personal and political skills to succeed during his youth and early career. With cool self-discipline, calculated risk taking, and simple storytelling, Obama developed the strategies he would need to survive the onslaught of the Clintons and John McCain, and build a multimillion-dollar machine to win a historic contest. In Renegade, Richard Wolffe shares with us his front-row seat at Obama’s announcement to run for president on a frigid day in Springfield, and his victory speech on a warm night in Chicago. We fly on the candidate’s plane and ride in his bus on an odyssey across a country in crisis; stand next to him at a bar on the night he secures the nomination; and are backstage as he delivers his convention speech to a stadium crowd and a transfixed national audience. From a teacher’s office in Iowa to the Oval Office in Washington, we see and hear Barack Obama with an immediacy and honesty never witnessed before. Renegade provides not only an account of Obama’s triumphs, but also examines his many personal and political trials. We see Obama wrestling with race and politics, as well as his former pastor Reverend Jeremiah Wright. We see him struggling with life as a presidential candidate, a campaign that falters for most of its first year, and his reaction to a surprise defeat in the New Hampshire primary. And we see him relying on his personal experience, as well as meticulous polling, to pass the presidential test in foreign and economic affairs. Renegade is an essential guide to understanding President Barack Obama and his trusted inner circle of aides and friends. It is also a riveting and enlightening first draft of history and political psychology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: The Making of a President Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the White House and Air Force One, before the TV ads and the enormous rallies, there was the real Barack Obama: a man wrestling with the momentous decision to run for the presidency, feeling torn about leaving behind a young family, and figuring out how to win the biggest prize in politics. This book is the previously untold and epic story of how a political newcomer with no money and an alien name grew into the world’s most powerful leader. But it is also a uniquely intimate portrait of the person behind the iconic posters and the Secret Service code name Renegade. Drawing on a dozen unplugged interviews with the candidate and president, as well as twenty-one months covering his campaign as it traveled from coast to coast, Richard Wolffe answers the simple yet enduring question about Barack Obama: Who is he? Based on Wolffe’s unprecedented access to Obama, Renegade reveals the making of a president, both on the campaign trail and before he ran for high office. It explains how the politician who emerged in an extraordinary election learned the personal and political skills to succeed during his youth and early career. With cool self-discipline, calculated risk taking, and simple storytelling, Obama developed the strategies he would need to survive the onslaught of the Clintons and John McCain, and build a multimillion-dollar machine to win a historic contest. In Renegade, Richard Wolffe shares with us his front-row seat at Obama’s announcement to run for president on a frigid day in Springfield, and his victory speech on a warm night in Chicago. We fly on the candidate’s plane and ride in his bus on an odyssey across a country in crisis; stand next to him at a bar on the night he secures the nomination; and are backstage as he delivers his convention speech to a stadium crowd and a transfixed national audience. From a teacher’s office in Iowa to the Oval Office in Washington, we see and hear Barack Obama with an immediacy and honesty never witnessed before. Renegade provides not only an account of Obama’s triumphs, but also examines his many personal and political trials. We see Obama wrestling with race and politics, as well as his former pastor Reverend Jeremiah Wright. We see him struggling with life as a presidential candidate, a campaign that falters for most of its first year, and his reaction to a surprise defeat in the New Hampshire primary. And we see him relying on his personal experience, as well as meticulous polling, to pass the presidential test in foreign and economic affairs. Renegade is an essential guide to understanding President Barack Obama and his trusted inner circle of aides and friends. It is also a riveting and enlightening first draft of history and political psychology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Bad Faith: The Radical Assault on America’s Future Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 16, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this intellectual companion piece to David Horowitz’s acclaimed autobiography, Radical Son, the most famous defector from the radical Left argues that the historic themes of that conflict still drive our politics and animate our cultural debates today. With keen political insight and a masterful grasp of history, Horowitz traces the radical project from its origins in nineteenth-century socialism to the disastrous excesses of such current “progressive” causes as political correctness, radical feminism, racial preferences, and what he describes as the nihilistic campaign to “deconstruct” the American idea itself. He points out the refusal of the political Left to learn from the checkered history of progressive movements for social justice and equal outcomes, and warns that this refusal is creating a new “cold war” against America—a culture war that pits “progressives” against America’s founding principles and ideas. David Horowitz Thu, 16 Apr 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58235 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Bad Faith: The Radical Assault on America’s Future Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 16, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this intellectual companion piece to David Horowitz’s acclaimed autobiography, Radical Son, the most famous defector from the radical Left argues that the historic themes of that conflict still drive our politics and animate our cultural debates today. With keen political insight and a masterful grasp of history, Horowitz traces the radical project from its origins in nineteenth-century socialism to the disastrous excesses of such current “progressive” causes as political correctness, radical feminism, racial preferences, and what he describes as the nihilistic campaign to “deconstruct” the American idea itself. He points out the refusal of the political Left to learn from the checkered history of progressive movements for social justice and equal outcomes, and warns that this refusal is creating a new “cold war” against America—a culture war that pits “progressives” against America’s founding principles and ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Bad Faith: The Radical Assault on America’s Future Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 16, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this intellectual companion piece to David Horowitz’s acclaimed autobiography, Radical Son, the most famous defector from the radical Left argues that the historic themes of that conflict still drive our politics and animate our cultural debates today. With keen political insight and a masterful grasp of history, Horowitz traces the radical project from its origins in nineteenth-century socialism to the disastrous excesses of such current “progressive” causes as political correctness, radical feminism, racial preferences, and what he describes as the nihilistic campaign to “deconstruct” the American idea itself. He points out the refusal of the political Left to learn from the checkered history of progressive movements for social justice and equal outcomes, and warns that this refusal is creating a new “cold war” against America—a culture war that pits “progressives” against America’s founding principles and ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Equal: My Fight against Race Preferences Author: Ward Connerly Narrator: Ward Connerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 29, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the story of a man who searched his conscience, decided that the American Dream should be colorblind, and then set out to change the rules. Part memoir, part history lesson, and part road map, Creating Equal tells how a black man fought against affirmative action in California and Washington state. It begins in segregated Louisiana with a hard-working, resilient family that refused to be destroyed by personal tragedy or to be defined by race. This is where Ward Connerly grew up. In 1993, he would be called to make the most difficult decision of his life: to convince the regents of the University of California to end affirmative action. Two years later, he did the same thing for Washington state. Ward Connerly Wed, 29 Apr 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58222 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Equal: My Fight against Race Preferences Author: Ward Connerly Narrator: Ward Connerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 29, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the story of a man who searched his conscience, decided that the American Dream should be colorblind, and then set out to change the rules. Part memoir, part history lesson, and part road map, Creating Equal tells how a black man fought against affirmative action in California and Washington state. It begins in segregated Louisiana with a hard-working, resilient family that refused to be destroyed by personal tragedy or to be defined by race. This is where Ward Connerly grew up. In 1993, he would be called to make the most difficult decision of his life: to convince the regents of the University of California to end affirmative action. Two years later, he did the same thing for Washington state. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Equal: My Fight against Race Preferences Author: Ward Connerly Narrator: Ward Connerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 29, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the story of a man who searched his conscience, decided that the American Dream should be colorblind, and then set out to change the rules. Part memoir, part history lesson, and part road map, Creating Equal tells how a black man fought against affirmative action in California and Washington state. It begins in segregated Louisiana with a hard-working, resilient family that refused to be destroyed by personal tragedy or to be defined by race. This is where Ward Connerly grew up. In 1993, he would be called to make the most difficult decision of his life: to convince the regents of the University of California to end affirmative action. Two years later, he did the same thing for Washington state. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Future Author: Simon Schama Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 19, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “With eloquence, wit, passion, and irony, The American Future traces the history of an idea: that of our national destiny….A book of beautiful writing, peppered with wisecracks, slashed with rapier thrusts.” —Philadelphia Inquirer   A De Tocqueville for the 21st century, Simon Schama, NBCC Award winning author of  Rough Crossings offers an essential, historical, long view analysis of the American character in The American Future. Shama examines four themes—war, race and faith, immigration, and custodianship of the land—through the prism of the historic 2008 presidential election in a magnificent work that the Wall Street Journal calls a “celebration of American resiliency.” Niall Ferguson says, “I hope Obama will have this book on his bedside table.” Simon Schama Tue, 19 May 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58215 thebookvoice.com 15:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Future Author: Simon Schama Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 19, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “With eloquence, wit, passion, and irony, The American Future traces the history of an idea: that of our national destiny….A book of beautiful writing, peppered with wisecracks, slashed with rapier thrusts.” —Philadelphia Inquirer   A De Tocqueville for the 21st century, Simon Schama, NBCC Award winning author of  Rough Crossings offers an essential, historical, long view analysis of the American character in The American Future. Shama examines four themes—war, race and faith, immigration, and custodianship of the land—through the prism of the historic 2008 presidential election in a magnificent work that the Wall Street Journal calls a “celebration of American resiliency.” Niall Ferguson says, “I hope Obama will have this book on his bedside table.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Future Author: Simon Schama Narrator: Rupert Degas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 19, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “With eloquence, wit, passion, and irony, The American Future traces the history of an idea: that of our national destiny….A book of beautiful writing, peppered with wisecracks, slashed with rapier thrusts.” —Philadelphia Inquirer   A De Tocqueville for the 21st century, Simon Schama, NBCC Award winning author of  Rough Crossings offers an essential, historical, long view analysis of the American character in The American Future. Shama examines four themes—war, race and faith, immigration, and custodianship of the land—through the prism of the historic 2008 presidential election in a magnificent work that the Wall Street Journal calls a “celebration of American resiliency.” Niall Ferguson says, “I hope Obama will have this book on his bedside table.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58138 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's March to Socialism: Why we're one step closer to giant missile parades Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Only on Audio! One small step toward big government, one giant leap toward missile parades... 'The Glenn Beck Program presents: More truth behind America's March to Socialism.' So begins one of the most popular regular segments of Glenn Beck's top-rated daily radio program. Now, in this audio exclusive, unavailable in any other format, America's March To Socialism collects over an hour of the most memorable, insightful and controversial of these segments into an audio program that will inspire the ever-expanding base who know Beck from his phenomenally successful radio and television series and his #1 bestselling books. From massive government spending to media declarations of the death of capitalism, Glenn Beck hears the sounds of boots marching America toward a system of government that bears a closer resemblance to socialism with each passing day. To document this, he focuses on stories that range from the headlines - irresponsible stimulus spending, greenhouse gas cap-and-trade programs, instant unionization efforts - to more obscure local stories that might otherwise be overlooked, such as Chicago's out-of-towners tax, and Connecticut's attempt to undermine the authority of the Catholic Church. He also provides snapshots of the encroaching progress of socialistic programs from around the world, railing against the Europeans' call for a global New Deal. A visionary, provocative call to action, as timely and courageous as his #1 blockbuster An Inconvenient Book, America's March To Socialism presents Glenn Beck at his absolute, irreverent and authoritative best. Glenn Beck Tue, 12 May 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58138 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's March to Socialism: Why we're one step closer to giant missile parades Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Only on Audio! One small step toward big government, one giant leap toward missile parades... 'The Glenn Beck Program presents: More truth behind America's March to Socialism.' So begins one of the most popular regular segments of Glenn Beck's top-rated daily radio program. Now, in this audio exclusive, unavailable in any other format, America's March To Socialism collects over an hour of the most memorable, insightful and controversial of these segments into an audio program that will inspire the ever-expanding base who know Beck from his phenomenally successful radio and television series and his #1 bestselling books. From massive government spending to media declarations of the death of capitalism, Glenn Beck hears the sounds of boots marching America toward a system of government that bears a closer resemblance to socialism with each passing day. To document this, he focuses on stories that range from the headlines - irresponsible stimulus spending, greenhouse gas cap-and-trade programs, instant unionization efforts - to more obscure local stories that might otherwise be overlooked, such as Chicago's out-of-towners tax, and Connecticut's attempt to undermine the authority of the Catholic Church. He also provides snapshots of the encroaching progress of socialistic programs from around the world, railing against the Europeans' call for a global New Deal. A visionary, provocative call to action, as timely and courageous as his #1 blockbuster An Inconvenient Book, America's March To Socialism presents Glenn Beck at his absolute, irreverent and authoritative best. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/58138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's March to Socialism: Why we're one step closer to giant missile parades Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: May 12, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Only on Audio! One small step toward big government, one giant leap toward missile parades... 'The Glenn Beck Program presents: More truth behind America's March to Socialism.' So begins one of the most popular regular segments of Glenn Beck's top-rated daily radio program. Now, in this audio exclusive, unavailable in any other format, America's March To Socialism collects over an hour of the most memorable, insightful and controversial of these segments into an audio program that will inspire the ever-expanding base who know Beck from his phenomenally successful radio and television series and his #1 bestselling books. From massive government spending to media declarations of the death of capitalism, Glenn Beck hears the sounds of boots marching America toward a system of government that bears a closer resemblance to socialism with each passing day. To document this, he focuses on stories that range from the headlines - irresponsible stimulus spending, greenhouse gas cap-and-trade programs, instant unionization efforts - to more obscure local stories that might otherwise be overlooked, such as Chicago's out-of-towners tax, and Connecticut's attempt to undermine the authority of the Catholic Church. He also provides snapshots of the encroaching progress of socialistic programs from around the world, railing against the Europeans' call for a global New Deal. A visionary, provocative call to action, as timely and courageous as his #1 blockbuster An Inconvenient Book, America's March To Socialism presents Glenn Beck at his absolute, irreverent and authoritative best. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Censorship: The Threat to Silence Talk Radio Author: Brian Jennings Narrator: Jesse Boggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 5, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech. It is our most cherished privilege as Americans, guaranteed by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution since 1791. But our current presidential administration threatens to sharply curtail or silence altogether the freedom of expression that distinguishes America from the average dictatorship. What is under direct attack? Conservative talk radio. During the Reagan administration, conservative talk radio burgeoned when the FCC voted to stop enforcing the Fairness Doctrine, which required all licensed broadcasters to present 'balanced' viewpoints on controversial issues. The format was a smash hit, attracting an estimated 50 million listeners weekly. Popular, profitable, outspoken, powerful, influential—it’s what the American people wanted, and its success was the Democrats' worst nightmare. Now, the principles underlying the Fairness Doctrine threaten to be reinstated. Under cover of being 'fair,' they will be used as a means of censorship, allowing government to influence who owns our airwaves and thus controls the content, a mandate with far-reaching implications for all media—indeed, for freedom of speech for all Americans. Brian Jennings Tue, 05 May 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55190 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Censorship: The Threat to Silence Talk Radio Author: Brian Jennings Narrator: Jesse Boggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 5, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech. It is our most cherished privilege as Americans, guaranteed by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution since 1791. But our current presidential administration threatens to sharply curtail or silence altogether the freedom of expression that distinguishes America from the average dictatorship. What is under direct attack? Conservative talk radio. During the Reagan administration, conservative talk radio burgeoned when the FCC voted to stop enforcing the Fairness Doctrine, which required all licensed broadcasters to present 'balanced' viewpoints on controversial issues. The format was a smash hit, attracting an estimated 50 million listeners weekly. Popular, profitable, outspoken, powerful, influential—it’s what the American people wanted, and its success was the Democrats' worst nightmare. Now, the principles underlying the Fairness Doctrine threaten to be reinstated. Under cover of being 'fair,' they will be used as a means of censorship, allowing government to influence who owns our airwaves and thus controls the content, a mandate with far-reaching implications for all media—indeed, for freedom of speech for all Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Censorship: The Threat to Silence Talk Radio Author: Brian Jennings Narrator: Jesse Boggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 5, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Freedom of speech. It is our most cherished privilege as Americans, guaranteed by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution since 1791. But our current presidential administration threatens to sharply curtail or silence altogether the freedom of expression that distinguishes America from the average dictatorship. What is under direct attack? Conservative talk radio. During the Reagan administration, conservative talk radio burgeoned when the FCC voted to stop enforcing the Fairness Doctrine, which required all licensed broadcasters to present 'balanced' viewpoints on controversial issues. The format was a smash hit, attracting an estimated 50 million listeners weekly. Popular, profitable, outspoken, powerful, influential—it’s what the American people wanted, and its success was the Democrats' worst nightmare. Now, the principles underlying the Fairness Doctrine threaten to be reinstated. Under cover of being 'fair,' they will be used as a means of censorship, allowing government to influence who owns our airwaves and thus controls the content, a mandate with far-reaching implications for all media—indeed, for freedom of speech for all Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Barbarism Author: Mark Helprin Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A strange, wondrous, challenging, enriching book….Beautiful and powerful…you will not encounter another book like it.” —National Review online   In Digital Barbarism, bestselling novelist Mark Helprin (Winter’s Tale, A Soldier of the Great War) offers a ringing Jeffersonian defense of private property in the age of digital culture, with its degradation of thought and language and collectivist bias against the rights of individual creators. A timely, cogent, and important attack on the popular Creative Commons movement, Digital Barbarism provides rational, witty, and supremely wise support for the individual voice and its hard-won legal protections. Mark Helprin Tue, 28 Apr 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55119 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Barbarism Author: Mark Helprin Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A strange, wondrous, challenging, enriching book….Beautiful and powerful…you will not encounter another book like it.” —National Review online   In Digital Barbarism, bestselling novelist Mark Helprin (Winter’s Tale, A Soldier of the Great War) offers a ringing Jeffersonian defense of private property in the age of digital culture, with its degradation of thought and language and collectivist bias against the rights of individual creators. A timely, cogent, and important attack on the popular Creative Commons movement, Digital Barbarism provides rational, witty, and supremely wise support for the individual voice and its hard-won legal protections. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Barbarism Author: Mark Helprin Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A strange, wondrous, challenging, enriching book….Beautiful and powerful…you will not encounter another book like it.” —National Review online   In Digital Barbarism, bestselling novelist Mark Helprin (Winter’s Tale, A Soldier of the Great War) offers a ringing Jeffersonian defense of private property in the age of digital culture, with its degradation of thought and language and collectivist bias against the rights of individual creators. A timely, cogent, and important attack on the popular Creative Commons movement, Digital Barbarism provides rational, witty, and supremely wise support for the individual voice and its hard-won legal protections. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crowded Land of Liberty: Solving America’s Immigration Crisis Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The number of legal immigrants accelerated in the 1990s to an average of more than a million a year. That was up from just over 300,000 a year in the 1960s and 600,000 a year by the 1980s. When the number of illegal immigrants is added to this, the total inflow during the 1990s was approximately 12 million. That compares with 500,000 in the 1930s. Crowded Land of Liberty examines how this developed into a crisis contributing to overcrowded schools, soaring demand for social services, new burdens on taxpayers, increased urban congestion, and heightened job competition. The author explains how recent waves of immigration differ from those of earlier eras, and he explores new public policy alternatives. Dirk Chase Eldredge Mon, 06 Apr 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55099 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crowded Land of Liberty: Solving America’s Immigration Crisis Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The number of legal immigrants accelerated in the 1990s to an average of more than a million a year. That was up from just over 300,000 a year in the 1960s and 600,000 a year by the 1980s. When the number of illegal immigrants is added to this, the total inflow during the 1990s was approximately 12 million. That compares with 500,000 in the 1930s. Crowded Land of Liberty examines how this developed into a crisis contributing to overcrowded schools, soaring demand for social services, new burdens on taxpayers, increased urban congestion, and heightened job competition. The author explains how recent waves of immigration differ from those of earlier eras, and he explores new public policy alternatives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crowded Land of Liberty: Solving America’s Immigration Crisis Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The number of legal immigrants accelerated in the 1990s to an average of more than a million a year. That was up from just over 300,000 a year in the 1960s and 600,000 a year by the 1980s. When the number of illegal immigrants is added to this, the total inflow during the 1990s was approximately 12 million. That compares with 500,000 in the 1930s. Crowded Land of Liberty examines how this developed into a crisis contributing to overcrowded schools, soaring demand for social services, new burdens on taxpayers, increased urban congestion, and heightened job competition. The author explains how recent waves of immigration differ from those of earlier eras, and he explores new public policy alternatives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win a Cosmic War: God, Globalization, and the End of the War on Terror Author: Reza Aslan Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 21, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A cosmic war is a religious war. It is a battle not between armies or nations, but between the forces of good and evil, a war in which God is believed to be directly engaged on behalf of one side against the other. The hijackers who attacked the United States on September 11, 2001, thought they were fighting a cosmic war. According to award-winning writer and scholar of religions Reza Aslan, by infusing the United States War on Terror with the same kind of religiously polarizing rhetoric and Manichean worldview, is also fighting a cosmic war–a war that can’t be won. How to Win a Cosmic War is both an in-depth study of the ideology fueling al-Qa‘ida, the Taliban, and like-minded militants throughout the Muslim world, and an exploration of religious violence in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Surveying the global scene from Israel to Iraq and from New York to the Netherlands, Aslan argues that religion is a stronger force today than it has been in a century. At a time when religion and politics are increasingly sharing the same vocabulary and functioning in the same sphere, Aslan writes that we must strip the conflicts of our world–in particular, the War on Terror–of their religious connotations and address the earthly grievances that always lie behind the cosmic impulse. How do you win a cosmic war? By refusing to fight in one. Reza Aslan Tue, 21 Apr 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55073 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win a Cosmic War: God, Globalization, and the End of the War on Terror Author: Reza Aslan Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 21, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A cosmic war is a religious war. It is a battle not between armies or nations, but between the forces of good and evil, a war in which God is believed to be directly engaged on behalf of one side against the other. The hijackers who attacked the United States on September 11, 2001, thought they were fighting a cosmic war. According to award-winning writer and scholar of religions Reza Aslan, by infusing the United States War on Terror with the same kind of religiously polarizing rhetoric and Manichean worldview, is also fighting a cosmic war–a war that can’t be won. How to Win a Cosmic War is both an in-depth study of the ideology fueling al-Qa‘ida, the Taliban, and like-minded militants throughout the Muslim world, and an exploration of religious violence in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Surveying the global scene from Israel to Iraq and from New York to the Netherlands, Aslan argues that religion is a stronger force today than it has been in a century. At a time when religion and politics are increasingly sharing the same vocabulary and functioning in the same sphere, Aslan writes that we must strip the conflicts of our world–in particular, the War on Terror–of their religious connotations and address the earthly grievances that always lie behind the cosmic impulse. How do you win a cosmic war? By refusing to fight in one. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/55073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win a Cosmic War: God, Globalization, and the End of the War on Terror Author: Reza Aslan Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 21, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A cosmic war is a religious war. It is a battle not between armies or nations, but between the forces of good and evil, a war in which God is believed to be directly engaged on behalf of one side against the other. The hijackers who attacked the United States on September 11, 2001, thought they were fighting a cosmic war. According to award-winning writer and scholar of religions Reza Aslan, by infusing the United States War on Terror with the same kind of religiously polarizing rhetoric and Manichean worldview, is also fighting a cosmic war–a war that can’t be won. How to Win a Cosmic War is both an in-depth study of the ideology fueling al-Qa‘ida, the Taliban, and like-minded militants throughout the Muslim world, and an exploration of religious violence in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Surveying the global scene from Israel to Iraq and from New York to the Netherlands, Aslan argues that religion is a stronger force today than it has been in a century. At a time when religion and politics are increasingly sharing the same vocabulary and functioning in the same sphere, Aslan writes that we must strip the conflicts of our world–in particular, the War on Terror–of their religious connotations and address the earthly grievances that always lie behind the cosmic impulse. How do you win a cosmic war? By refusing to fight in one. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of the Unthinkable: Why the New World Disorder Constantly Surprises Us And What We Can Do About It Author: Joshua Cooper Ramo Narrator: Joshua Cooper Ramo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the very ideas that made America great imperil its future. Our plans go awry and policies fail. History's grandest war against terrorism creates more terrorists. Global capitalism, intended to improve lives, increases the gap between rich and poor. Decisions made to stem a financial crisis guarantee its worsening. Environmental strategies to protect species lead to their extinction. The traditional physics of power has been replaced by something radically different. In The Age of the Unthinkable, Joshua Cooper Ramo puts forth a revelatory new model for understanding our dangerously unpredictable world. Drawing upon history, economics, complexity theory, psychology, immunology, and the science of networks, he describes a new landscape of inherent unpredictability -- and remarkable, wonderful possibility. Joshua Cooper Ramo Mon, 23 Mar 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54919 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of the Unthinkable: Why the New World Disorder Constantly Surprises Us And What We Can Do About It Author: Joshua Cooper Ramo Narrator: Joshua Cooper Ramo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the very ideas that made America great imperil its future. Our plans go awry and policies fail. History's grandest war against terrorism creates more terrorists. Global capitalism, intended to improve lives, increases the gap between rich and poor. Decisions made to stem a financial crisis guarantee its worsening. Environmental strategies to protect species lead to their extinction. The traditional physics of power has been replaced by something radically different. In The Age of the Unthinkable, Joshua Cooper Ramo puts forth a revelatory new model for understanding our dangerously unpredictable world. Drawing upon history, economics, complexity theory, psychology, immunology, and the science of networks, he describes a new landscape of inherent unpredictability -- and remarkable, wonderful possibility. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of the Unthinkable: Why the New World Disorder Constantly Surprises Us And What We Can Do About It Author: Joshua Cooper Ramo Narrator: Joshua Cooper Ramo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the very ideas that made America great imperil its future. Our plans go awry and policies fail. History's grandest war against terrorism creates more terrorists. Global capitalism, intended to improve lives, increases the gap between rich and poor. Decisions made to stem a financial crisis guarantee its worsening. Environmental strategies to protect species lead to their extinction. The traditional physics of power has been replaced by something radically different. In The Age of the Unthinkable, Joshua Cooper Ramo puts forth a revelatory new model for understanding our dangerously unpredictable world. Drawing upon history, economics, complexity theory, psychology, immunology, and the science of networks, he describes a new landscape of inherent unpredictability -- and remarkable, wonderful possibility. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Hell: How Environmentalists Plan to Ruin Your Life and What You Can Do to Stop Them Author: Steve Milloy Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Everywhere you look, all you see is green. People are 'living green,' businesses are'going green,' and consumers are 'buying green.' But soon, this trendy 'green'lifestyle won't be voluntary. It will be mandatory. InGreen Hell,Steve Milloy shows how the government and environmental eliteswill soon have you under their green thumb, controlling the speed you drive, thetemperature of your home, even when you can retire, and that's just the tip of theirmelting iceberg. Milloy argues that our hasty green policies are more harmful to society than helpfulto the environment and shows how we can counter the green agenda. We all wanta healthy planet, but we don't need to live in a green nanny state to have one. Steve Milloy Tue, 17 Mar 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54915 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Hell: How Environmentalists Plan to Ruin Your Life and What You Can Do to Stop Them Author: Steve Milloy Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Everywhere you look, all you see is green. People are 'living green,' businesses are'going green,' and consumers are 'buying green.' But soon, this trendy 'green'lifestyle won't be voluntary. It will be mandatory. InGreen Hell,Steve Milloy shows how the government and environmental eliteswill soon have you under their green thumb, controlling the speed you drive, thetemperature of your home, even when you can retire, and that's just the tip of theirmelting iceberg. Milloy argues that our hasty green policies are more harmful to society than helpfulto the environment and shows how we can counter the green agenda. We all wanta healthy planet, but we don't need to live in a green nanny state to have one. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Hell: How Environmentalists Plan to Ruin Your Life and What You Can Do to Stop Them Author: Steve Milloy Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 17, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Everywhere you look, all you see is green. People are 'living green,' businesses are'going green,' and consumers are 'buying green.' But soon, this trendy 'green'lifestyle won't be voluntary. It will be mandatory. InGreen Hell,Steve Milloy shows how the government and environmental eliteswill soon have you under their green thumb, controlling the speed you drive, thetemperature of your home, even when you can retire, and that's just the tip of theirmelting iceberg. Milloy argues that our hasty green policies are more harmful to society than helpfulto the environment and shows how we can counter the green agenda. We all wanta healthy planet, but we don't need to live in a green nanny state to have one. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persian Night: Iran under the Khomeinist Revolution Author: Amir Taheri Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 25, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three decades after Khomeinist thugs raided the US embassy in Tehran, Westerners are puzzled by Iran. As a nation, Iranians still like the United States; as a revolutionary regime, however, Iran is the principal bastion of anti-Americanism. As a nation-state, Iran is not concerned with the Palestinian issue; but as a revolutionary cause, the Khomeinist regime must pose as Israel's archfoe to claim leadership of the Arabs. In this timely new offering, the celebrated Iranian-born journalistAmir Taheri dissects a regime that has mobilized the resources of a major Muslim country andhijacked a nation of millions for a global 'holy war' against the United States and its allies. Taheri reveals the links between the Islamic Republic and terrorist networks including al-Qaeda and Hezballah, investigates the reality of Iran's nuclear and war-making capabilities, and most importantly, reveals how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated. From Ayatollah Khomeini's 'historic mission' to President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's messianic campaign in the name of the 'Hidden Imam,'The Persian Nightdepicts a trajectory that will most likely lead to war. More importantly, it addresses the vital question of how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated, enabling Iran to close the chapter of revolution and return to the mainstream of nation-states. Amir Taheri Wed, 25 Mar 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54857 thebookvoice.com 14:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persian Night: Iran under the Khomeinist Revolution Author: Amir Taheri Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 25, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three decades after Khomeinist thugs raided the US embassy in Tehran, Westerners are puzzled by Iran. As a nation, Iranians still like the United States; as a revolutionary regime, however, Iran is the principal bastion of anti-Americanism. As a nation-state, Iran is not concerned with the Palestinian issue; but as a revolutionary cause, the Khomeinist regime must pose as Israel's archfoe to claim leadership of the Arabs. In this timely new offering, the celebrated Iranian-born journalistAmir Taheri dissects a regime that has mobilized the resources of a major Muslim country andhijacked a nation of millions for a global 'holy war' against the United States and its allies. Taheri reveals the links between the Islamic Republic and terrorist networks including al-Qaeda and Hezballah, investigates the reality of Iran's nuclear and war-making capabilities, and most importantly, reveals how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated. From Ayatollah Khomeini's 'historic mission' to President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's messianic campaign in the name of the 'Hidden Imam,'The Persian Nightdepicts a trajectory that will most likely lead to war. More importantly, it addresses the vital question of how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated, enabling Iran to close the chapter of revolution and return to the mainstream of nation-states. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persian Night: Iran under the Khomeinist Revolution Author: Amir Taheri Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 25, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three decades after Khomeinist thugs raided the US embassy in Tehran, Westerners are puzzled by Iran. As a nation, Iranians still like the United States; as a revolutionary regime, however, Iran is the principal bastion of anti-Americanism. As a nation-state, Iran is not concerned with the Palestinian issue; but as a revolutionary cause, the Khomeinist regime must pose as Israel's archfoe to claim leadership of the Arabs. In this timely new offering, the celebrated Iranian-born journalistAmir Taheri dissects a regime that has mobilized the resources of a major Muslim country andhijacked a nation of millions for a global 'holy war' against the United States and its allies. Taheri reveals the links between the Islamic Republic and terrorist networks including al-Qaeda and Hezballah, investigates the reality of Iran's nuclear and war-making capabilities, and most importantly, reveals how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated. From Ayatollah Khomeini's 'historic mission' to President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's messianic campaign in the name of the 'Hidden Imam,'The Persian Nightdepicts a trajectory that will most likely lead to war. More importantly, it addresses the vital question of how the Iranian regime can be resisted and defeated, enabling Iran to close the chapter of revolution and return to the mainstream of nation-states. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritance: The World Obama Confronts and the Challenges to American Power Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Chief Washington Correspondent for The New York Times examines the effect the Bush Administration’s foreign and domestic policies will have on global politics. This trenchant analysis of the Bush Administration’s legacy is a riveting, behind-the-scenes account of the foreign policy decisions that have come out of the White House in the last eight years. Detailing the administration’s few successes and its stunning string of failures, this audiobook maps the world America faces after the Bush presidency. A veteran reporter with unprecedented access to Bush Administration officials, David E. Sanger provides keen insight to the complex challenges facing the next president, from rebuilding Afghanistan to preventing Iran and North Korea from becoming nuclear-armed states. David E. Sanger Tue, 13 Jan 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54817 thebookvoice.com 16:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritance: The World Obama Confronts and the Challenges to American Power Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Chief Washington Correspondent for The New York Times examines the effect the Bush Administration’s foreign and domestic policies will have on global politics. This trenchant analysis of the Bush Administration’s legacy is a riveting, behind-the-scenes account of the foreign policy decisions that have come out of the White House in the last eight years. Detailing the administration’s few successes and its stunning string of failures, this audiobook maps the world America faces after the Bush presidency. A veteran reporter with unprecedented access to Bush Administration officials, David E. Sanger provides keen insight to the complex challenges facing the next president, from rebuilding Afghanistan to preventing Iran and North Korea from becoming nuclear-armed states. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inheritance: The World Obama Confronts and the Challenges to American Power Author: David E. Sanger Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Chief Washington Correspondent for The New York Times examines the effect the Bush Administration’s foreign and domestic policies will have on global politics. This trenchant analysis of the Bush Administration’s legacy is a riveting, behind-the-scenes account of the foreign policy decisions that have come out of the White House in the last eight years. Detailing the administration’s few successes and its stunning string of failures, this audiobook maps the world America faces after the Bush presidency. A veteran reporter with unprecedented access to Bush Administration officials, David E. Sanger provides keen insight to the complex challenges facing the next president, from rebuilding Afghanistan to preventing Iran and North Korea from becoming nuclear-armed states. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: Making America As Good As Its Promise Author: Tavis Smiley Narrator: Tavis Smiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tavis Smiley presents the successor to his two bestselling books, The Covenant of Black America and The Covenant in Action—Accountable will serve as a report card, holding the politicians accountable for what they have promised and holding the community responsible for its actions or inactions. In Accountable, New York Times bestselling author Tavis Smiley addresses two issues: Public officials and the promises they have made regarding issues of concern to the African American community; and holding individuals and communities accountable for the degree to which they have utilized various tools and strategies outlined in his previous books, The Covenant and The Covenant in Action, to effect change. In sum, this book will explore how well the covenant goals have been realized. It explores topics such as healthcare, education, the unequal justice system, and jobs, and it will do so through story—real life examples of how an issue manifests itself on the ground. Accountable will examine the conditions of our present day and the consequences for America if we fail to effect real change within the next two decades. It will make the case for American citizens to be driven by “the cause and not the candidate,” and demonstrate the need to hold our politicians and ourselves accountable—because the stakes have never been higher. Tavis Smiley Tue, 17 Feb 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54531 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: Making America As Good As Its Promise Author: Tavis Smiley Narrator: Tavis Smiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tavis Smiley presents the successor to his two bestselling books, The Covenant of Black America and The Covenant in Action—Accountable will serve as a report card, holding the politicians accountable for what they have promised and holding the community responsible for its actions or inactions. In Accountable, New York Times bestselling author Tavis Smiley addresses two issues: Public officials and the promises they have made regarding issues of concern to the African American community; and holding individuals and communities accountable for the degree to which they have utilized various tools and strategies outlined in his previous books, The Covenant and The Covenant in Action, to effect change. In sum, this book will explore how well the covenant goals have been realized. It explores topics such as healthcare, education, the unequal justice system, and jobs, and it will do so through story—real life examples of how an issue manifests itself on the ground. Accountable will examine the conditions of our present day and the consequences for America if we fail to effect real change within the next two decades. It will make the case for American citizens to be driven by “the cause and not the candidate,” and demonstrate the need to hold our politicians and ourselves accountable—because the stakes have never been higher. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accountable: Making America As Good As Its Promise Author: Tavis Smiley Narrator: Tavis Smiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tavis Smiley presents the successor to his two bestselling books, The Covenant of Black America and The Covenant in Action—Accountable will serve as a report card, holding the politicians accountable for what they have promised and holding the community responsible for its actions or inactions. In Accountable, New York Times bestselling author Tavis Smiley addresses two issues: Public officials and the promises they have made regarding issues of concern to the African American community; and holding individuals and communities accountable for the degree to which they have utilized various tools and strategies outlined in his previous books, The Covenant and The Covenant in Action, to effect change. In sum, this book will explore how well the covenant goals have been realized. It explores topics such as healthcare, education, the unequal justice system, and jobs, and it will do so through story—real life examples of how an issue manifests itself on the ground. Accountable will examine the conditions of our present day and the consequences for America if we fail to effect real change within the next two decades. It will make the case for American citizens to be driven by “the cause and not the candidate,” and demonstrate the need to hold our politicians and ourselves accountable—because the stakes have never been higher. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriotic Grace Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Peggy Noonan's Wall Street Journal column has been must reading for thoughtful liberals and conservatives alike. Now she issues an urgent, heartfelt call for all Americans to support the next President. Because it is not the threats and challenges we face, but how we face them that defines us as a nation. The terrible events of 9/11 brought us together in a way not seen since World War II. But the stresses and divisions of the Bush years have driven us apart to a point that is unhealthy and dangerous. Today, Noonan argues, the national mood has swung the other way and it is well past time for politicians to catch up. We long for leaders who can summon us to greatness and sacrifice, as they did in the long struggles against fascism and communism. In this timely essay, written in the pamphleteering tradition of Tom Paine's Common Sense, Noonan reminds us that we must face our common challenges together—not by rising above partisanship, but by reaffirming what it means to be American. Peggy Noonan Tue, 10 Feb 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54466 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriotic Grace Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Peggy Noonan's Wall Street Journal column has been must reading for thoughtful liberals and conservatives alike. Now she issues an urgent, heartfelt call for all Americans to support the next President. Because it is not the threats and challenges we face, but how we face them that defines us as a nation. The terrible events of 9/11 brought us together in a way not seen since World War II. But the stresses and divisions of the Bush years have driven us apart to a point that is unhealthy and dangerous. Today, Noonan argues, the national mood has swung the other way and it is well past time for politicians to catch up. We long for leaders who can summon us to greatness and sacrifice, as they did in the long struggles against fascism and communism. In this timely essay, written in the pamphleteering tradition of Tom Paine's Common Sense, Noonan reminds us that we must face our common challenges together—not by rising above partisanship, but by reaffirming what it means to be American. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriotic Grace Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 10, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Peggy Noonan's Wall Street Journal column has been must reading for thoughtful liberals and conservatives alike. Now she issues an urgent, heartfelt call for all Americans to support the next President. Because it is not the threats and challenges we face, but how we face them that defines us as a nation. The terrible events of 9/11 brought us together in a way not seen since World War II. But the stresses and divisions of the Bush years have driven us apart to a point that is unhealthy and dangerous. Today, Noonan argues, the national mood has swung the other way and it is well past time for politicians to catch up. We long for leaders who can summon us to greatness and sacrifice, as they did in the long struggles against fascism and communism. In this timely essay, written in the pamphleteering tradition of Tom Paine's Common Sense, Noonan reminds us that we must face our common challenges together—not by rising above partisanship, but by reaffirming what it means to be American. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Margy Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The latest blockbuster from #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter. Ann Coulter’s many dedicated fans are eagerly anticipating this all new, completely original audiobook, which follows her 6th bestseller, If Democrats Had Any Brains, They’d All Be Republicans. Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can’t ignore her. "You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone's point of view? Coulter isn't one."–People #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture. Ann Coulter Tue, 06 Jan 2009 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54419 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Margy Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The latest blockbuster from #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter. Ann Coulter’s many dedicated fans are eagerly anticipating this all new, completely original audiobook, which follows her 6th bestseller, If Democrats Had Any Brains, They’d All Be Republicans. Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can’t ignore her. "You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone's point of view? Coulter isn't one."–People #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Margy Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 6, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The latest blockbuster from #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter. Ann Coulter’s many dedicated fans are eagerly anticipating this all new, completely original audiobook, which follows her 6th bestseller, If Democrats Had Any Brains, They’d All Be Republicans. Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can’t ignore her. "You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone's point of view? Coulter isn't one."–People #1 New York Times bestselling author Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54137 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frost/Nixon: Behind the Scenes of the Nixon Interview Author: David Frost Narrator: David Frost Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the resounding success of the eponymous West End and Broadway hit play, Frost/Nixon tells the extraordinary story of how Sir David Frost pursued and landed the biggest fish of his career—and how the series drew larger audiences than any news interview ever had in the United States, before being shown all over the world. This is Frost's absorbing story of his pursuit of Richard Nixon, and is no less revealing of his own toughness and pertinacity than of the ex-President's elusiveness. Frost's encounters with such figures as Swifty Lazar, Ron Ziegler, potential sponsors, and Nixon as negotiator are nothing short of hilarious, and his insight into the taping of the programs themselves is fascinating. Frost/Nixon provides the authoritative account of the only public trial that Nixon would ever have, and a revelation of the man's character as it appeared in the stress of eleven grueling sessions before the cameras. Including historical perspective and transcripts of the edited interviews, this is the story of Sir David Frost's quest to produce one of the most dramatic pieces of television ever broadcast, described by commentators at the time as “a catharsis” for the American people. David Frost Tue, 18 Nov 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54137 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frost/Nixon: Behind the Scenes of the Nixon Interview Author: David Frost Narrator: David Frost Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the resounding success of the eponymous West End and Broadway hit play, Frost/Nixon tells the extraordinary story of how Sir David Frost pursued and landed the biggest fish of his career—and how the series drew larger audiences than any news interview ever had in the United States, before being shown all over the world. This is Frost's absorbing story of his pursuit of Richard Nixon, and is no less revealing of his own toughness and pertinacity than of the ex-President's elusiveness. Frost's encounters with such figures as Swifty Lazar, Ron Ziegler, potential sponsors, and Nixon as negotiator are nothing short of hilarious, and his insight into the taping of the programs themselves is fascinating. Frost/Nixon provides the authoritative account of the only public trial that Nixon would ever have, and a revelation of the man's character as it appeared in the stress of eleven grueling sessions before the cameras. Including historical perspective and transcripts of the edited interviews, this is the story of Sir David Frost's quest to produce one of the most dramatic pieces of television ever broadcast, described by commentators at the time as “a catharsis” for the American people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frost/Nixon: Behind the Scenes of the Nixon Interview Author: David Frost Narrator: David Frost Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the resounding success of the eponymous West End and Broadway hit play, Frost/Nixon tells the extraordinary story of how Sir David Frost pursued and landed the biggest fish of his career—and how the series drew larger audiences than any news interview ever had in the United States, before being shown all over the world. This is Frost's absorbing story of his pursuit of Richard Nixon, and is no less revealing of his own toughness and pertinacity than of the ex-President's elusiveness. Frost's encounters with such figures as Swifty Lazar, Ron Ziegler, potential sponsors, and Nixon as negotiator are nothing short of hilarious, and his insight into the taping of the programs themselves is fascinating. Frost/Nixon provides the authoritative account of the only public trial that Nixon would ever have, and a revelation of the man's character as it appeared in the stress of eleven grueling sessions before the cameras. Including historical perspective and transcripts of the edited interviews, this is the story of Sir David Frost's quest to produce one of the most dramatic pieces of television ever broadcast, described by commentators at the time as “a catharsis” for the American people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of the United States Author: Robert Vincent Remini Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 7, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In A Short History of the United States, National Book Award winner Robert V. Remini offers a much-needed, concise history of our country. This accessible and lively volume contains the essential facts about the discovery, settlement, growth, and development of the American nation and its institutions, including the arrival and migration of Native Americans, the founding of a republic under the Constitution, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the outbreak of terrorism here and abroad, the Obama presidency, and everything in between. Robert Vincent Remini Tue, 07 Oct 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53884 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of the United States Author: Robert Vincent Remini Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 7, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In A Short History of the United States, National Book Award winner Robert V. Remini offers a much-needed, concise history of our country. This accessible and lively volume contains the essential facts about the discovery, settlement, growth, and development of the American nation and its institutions, including the arrival and migration of Native Americans, the founding of a republic under the Constitution, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the outbreak of terrorism here and abroad, the Obama presidency, and everything in between. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of the United States Author: Robert Vincent Remini Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 7, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In A Short History of the United States, National Book Award winner Robert V. Remini offers a much-needed, concise history of our country. This accessible and lively volume contains the essential facts about the discovery, settlement, growth, and development of the American nation and its institutions, including the arrival and migration of Native Americans, the founding of a republic under the Constitution, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the outbreak of terrorism here and abroad, the Obama presidency, and everything in between. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lion: Andrew Jackson in the White House Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive biography of a larger-than-life president who defied norms, divided a nation, and changed Washington forever Andrew Jackson, his intimate circle of friends, and his tumultuous times are at the heart of this remarkable book about the man who rose from nothing to create the modern presidency. Beloved and hated, venerated and reviled, Andrew Jackson was an orphan who fought his way to the pinnacle of power, bending the nation to his will in the cause of democracy. Jackson’s election in 1828 ushered in a new and lasting era in which the people, not distant elites, were the guiding force in American politics. Democracy made its stand in the Jackson years, and he gave voice to the hopes and the fears of a restless, changing nation facing challenging times at home and threats abroad. To tell the saga of Jackson’s presidency, acclaimed author Jon Meacham goes inside the Jackson White House. Drawing on newly discovered family letters and papers, he details the human drama–the family, the women, and the inner circle of advisers– that shaped Jackson’s private world through years of storm and victory. One of our most significant yet dimly recalled presidents, Jackson was a battle-hardened warrior, the founder of the Democratic Party, and the architect of the presidency as we know it. His story is one of violence, sex, courage, and tragedy. With his powerful persona, his evident bravery, and his mystical connection to the people, Jackson moved the White House from the periphery of government to the center of national action, articulating a vision of change that challenged entrenched interests to heed the popular will– or face his formidable wrath. The greatest of the presidents who have followed Jackson in the White House–from Lincoln to Theodore Roosevelt to FDR to Truman–have found inspiration in his example, and virtue in his vision. Jackson was the most contradictory of men. The architect of the removal of Indians from their native lands, he was warmly sentimental and risked everything to give more power to ordinary citizens. He was, in short, a lot like his country: alternately kind and vicious, brilliant and blind; and a man who fought a lifelong war to keep the republic safe–no matter what it took. Jon Meacham Tue, 11 Nov 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54062 thebookvoice.com 17:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lion: Andrew Jackson in the White House Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive biography of a larger-than-life president who defied norms, divided a nation, and changed Washington forever Andrew Jackson, his intimate circle of friends, and his tumultuous times are at the heart of this remarkable book about the man who rose from nothing to create the modern presidency. Beloved and hated, venerated and reviled, Andrew Jackson was an orphan who fought his way to the pinnacle of power, bending the nation to his will in the cause of democracy. Jackson’s election in 1828 ushered in a new and lasting era in which the people, not distant elites, were the guiding force in American politics. Democracy made its stand in the Jackson years, and he gave voice to the hopes and the fears of a restless, changing nation facing challenging times at home and threats abroad. To tell the saga of Jackson’s presidency, acclaimed author Jon Meacham goes inside the Jackson White House. Drawing on newly discovered family letters and papers, he details the human drama–the family, the women, and the inner circle of advisers– that shaped Jackson’s private world through years of storm and victory. One of our most significant yet dimly recalled presidents, Jackson was a battle-hardened warrior, the founder of the Democratic Party, and the architect of the presidency as we know it. His story is one of violence, sex, courage, and tragedy. With his powerful persona, his evident bravery, and his mystical connection to the people, Jackson moved the White House from the periphery of government to the center of national action, articulating a vision of change that challenged entrenched interests to heed the popular will– or face his formidable wrath. The greatest of the presidents who have followed Jackson in the White House–from Lincoln to Theodore Roosevelt to FDR to Truman–have found inspiration in his example, and virtue in his vision. Jackson was the most contradictory of men. The architect of the removal of Indians from their native lands, he was warmly sentimental and risked everything to give more power to ordinary citizens. He was, in short, a lot like his country: alternately kind and vicious, brilliant and blind; and a man who fought a lifelong war to keep the republic safe–no matter what it took. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/54062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lion: Andrew Jackson in the White House Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive biography of a larger-than-life president who defied norms, divided a nation, and changed Washington forever Andrew Jackson, his intimate circle of friends, and his tumultuous times are at the heart of this remarkable book about the man who rose from nothing to create the modern presidency. Beloved and hated, venerated and reviled, Andrew Jackson was an orphan who fought his way to the pinnacle of power, bending the nation to his will in the cause of democracy. Jackson’s election in 1828 ushered in a new and lasting era in which the people, not distant elites, were the guiding force in American politics. Democracy made its stand in the Jackson years, and he gave voice to the hopes and the fears of a restless, changing nation facing challenging times at home and threats abroad. To tell the saga of Jackson’s presidency, acclaimed author Jon Meacham goes inside the Jackson White House. Drawing on newly discovered family letters and papers, he details the human drama–the family, the women, and the inner circle of advisers– that shaped Jackson’s private world through years of storm and victory. One of our most significant yet dimly recalled presidents, Jackson was a battle-hardened warrior, the founder of the Democratic Party, and the architect of the presidency as we know it. His story is one of violence, sex, courage, and tragedy. With his powerful persona, his evident bravery, and his mystical connection to the people, Jackson moved the White House from the periphery of government to the center of national action, articulating a vision of change that challenged entrenched interests to heed the popular will– or face his formidable wrath. The greatest of the presidents who have followed Jackson in the White House–from Lincoln to Theodore Roosevelt to FDR to Truman–have found inspiration in his example, and virtue in his vision. Jackson was the most contradictory of men. The architect of the removal of Indians from their native lands, he was warmly sentimental and risked everything to give more power to ordinary citizens. He was, in short, a lot like his country: alternately kind and vicious, brilliant and blind; and a man who fought a lifelong war to keep the republic safe–no matter what it took. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor to His Class: The Privileged Life and Radical Presidency of Franklin Delano Roosevelt Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, magisterial biography of the man generally considered the greatest president of the twentieth century, admired by Democrats and Republicans alike. Traitor to His Class sheds new light on FDR's formative years, his remarkable willingness to champion the concerns of the poor and disenfranchised, his combination of political genius, firm leadership, and matchless diplomacy in saving democracy in America during the Great Depression and the American cause of freedom in World War II. Drawing on archival materials, public speeches, personal correspondence, and accounts by family and close associates, acclaimed bestselling historian and biographer H. W. Brands offers a compelling and intimate portrait of Roosevelt’s life and career. Brands explores the powerful influence of FDR’s dominating mother and the often tense and always unusual partnership between FDR and his wife, Eleanor, and her indispensable contributions to his presidency. Most of all, the book traces in breathtaking detail FDR’s revolutionary efforts with his New Deal legislation to transform the American political economy in order to save it, his forceful—and cagey—leadership before and during World War II, and his lasting legacy in creating the foundations of the postwar international order. Traitor to His Class brilliantly captures the qualities that have made FDR a beloved figure to millions of Americans. H. W. Brands Tue, 04 Nov 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53813 thebookvoice.com 37:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor to His Class: The Privileged Life and Radical Presidency of Franklin Delano Roosevelt Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, magisterial biography of the man generally considered the greatest president of the twentieth century, admired by Democrats and Republicans alike. Traitor to His Class sheds new light on FDR's formative years, his remarkable willingness to champion the concerns of the poor and disenfranchised, his combination of political genius, firm leadership, and matchless diplomacy in saving democracy in America during the Great Depression and the American cause of freedom in World War II. Drawing on archival materials, public speeches, personal correspondence, and accounts by family and close associates, acclaimed bestselling historian and biographer H. W. Brands offers a compelling and intimate portrait of Roosevelt’s life and career. Brands explores the powerful influence of FDR’s dominating mother and the often tense and always unusual partnership between FDR and his wife, Eleanor, and her indispensable contributions to his presidency. Most of all, the book traces in breathtaking detail FDR’s revolutionary efforts with his New Deal legislation to transform the American political economy in order to save it, his forceful—and cagey—leadership before and during World War II, and his lasting legacy in creating the foundations of the postwar international order. Traitor to His Class brilliantly captures the qualities that have made FDR a beloved figure to millions of Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor to His Class: The Privileged Life and Radical Presidency of Franklin Delano Roosevelt Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, magisterial biography of the man generally considered the greatest president of the twentieth century, admired by Democrats and Republicans alike. Traitor to His Class sheds new light on FDR's formative years, his remarkable willingness to champion the concerns of the poor and disenfranchised, his combination of political genius, firm leadership, and matchless diplomacy in saving democracy in America during the Great Depression and the American cause of freedom in World War II. Drawing on archival materials, public speeches, personal correspondence, and accounts by family and close associates, acclaimed bestselling historian and biographer H. W. Brands offers a compelling and intimate portrait of Roosevelt’s life and career. Brands explores the powerful influence of FDR’s dominating mother and the often tense and always unusual partnership between FDR and his wife, Eleanor, and her indispensable contributions to his presidency. Most of all, the book traces in breathtaking detail FDR’s revolutionary efforts with his New Deal legislation to transform the American political economy in order to save it, his forceful—and cagey—leadership before and during World War II, and his lasting legacy in creating the foundations of the postwar international order. Traitor to His Class brilliantly captures the qualities that have made FDR a beloved figure to millions of Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53795 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bold Fresh Piece of Humanity Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 23, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The year was 1957, the month September, and I had just turned eight years old. Dwight Eisenhower was President, but in my life it was the diminutive, intense Sister Mary Lurana who ruled, at least in the third-grade class where I was held captive. For reasons you will soon understand, my parents had remanded me to the penal institution of St. Brigid’s School in Westbury, New York, a cruel and unusual punishment if there ever was one. Already, I had barely survived my first two years at St. Brigid’s because I was, well, a little nitwit. Not satisfied with memorizing the Baltimore Catechism’s fine prose, which featured passages like “God made me to show his goodness and to make me happy with him in heaven,” I was constantly annoying my classmates and, of course, the no-nonsense Sister Lurana. With sixty overactive students in her class, she was understandably short on patience. For survival, she had also become quick on the draw. Then it happened. One day I blurted out some dumb remark, and Sister Lurana was on me like a panther. Her black habit blocked out all distractions as she leaned down, looked me in the eye, and uttered words I have never forgotten: “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” And she was dead-on. One day in 1957, in the third-grade classroom of St. Brigid’s parochial school, an exasperated Sister Mary Lurana bent over a restless young William O’Reilly and said, “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” Little did she know that she was, early in his career as a troublemaker, defining the essence of Bill O’Reilly and providing him with the title of his brash and entertaining issues-based memoir. And this time it’s personal. In his most intimate book yet, O’Reilly goes back in time to examine the people, places, and experiences that launched him on his journey from working-class kid to immensely influential television personality and bestselling author. Readers will learn how his traditional outlook was formed in the crucible of his family, his neighborhood, his church, and his schools, and how his views on America’s proper role in the world emerged from covering four wars on five continents over three-plus decades as a news correspondent. What will delight his numerous fans and surprise many others is the humor and self-deprecation with which he handles one of his core subjects: himself, and just how O’Reilly became O’Reilly. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 23 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53795 thebookvoice.com 7:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bold Fresh Piece of Humanity Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 23, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The year was 1957, the month September, and I had just turned eight years old. Dwight Eisenhower was President, but in my life it was the diminutive, intense Sister Mary Lurana who ruled, at least in the third-grade class where I was held captive. For reasons you will soon understand, my parents had remanded me to the penal institution of St. Brigid’s School in Westbury, New York, a cruel and unusual punishment if there ever was one. Already, I had barely survived my first two years at St. Brigid’s because I was, well, a little nitwit. Not satisfied with memorizing the Baltimore Catechism’s fine prose, which featured passages like “God made me to show his goodness and to make me happy with him in heaven,” I was constantly annoying my classmates and, of course, the no-nonsense Sister Lurana. With sixty overactive students in her class, she was understandably short on patience. For survival, she had also become quick on the draw. Then it happened. One day I blurted out some dumb remark, and Sister Lurana was on me like a panther. Her black habit blocked out all distractions as she leaned down, looked me in the eye, and uttered words I have never forgotten: “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” And she was dead-on. One day in 1957, in the third-grade classroom of St. Brigid’s parochial school, an exasperated Sister Mary Lurana bent over a restless young William O’Reilly and said, “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” Little did she know that she was, early in his career as a troublemaker, defining the essence of Bill O’Reilly and providing him with the title of his brash and entertaining issues-based memoir. And this time it’s personal. In his most intimate book yet, O’Reilly goes back in time to examine the people, places, and experiences that launched him on his journey from working-class kid to immensely influential television personality and bestselling author. Readers will learn how his traditional outlook was formed in the crucible of his family, his neighborhood, his church, and his schools, and how his views on America’s proper role in the world emerged from covering four wars on five continents over three-plus decades as a news correspondent. What will delight his numerous fans and surprise many others is the humor and self-deprecation with which he handles one of his core subjects: himself, and just how O’Reilly became O’Reilly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bold Fresh Piece of Humanity Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 23, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The year was 1957, the month September, and I had just turned eight years old. Dwight Eisenhower was President, but in my life it was the diminutive, intense Sister Mary Lurana who ruled, at least in the third-grade class where I was held captive. For reasons you will soon understand, my parents had remanded me to the penal institution of St. Brigid’s School in Westbury, New York, a cruel and unusual punishment if there ever was one. Already, I had barely survived my first two years at St. Brigid’s because I was, well, a little nitwit. Not satisfied with memorizing the Baltimore Catechism’s fine prose, which featured passages like “God made me to show his goodness and to make me happy with him in heaven,” I was constantly annoying my classmates and, of course, the no-nonsense Sister Lurana. With sixty overactive students in her class, she was understandably short on patience. For survival, she had also become quick on the draw. Then it happened. One day I blurted out some dumb remark, and Sister Lurana was on me like a panther. Her black habit blocked out all distractions as she leaned down, looked me in the eye, and uttered words I have never forgotten: “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” And she was dead-on. One day in 1957, in the third-grade classroom of St. Brigid’s parochial school, an exasperated Sister Mary Lurana bent over a restless young William O’Reilly and said, “William, you are a bold, fresh piece of humanity.” Little did she know that she was, early in his career as a troublemaker, defining the essence of Bill O’Reilly and providing him with the title of his brash and entertaining issues-based memoir. And this time it’s personal. In his most intimate book yet, O’Reilly goes back in time to examine the people, places, and experiences that launched him on his journey from working-class kid to immensely influential television personality and bestselling author. Readers will learn how his traditional outlook was formed in the crucible of his family, his neighborhood, his church, and his schools, and how his views on America’s proper role in the world emerged from covering four wars on five continents over three-plus decades as a news correspondent. What will delight his numerous fans and surprise many others is the humor and self-deprecation with which he handles one of his core subjects: himself, and just how O’Reilly became O’Reilly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Factory: The Ultra-Secret NSA from 9/11 to the Eavesdropping on America Author: James Bamford Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today’s National Security Agency is the largest, most costly, and most technologically advanced spy organization the world has ever known. It is also the most intrusive, secretly filtering millions of phone calls and e-mails an hour in the United States and around the world. Half a million people live on its watch list, and the number grows by the thousands every month. Has America become a surveillance state? In The Shadow Factory, James Bamford, the foremost expert on the National Security Agency, charts its transformation since 9/11, as the legendary code breakers turned their ears away from outside enemies, such as the Soviet Union, and inward to enemies whose communications increasingly crisscross America. Fast-paced and riveting, The Shadow Factory is about a world unseen by Americans without the highest security clearances. But it is a world in which even their most intimate whispers may no longer be private. James Bamford Tue, 30 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53799 thebookvoice.com 13:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Factory: The Ultra-Secret NSA from 9/11 to the Eavesdropping on America Author: James Bamford Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today’s National Security Agency is the largest, most costly, and most technologically advanced spy organization the world has ever known. It is also the most intrusive, secretly filtering millions of phone calls and e-mails an hour in the United States and around the world. Half a million people live on its watch list, and the number grows by the thousands every month. Has America become a surveillance state? In The Shadow Factory, James Bamford, the foremost expert on the National Security Agency, charts its transformation since 9/11, as the legendary code breakers turned their ears away from outside enemies, such as the Soviet Union, and inward to enemies whose communications increasingly crisscross America. Fast-paced and riveting, The Shadow Factory is about a world unseen by Americans without the highest security clearances. But it is a world in which even their most intimate whispers may no longer be private. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shadow Factory: The Ultra-Secret NSA from 9/11 to the Eavesdropping on America Author: James Bamford Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today’s National Security Agency is the largest, most costly, and most technologically advanced spy organization the world has ever known. It is also the most intrusive, secretly filtering millions of phone calls and e-mails an hour in the United States and around the world. Half a million people live on its watch list, and the number grows by the thousands every month. Has America become a surveillance state? In The Shadow Factory, James Bamford, the foremost expert on the National Security Agency, charts its transformation since 9/11, as the legendary code breakers turned their ears away from outside enemies, such as the Soviet Union, and inward to enemies whose communications increasingly crisscross America. Fast-paced and riveting, The Shadow Factory is about a world unseen by Americans without the highest security clearances. But it is a world in which even their most intimate whispers may no longer be private. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil We Know: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past thirty years, while the United States has turned either a blind or dismissive eye, Iran has emerged as a nation every bit as capable of altering America’s destiny as traditional superpowers Russia and China. Indeed, one of this book’s central arguments is that, in some ways, Iran’s grip on America’s future is even tighter. As ex–CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting Americans’ false perceptions of what Iran is—by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening—and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we’re bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer’s on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players—everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel’s internal security—paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran’s hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world’s oil spigot. By mixing anecdotes with information gleaned from clandestine sources, Baer superbly demonstrates that Iran, far from being a wild-eyed rogue state, is a rational actor—one skilled in the game of nations and so effective at thwarting perceived Western colonialism that even rival Sunnis relish fighting under its banner. For U.S. policy makers, the choices have narrowed: either cede the world’s most important energy corridors to a nation that can match us militarily with its asymmetric capabilities (which include the use of suicide bombers)—or deal with the devil we know. We might just find that in allying with Iran, we’ll have increased not just our own security but that of all Middle East nations.The alternative—to continue goading Iran into establishing hegemony over the Muslim world—is too chilling to contemplate. Robert Baer Tue, 30 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53672 thebookvoice.com 9:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil We Know: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past thirty years, while the United States has turned either a blind or dismissive eye, Iran has emerged as a nation every bit as capable of altering America’s destiny as traditional superpowers Russia and China. Indeed, one of this book’s central arguments is that, in some ways, Iran’s grip on America’s future is even tighter. As ex–CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting Americans’ false perceptions of what Iran is—by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening—and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we’re bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer’s on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players—everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel’s internal security—paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran’s hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world’s oil spigot. By mixing anecdotes with information gleaned from clandestine sources, Baer superbly demonstrates that Iran, far from being a wild-eyed rogue state, is a rational actor—one skilled in the game of nations and so effective at thwarting perceived Western colonialism that even rival Sunnis relish fighting under its banner. For U.S. policy makers, the choices have narrowed: either cede the world’s most important energy corridors to a nation that can match us militarily with its asymmetric capabilities (which include the use of suicide bombers)—or deal with the devil we know. We might just find that in allying with Iran, we’ll have increased not just our own security but that of all Middle East nations.The alternative—to continue goading Iran into establishing hegemony over the Muslim world—is too chilling to contemplate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil We Know: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 30, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past thirty years, while the United States has turned either a blind or dismissive eye, Iran has emerged as a nation every bit as capable of altering America’s destiny as traditional superpowers Russia and China. Indeed, one of this book’s central arguments is that, in some ways, Iran’s grip on America’s future is even tighter. As ex–CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting Americans’ false perceptions of what Iran is—by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening—and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we’re bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer’s on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players—everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel’s internal security—paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran’s hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world’s oil spigot. By mixing anecdotes with information gleaned from clandestine sources, Baer superbly demonstrates that Iran, far from being a wild-eyed rogue state, is a rational actor—one skilled in the game of nations and so effective at thwarting perceived Western colonialism that even rival Sunnis relish fighting under its banner. For U.S. policy makers, the choices have narrowed: either cede the world’s most important energy corridors to a nation that can match us militarily with its asymmetric capabilities (which include the use of suicide bombers)—or deal with the devil we know. We might just find that in allying with Iran, we’ll have increased not just our own security but that of all Middle East nations.The alternative—to continue goading Iran into establishing hegemony over the Muslim world—is too chilling to contemplate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53663 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change We Can Believe In: Barack Obama's Plan to Renew America's Promise Author: Obama For Change Narrator: Andre Blake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At this defining moment in our history, Americans are hungry for change. After years of failed policies and a failed politics from Washington, this is our chance to reclaim the American dream. Barack Obama has proven to be a new kind of leader—one who can bring people together, be honest about the challenges we face, and move this nation forward. Change We Can Believe In outlines his vision for America. Throughout this audiobook you will find bold and specific ideas about how to fix our ailing economy and strengthen the middle class, make health care affordable for all, achieve energy independence, and keep America safe in a dangerous world. Change We Can Believe In asks you not just to believe in Barack Obama’s ability to bring change to Washington, it asks you to believe in yours. Obama For Change Tue, 09 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53663 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change We Can Believe In: Barack Obama's Plan to Renew America's Promise Author: Obama For Change Narrator: Andre Blake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At this defining moment in our history, Americans are hungry for change. After years of failed policies and a failed politics from Washington, this is our chance to reclaim the American dream. Barack Obama has proven to be a new kind of leader—one who can bring people together, be honest about the challenges we face, and move this nation forward. Change We Can Believe In outlines his vision for America. Throughout this audiobook you will find bold and specific ideas about how to fix our ailing economy and strengthen the middle class, make health care affordable for all, achieve energy independence, and keep America safe in a dangerous world. Change We Can Believe In asks you not just to believe in Barack Obama’s ability to bring change to Washington, it asks you to believe in yours. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change We Can Believe In: Barack Obama's Plan to Renew America's Promise Author: Obama For Change Narrator: Andre Blake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At this defining moment in our history, Americans are hungry for change. After years of failed policies and a failed politics from Washington, this is our chance to reclaim the American dream. Barack Obama has proven to be a new kind of leader—one who can bring people together, be honest about the challenges we face, and move this nation forward. Change We Can Believe In outlines his vision for America. Throughout this audiobook you will find bold and specific ideas about how to fix our ailing economy and strengthen the middle class, make health care affordable for all, achieve energy independence, and keep America safe in a dangerous world. Change We Can Believe In asks you not just to believe in Barack Obama’s ability to bring change to Washington, it asks you to believe in yours. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commies: A Journey through the Old Left, the New Left, and the Leftover Left Author: Ronald Radosh Narrator: Yuri Rasovsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ronald Radosh’s earliest memory is of being trundled off to a May Day demonstration by his Communist parents. Radosh grew up in the parallel universe of American Communism, and when he entered the University of Wisconsin in the late 1950s, he became a founding father of the New Left and emerged as one of its leaders in the sixties. But if Commies is an intimate social history of the American Left over the past half-century, it is also a compelling story of a crisis of radical faith. In the early eighties, Radosh wrote the groundbreaking work The Rosenberg File, intending to prove that the martyrs were innocent—but after examining government files, he became convinced of the Rosenbergs’ guilt. As the publication of his book provoked attacks and blacklisting from his former friends in the Left, Radosh began to question his past allegiances. Ronald Radosh Thu, 01 May 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53520 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commies: A Journey through the Old Left, the New Left, and the Leftover Left Author: Ronald Radosh Narrator: Yuri Rasovsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ronald Radosh’s earliest memory is of being trundled off to a May Day demonstration by his Communist parents. Radosh grew up in the parallel universe of American Communism, and when he entered the University of Wisconsin in the late 1950s, he became a founding father of the New Left and emerged as one of its leaders in the sixties. But if Commies is an intimate social history of the American Left over the past half-century, it is also a compelling story of a crisis of radical faith. In the early eighties, Radosh wrote the groundbreaking work The Rosenberg File, intending to prove that the martyrs were innocent—but after examining government files, he became convinced of the Rosenbergs’ guilt. As the publication of his book provoked attacks and blacklisting from his former friends in the Left, Radosh began to question his past allegiances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commies: A Journey through the Old Left, the New Left, and the Leftover Left Author: Ronald Radosh Narrator: Yuri Rasovsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ronald Radosh’s earliest memory is of being trundled off to a May Day demonstration by his Communist parents. Radosh grew up in the parallel universe of American Communism, and when he entered the University of Wisconsin in the late 1950s, he became a founding father of the New Left and emerged as one of its leaders in the sixties. But if Commies is an intimate social history of the American Left over the past half-century, it is also a compelling story of a crisis of radical faith. In the early eighties, Radosh wrote the groundbreaking work The Rosenberg File, intending to prove that the martyrs were innocent—but after examining government files, he became convinced of the Rosenbergs’ guilt. As the publication of his book provoked attacks and blacklisting from his former friends in the Left, Radosh began to question his past allegiances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lightning: Terror, Mystery, the Birth of Hollywood, and the Crime of the Century Author: Howard Blum Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It was an explosion that reverberated across the country—and into the very heart of early-twentieth-century America. On the morning of October 1, 1910, the walls of the Los Angeles Times Building buckled as a thunderous detonation sent men, machinery, and mortar rocketing into the night air. When at last the wreckage had been sifted and the hospital triage units consulted, twenty-one people were declared dead and dozens more injured. But as it turned out, this was just a prelude to the devastation that was to come. In American Lightning, acclaimed author Howard Blum masterfully evokes the incredible circumstances that led to the original “crime of the century”—and an aftermath more dramatic than even the crime itself. With smoke still wafting up from the charred ruins, the city’s mayor reacts with undisguised excitement when he learns of the arrival, only that morning, of America’s greatest detective, William J. Burns, a former Secret Service man who has been likened to Sherlock Holmes. Surely Burns, already world famous for cracking unsolvable crimes and for his elaborate disguises, can run the perpetrators to ground. Through the work of many months, snowbound stakeouts, and brilliant forensic sleuthing, the great investigator finally identifies the men he believes are responsible for so much destruction. Stunningly, Burns accuses the men—labor activists with an apparent grudge against the Los Angeles Times’s fiercely anti-union owner—of not just one heinous deed but of being part of a terror wave involving hundreds of bombings. While preparation is laid for America’s highest profile trial ever—and the forces of labor and capital wage hand-to-hand combat in the streets—two other notable figures are swept into the drama: industry-shaping filmmaker D.W. Griffith, who perceives in these events the possibility of great art and who will go on to alchemize his observations into the landmark film The Birth of a Nation; and crusading lawyer Clarence Darrow, committed to lend his eloquence to the defendants, though he will be driven to thoughts of suicide before events have fully played out. Simultaneously offering the absorbing reading experience of a can’t-put-it-down thriller and the perception-altering resonance of a story whose reverberations continue even today, American Lightning is a masterpiece of narrative nonfiction. Howard Blum Tue, 16 Sep 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53247 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lightning: Terror, Mystery, the Birth of Hollywood, and the Crime of the Century Author: Howard Blum Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It was an explosion that reverberated across the country—and into the very heart of early-twentieth-century America. On the morning of October 1, 1910, the walls of the Los Angeles Times Building buckled as a thunderous detonation sent men, machinery, and mortar rocketing into the night air. When at last the wreckage had been sifted and the hospital triage units consulted, twenty-one people were declared dead and dozens more injured. But as it turned out, this was just a prelude to the devastation that was to come. In American Lightning, acclaimed author Howard Blum masterfully evokes the incredible circumstances that led to the original “crime of the century”—and an aftermath more dramatic than even the crime itself. With smoke still wafting up from the charred ruins, the city’s mayor reacts with undisguised excitement when he learns of the arrival, only that morning, of America’s greatest detective, William J. Burns, a former Secret Service man who has been likened to Sherlock Holmes. Surely Burns, already world famous for cracking unsolvable crimes and for his elaborate disguises, can run the perpetrators to ground. Through the work of many months, snowbound stakeouts, and brilliant forensic sleuthing, the great investigator finally identifies the men he believes are responsible for so much destruction. Stunningly, Burns accuses the men—labor activists with an apparent grudge against the Los Angeles Times’s fiercely anti-union owner—of not just one heinous deed but of being part of a terror wave involving hundreds of bombings. While preparation is laid for America’s highest profile trial ever—and the forces of labor and capital wage hand-to-hand combat in the streets—two other notable figures are swept into the drama: industry-shaping filmmaker D.W. Griffith, who perceives in these events the possibility of great art and who will go on to alchemize his observations into the landmark film The Birth of a Nation; and crusading lawyer Clarence Darrow, committed to lend his eloquence to the defendants, though he will be driven to thoughts of suicide before events have fully played out. Simultaneously offering the absorbing reading experience of a can’t-put-it-down thriller and the perception-altering resonance of a story whose reverberations continue even today, American Lightning is a masterpiece of narrative nonfiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Lightning: Terror, Mystery, the Birth of Hollywood, and the Crime of the Century Author: Howard Blum Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It was an explosion that reverberated across the country—and into the very heart of early-twentieth-century America. On the morning of October 1, 1910, the walls of the Los Angeles Times Building buckled as a thunderous detonation sent men, machinery, and mortar rocketing into the night air. When at last the wreckage had been sifted and the hospital triage units consulted, twenty-one people were declared dead and dozens more injured. But as it turned out, this was just a prelude to the devastation that was to come. In American Lightning, acclaimed author Howard Blum masterfully evokes the incredible circumstances that led to the original “crime of the century”—and an aftermath more dramatic than even the crime itself. With smoke still wafting up from the charred ruins, the city’s mayor reacts with undisguised excitement when he learns of the arrival, only that morning, of America’s greatest detective, William J. Burns, a former Secret Service man who has been likened to Sherlock Holmes. Surely Burns, already world famous for cracking unsolvable crimes and for his elaborate disguises, can run the perpetrators to ground. Through the work of many months, snowbound stakeouts, and brilliant forensic sleuthing, the great investigator finally identifies the men he believes are responsible for so much destruction. Stunningly, Burns accuses the men—labor activists with an apparent grudge against the Los Angeles Times’s fiercely anti-union owner—of not just one heinous deed but of being part of a terror wave involving hundreds of bombings. While preparation is laid for America’s highest profile trial ever—and the forces of labor and capital wage hand-to-hand combat in the streets—two other notable figures are swept into the drama: industry-shaping filmmaker D.W. Griffith, who perceives in these events the possibility of great art and who will go on to alchemize his observations into the landmark film The Birth of a Nation; and crusading lawyer Clarence Darrow, committed to lend his eloquence to the defendants, though he will be driven to thoughts of suicide before events have fully played out. Simultaneously offering the absorbing reading experience of a can’t-put-it-down thriller and the perception-altering resonance of a story whose reverberations continue even today, American Lightning is a masterpiece of narrative nonfiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52951 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dark Side: The Inside Story of How The War on Terror Turned into a War on American Ideals Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the days following September 11, the most powerful people in the country were panic-stricken. The decisions about how to combat terrorists and strengthen national security were made in a state of utter chaos and fear, but the key players, Vice President Dick Cheney and his powerful, secretive adviser David Addington, used the crisis to further a long-held agenda to enhance presidential powers to a degree never known in U.S. history. The Dark Side is a riveting narrative account of how the U.S. made terrible decisions in the pursuit of terrorists–decisions that not only violated the Constitution, but also hampered the pursuit of Al Qaeda. In gripping detail, acclaimed New Yorker writer and bestselling author Jane Mayer relates specific cases, shown in real time against the larger tableau of Washington, looking at the intelligence gained–or not–and the price paid. In all cases, whatever the short-term gains, there were incalculable losses in terms of moral standing, our country’s place in the world, and its sense of itself. The Dark Side chronicles one of the mostdisturbing chapters in American history, one that will serve as the lasting legacy of the George W. Bush presidency. Jane Mayer Tue, 15 Jul 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52951 thebookvoice.com 16:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dark Side: The Inside Story of How The War on Terror Turned into a War on American Ideals Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the days following September 11, the most powerful people in the country were panic-stricken. The decisions about how to combat terrorists and strengthen national security were made in a state of utter chaos and fear, but the key players, Vice President Dick Cheney and his powerful, secretive adviser David Addington, used the crisis to further a long-held agenda to enhance presidential powers to a degree never known in U.S. history. The Dark Side is a riveting narrative account of how the U.S. made terrible decisions in the pursuit of terrorists–decisions that not only violated the Constitution, but also hampered the pursuit of Al Qaeda. In gripping detail, acclaimed New Yorker writer and bestselling author Jane Mayer relates specific cases, shown in real time against the larger tableau of Washington, looking at the intelligence gained–or not–and the price paid. In all cases, whatever the short-term gains, there were incalculable losses in terms of moral standing, our country’s place in the world, and its sense of itself. The Dark Side chronicles one of the mostdisturbing chapters in American history, one that will serve as the lasting legacy of the George W. Bush presidency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dark Side: The Inside Story of How The War on Terror Turned into a War on American Ideals Author: Jane Mayer Narrator: Richard McGonagle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the days following September 11, the most powerful people in the country were panic-stricken. The decisions about how to combat terrorists and strengthen national security were made in a state of utter chaos and fear, but the key players, Vice President Dick Cheney and his powerful, secretive adviser David Addington, used the crisis to further a long-held agenda to enhance presidential powers to a degree never known in U.S. history. The Dark Side is a riveting narrative account of how the U.S. made terrible decisions in the pursuit of terrorists–decisions that not only violated the Constitution, but also hampered the pursuit of Al Qaeda. In gripping detail, acclaimed New Yorker writer and bestselling author Jane Mayer relates specific cases, shown in real time against the larger tableau of Washington, looking at the intelligence gained–or not–and the price paid. In all cases, whatever the short-term gains, there were incalculable losses in terms of moral standing, our country’s place in the world, and its sense of itself. The Dark Side chronicles one of the mostdisturbing chapters in American history, one that will serve as the lasting legacy of the George W. Bush presidency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53015 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terminal Spy: A True Story of Espionage, Betrayal and Murder Author: Alan S. Cowell Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a page-turning narrative that reads like a thriller, an award-winning journalist exposes the troubling truth behind the world’s first act of nuclear terrorism. On November 1, 2006, Alexander Litvinenko sipped tea in London’s Millennium Hotel. Hours later the Russian émigré and former intelligence officer, who was sharply critical of Russian president Vladimir Putin, fell ill and within days was rushed to the hospital. Fatally poisoned by a rare radioactive isotope slipped into his drink, Litvinenko issued a dramatic deathbed statement accusing Putin himself of engineering his murder. Alan S. Cowell, then London Bureau Chief of the New York Times, who covered the story from its inception, has written the definitive story of this assassination and of the profound international implications of this first act of nuclear terrorism. Who was Alexander Litvinenko? What had happened in Russia since the end of the cold war to make his life there untenable and in severe jeopardy even in England, the country that had granted him asylum? And how did he really die? The life of Alexander Litvinenko provides a riveting narrative in its own right, culminating in an event that rang alarm bells among western governments at the ease with which radioactive materials were deployed in a major Western capital to commit a unique crime. But it also evokes a wide range of other issues: Russia's lurch to authoritarianism, the return of the KGB to the Kremlin, the perils of a new cold war driven by Russia's oil riches and Vladimir Putin's thirst for power. Cowell provides a remarkable and detailed reconstruction both of how Litvinenko died and of the issues surrounding his murder. Drawing on exclusive reporting from Britain, Russia, Italy, France, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and the United States, he traces in unprecedented detail the polonium trail leading from Russia's closed nuclear cities through Moscow and Hamburg to the Millenium Hotel in central London. He provides the most detailed step-by-step explanation of how and where polonium was found; how the assassins tried on several occasions to kill Litvinenko; and how they bungled a conspiracy that may have had more targets than Litvinenko himself.  With a colorful cast that includes the tycoons, spies, and killers who surrounded Litvinenko in the roller-coaster Russia of the 1990s, as well as the émigrés who flocked to London in such numbers that the British capital earned the sobriquet “Londongrad,” this book lays out the events that allowed an accused killer to escape prosecution in a delicate diplomatic minuet that helped save face for the authorities in London and Moscow. A masterful work of investigative reporting, The Terminal Spy offers unprecedented insight into one of the most chilling true stories of our time. Alan S. Cowell Tue, 05 Aug 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53015 thebookvoice.com 14:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terminal Spy: A True Story of Espionage, Betrayal and Murder Author: Alan S. Cowell Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a page-turning narrative that reads like a thriller, an award-winning journalist exposes the troubling truth behind the world’s first act of nuclear terrorism. On November 1, 2006, Alexander Litvinenko sipped tea in London’s Millennium Hotel. Hours later the Russian émigré and former intelligence officer, who was sharply critical of Russian president Vladimir Putin, fell ill and within days was rushed to the hospital. Fatally poisoned by a rare radioactive isotope slipped into his drink, Litvinenko issued a dramatic deathbed statement accusing Putin himself of engineering his murder. Alan S. Cowell, then London Bureau Chief of the New York Times, who covered the story from its inception, has written the definitive story of this assassination and of the profound international implications of this first act of nuclear terrorism. Who was Alexander Litvinenko? What had happened in Russia since the end of the cold war to make his life there untenable and in severe jeopardy even in England, the country that had granted him asylum? And how did he really die? The life of Alexander Litvinenko provides a riveting narrative in its own right, culminating in an event that rang alarm bells among western governments at the ease with which radioactive materials were deployed in a major Western capital to commit a unique crime. But it also evokes a wide range of other issues: Russia's lurch to authoritarianism, the return of the KGB to the Kremlin, the perils of a new cold war driven by Russia's oil riches and Vladimir Putin's thirst for power. Cowell provides a remarkable and detailed reconstruction both of how Litvinenko died and of the issues surrounding his murder. Drawing on exclusive reporting from Britain, Russia, Italy, France, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and the United States, he traces in unprecedented detail the polonium trail leading from Russia's closed nuclear cities through Moscow and Hamburg to the Millenium Hotel in central London. He provides the most detailed step-by-step explanation of how and where polonium was found; how the assassins tried on several occasions to kill Litvinenko; and how they bungled a conspiracy that may have had more targets than Litvinenko himself.  With a colorful cast that includes the tycoons, spies, and killers who surrounded Litvinenko in the roller-coaster Russia of the 1990s, as well as the émigrés who flocked to London in such numbers that the British capital earned the sobriquet “Londongrad,” this book lays out the events that allowed an accused killer to escape prosecution in a delicate diplomatic minuet that helped save face for the authorities in London and Moscow. A masterful work of investigative reporting, The Terminal Spy offers unprecedented insight into one of the most chilling true stories of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/53015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terminal Spy: A True Story of Espionage, Betrayal and Murder Author: Alan S. Cowell Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 5, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a page-turning narrative that reads like a thriller, an award-winning journalist exposes the troubling truth behind the world’s first act of nuclear terrorism. On November 1, 2006, Alexander Litvinenko sipped tea in London’s Millennium Hotel. Hours later the Russian émigré and former intelligence officer, who was sharply critical of Russian president Vladimir Putin, fell ill and within days was rushed to the hospital. Fatally poisoned by a rare radioactive isotope slipped into his drink, Litvinenko issued a dramatic deathbed statement accusing Putin himself of engineering his murder. Alan S. Cowell, then London Bureau Chief of the New York Times, who covered the story from its inception, has written the definitive story of this assassination and of the profound international implications of this first act of nuclear terrorism. Who was Alexander Litvinenko? What had happened in Russia since the end of the cold war to make his life there untenable and in severe jeopardy even in England, the country that had granted him asylum? And how did he really die? The life of Alexander Litvinenko provides a riveting narrative in its own right, culminating in an event that rang alarm bells among western governments at the ease with which radioactive materials were deployed in a major Western capital to commit a unique crime. But it also evokes a wide range of other issues: Russia's lurch to authoritarianism, the return of the KGB to the Kremlin, the perils of a new cold war driven by Russia's oil riches and Vladimir Putin's thirst for power. Cowell provides a remarkable and detailed reconstruction both of how Litvinenko died and of the issues surrounding his murder. Drawing on exclusive reporting from Britain, Russia, Italy, France, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and the United States, he traces in unprecedented detail the polonium trail leading from Russia's closed nuclear cities through Moscow and Hamburg to the Millenium Hotel in central London. He provides the most detailed step-by-step explanation of how and where polonium was found; how the assassins tried on several occasions to kill Litvinenko; and how they bungled a conspiracy that may have had more targets than Litvinenko himself.  With a colorful cast that includes the tycoons, spies, and killers who surrounded Litvinenko in the roller-coaster Russia of the 1990s, as well as the émigrés who flocked to London in such numbers that the British capital earned the sobriquet “Londongrad,” this book lays out the events that allowed an accused killer to escape prosecution in a delicate diplomatic minuet that helped save face for the authorities in London and Moscow. A masterful work of investigative reporting, The Terminal Spy offers unprecedented insight into one of the most chilling true stories of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money, and Power Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Bob Jamieson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1991 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize and hailed as “the best history of oil ever written” by Business Week, Daniel Yergin’s “spellbinding…irresistible” (The New York Times) account of the global pursuit of oil, money, and power addresses the ongoing energy crisis. Now with an epilogue that speaks directly to the current energy crisis, The Prize recounts the panoramic history of the world’s most important resource—oil. Daniel Yergin’s timeless book chronicles the struggle for wealth and power that has surrounded oil for decades and that continues to fuel global rivalries, shake the world economy, and transform the destiny of men and nations. This updated edition categorically proves the unwavering significance of oil throughout the twentieth century and into the twenty-first by tracing economic and political clashes over precious “black gold.” With his far-reaching insight and in-depth research, Yergin is uniquely positioned to address the present battle over energy which undoubtedly ranks as one of the most vital issues of our time. The canvas of his narrative history is enormous—from the drilling of the first well in Pennsylvania through two great world wars to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, Operation Desert Storm, and both the Iraq War and current climate change. The definitive work on the subject of oil, The Prize is a book of extraordinary breadth, riveting excitement, and great value—crucial to our understanding of world politics and the economy today—and tomorrow. Daniel Yergin Wed, 01 May 1991 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52826 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money, and Power Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Bob Jamieson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1991 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize and hailed as “the best history of oil ever written” by Business Week, Daniel Yergin’s “spellbinding…irresistible” (The New York Times) account of the global pursuit of oil, money, and power addresses the ongoing energy crisis. Now with an epilogue that speaks directly to the current energy crisis, The Prize recounts the panoramic history of the world’s most important resource—oil. Daniel Yergin’s timeless book chronicles the struggle for wealth and power that has surrounded oil for decades and that continues to fuel global rivalries, shake the world economy, and transform the destiny of men and nations. This updated edition categorically proves the unwavering significance of oil throughout the twentieth century and into the twenty-first by tracing economic and political clashes over precious “black gold.” With his far-reaching insight and in-depth research, Yergin is uniquely positioned to address the present battle over energy which undoubtedly ranks as one of the most vital issues of our time. The canvas of his narrative history is enormous—from the drilling of the first well in Pennsylvania through two great world wars to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, Operation Desert Storm, and both the Iraq War and current climate change. The definitive work on the subject of oil, The Prize is a book of extraordinary breadth, riveting excitement, and great value—crucial to our understanding of world politics and the economy today—and tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money, and Power Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Bob Jamieson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1991 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize and hailed as “the best history of oil ever written” by Business Week, Daniel Yergin’s “spellbinding…irresistible” (The New York Times) account of the global pursuit of oil, money, and power addresses the ongoing energy crisis. Now with an epilogue that speaks directly to the current energy crisis, The Prize recounts the panoramic history of the world’s most important resource—oil. Daniel Yergin’s timeless book chronicles the struggle for wealth and power that has surrounded oil for decades and that continues to fuel global rivalries, shake the world economy, and transform the destiny of men and nations. This updated edition categorically proves the unwavering significance of oil throughout the twentieth century and into the twenty-first by tracing economic and political clashes over precious “black gold.” With his far-reaching insight and in-depth research, Yergin is uniquely positioned to address the present battle over energy which undoubtedly ranks as one of the most vital issues of our time. The canvas of his narrative history is enormous—from the drilling of the first well in Pennsylvania through two great world wars to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, Operation Desert Storm, and both the Iraq War and current climate change. The definitive work on the subject of oil, The Prize is a book of extraordinary breadth, riveting excitement, and great value—crucial to our understanding of world politics and the economy today—and tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conviction of Richard Nixon: The Untold Story of the Frost/Nixon Interviews Author: James Reston Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 19, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Watergate scandal began with a break-in at the office of the Democratic National Committee at the Watergate Hotel on June 17, 1971, and ended when President Gerald Ford granted Richard M. Nixon a pardon on September 8, 1974, one month after Nixon resigned from office in disgrace. Effectively removed from the reach of prosecutors, Nixon returned to California, uncontrite and unconvicted, convinced that time would exonerate him of any wrongdoing and certain that history would remember his great accomplishments—the opening of China and the winding down of the Vietnam War—and forget his “mistake,” the “pipsqueak thing” called Watergate. In 1977, three years after his resignation, Nixon agreed to a series of interviews with television personality David Frost. Conducted over twelve days, they resulted in twenty-eight hours of taped material, which were aired on prime-time television and watched by more than 50 million people worldwide. Nixon, a skilled lawyer by training, was paid $1 million for the interviews, confident that this exposure would launch him back into public life. Instead, they sealed his fate as a political pariah. James Reston, Jr., was David Frost’s Watergate advisor for the interiews, and The Conviction of Richard Nixon is his intimate, behind-the-scenes account of his involvement. Originally written in 1977 and published now for the first time, this book helped inspire Peter Morgan’s hit play Frost/Nixon. Reston doggedly researched the voluminous Watergate record and worked closely with Frost to develop the interrogation strategy. Even at the time, Reston recognized the historical importance of the Frost/Nixon interviews; they would result either in Nixon’s de facto conviction and vindication for the American people, or in his exoneration and public rehabilitation in the hands of a lightweight. Focused, driven, and committed to exposing the truth, Reston worked tirelessly to arm Frost with the information he needed to force Nixon to admit his culpability. In The Conviction of Richard Nixon, Reston provides a fascinating, fly-on-the-wall account of his involvement in the Nixon interviews as David Frost’s Watergate adviser. Written in 1977 immediately following these celebrated television interviews and published now for the first time, The Conviction of Richard Nixon explains how a British journalist of waning consequence drove the famously wily and formidable Richard Nixon to say, in an apparent personal epiphany, “I have impeached myself.” James Reston Tue, 19 Jun 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52784 thebookvoice.com 5:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conviction of Richard Nixon: The Untold Story of the Frost/Nixon Interviews Author: James Reston Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 19, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Watergate scandal began with a break-in at the office of the Democratic National Committee at the Watergate Hotel on June 17, 1971, and ended when President Gerald Ford granted Richard M. Nixon a pardon on September 8, 1974, one month after Nixon resigned from office in disgrace. Effectively removed from the reach of prosecutors, Nixon returned to California, uncontrite and unconvicted, convinced that time would exonerate him of any wrongdoing and certain that history would remember his great accomplishments—the opening of China and the winding down of the Vietnam War—and forget his “mistake,” the “pipsqueak thing” called Watergate. In 1977, three years after his resignation, Nixon agreed to a series of interviews with television personality David Frost. Conducted over twelve days, they resulted in twenty-eight hours of taped material, which were aired on prime-time television and watched by more than 50 million people worldwide. Nixon, a skilled lawyer by training, was paid $1 million for the interviews, confident that this exposure would launch him back into public life. Instead, they sealed his fate as a political pariah. James Reston, Jr., was David Frost’s Watergate advisor for the interiews, and The Conviction of Richard Nixon is his intimate, behind-the-scenes account of his involvement. Originally written in 1977 and published now for the first time, this book helped inspire Peter Morgan’s hit play Frost/Nixon. Reston doggedly researched the voluminous Watergate record and worked closely with Frost to develop the interrogation strategy. Even at the time, Reston recognized the historical importance of the Frost/Nixon interviews; they would result either in Nixon’s de facto conviction and vindication for the American people, or in his exoneration and public rehabilitation in the hands of a lightweight. Focused, driven, and committed to exposing the truth, Reston worked tirelessly to arm Frost with the information he needed to force Nixon to admit his culpability. In The Conviction of Richard Nixon, Reston provides a fascinating, fly-on-the-wall account of his involvement in the Nixon interviews as David Frost’s Watergate adviser. Written in 1977 immediately following these celebrated television interviews and published now for the first time, The Conviction of Richard Nixon explains how a British journalist of waning consequence drove the famously wily and formidable Richard Nixon to say, in an apparent personal epiphany, “I have impeached myself.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conviction of Richard Nixon: The Untold Story of the Frost/Nixon Interviews Author: James Reston Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 19, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Watergate scandal began with a break-in at the office of the Democratic National Committee at the Watergate Hotel on June 17, 1971, and ended when President Gerald Ford granted Richard M. Nixon a pardon on September 8, 1974, one month after Nixon resigned from office in disgrace. Effectively removed from the reach of prosecutors, Nixon returned to California, uncontrite and unconvicted, convinced that time would exonerate him of any wrongdoing and certain that history would remember his great accomplishments—the opening of China and the winding down of the Vietnam War—and forget his “mistake,” the “pipsqueak thing” called Watergate. In 1977, three years after his resignation, Nixon agreed to a series of interviews with television personality David Frost. Conducted over twelve days, they resulted in twenty-eight hours of taped material, which were aired on prime-time television and watched by more than 50 million people worldwide. Nixon, a skilled lawyer by training, was paid $1 million for the interviews, confident that this exposure would launch him back into public life. Instead, they sealed his fate as a political pariah. James Reston, Jr., was David Frost’s Watergate advisor for the interiews, and The Conviction of Richard Nixon is his intimate, behind-the-scenes account of his involvement. Originally written in 1977 and published now for the first time, this book helped inspire Peter Morgan’s hit play Frost/Nixon. Reston doggedly researched the voluminous Watergate record and worked closely with Frost to develop the interrogation strategy. Even at the time, Reston recognized the historical importance of the Frost/Nixon interviews; they would result either in Nixon’s de facto conviction and vindication for the American people, or in his exoneration and public rehabilitation in the hands of a lightweight. Focused, driven, and committed to exposing the truth, Reston worked tirelessly to arm Frost with the information he needed to force Nixon to admit his culpability. In The Conviction of Richard Nixon, Reston provides a fascinating, fly-on-the-wall account of his involvement in the Nixon interviews as David Frost’s Watergate adviser. Written in 1977 immediately following these celebrated television interviews and published now for the first time, The Conviction of Richard Nixon explains how a British journalist of waning consequence drove the famously wily and formidable Richard Nixon to say, in an apparent personal epiphany, “I have impeached myself.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286377 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 6, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "If a martian landed in America and set out to determine the nation's official state religion, he would have to conclude it is liberalism, while Christianity and Judaism are prohibited by law. Many Americans are outraged by liberal hostility to traditional religion. But as Ann Coulter reveals in this, her most explosive book yet, to focus solely on the Left's attacks on our Judeo-Christian tradition is to miss a larger point: liberalism is a religion—a godless one. And it is now entrenched as the state religion of this county. Though liberalism rejects the idea of God and reviles people of faith, it bears all the attributes of a religion. In Godless, Coulter throws open the doors of the Church of Liberalism, showing us its sacraments (abortion), its holy writ (Roe v. Wade), its martyrs (from Soviet spy Alger Hiss to cop-killer Mumia Abu-Jamal), its clergy (public school teachers), its churches (government schools, where prayer is prohibited but condoms are free), its doctrine of infallibility (as manifest in the "absolute moral authority" of spokesmen from Cindy Sheehan to Max Cleland), and its cosmology (in which mankind is an inconsequential accident). Then, of course, there's the liberal creation myth: Charles Darwin's theory of evolution. For liberals, evolution is the touchstone that separates the enlightened from the benighted. But Coulter neatly reverses the pretense that liberals are rationalists guided by the ideals of free inquiry and the scientific method. She exposes the essential truth about Darwinian evolution that liberals refuse to confront: it is bogus science. Writing with a keen appreciation for genuine science, Coulter reveals that the so-called gaps in the theory of evolution are all there is—Darwinism is nothing but a gap. After 150 years of dedicated searching into the fossil record, evolution's proponents have failed utterly to substantiate its claims. And a long line of supposed evidence, from the infamous Piltdown Man to the "evolving" peppered moths of England, has been exposed as hoaxes. Still, liberals treat those who question evolution as religious heretics and prohibit students from hearing about real science when it contradicts Darwinism. And these are the people who say they want to keep faith out of the classroom? Liberals' absolute devotion to Darwinism, Coulter shows, has nothing to do with evolution's scientific validity and everything to do with its refusal to admit the possibility of God as a guiding force. They will brook no challenges to the official religion. Fearlessly confronting the high priests of the Church of Liberalism and ringing with Coulter's razor-sharp wit, Godless is the most important and riveting book yet from one of today's most lively and impassioned conservative voices. "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious,' which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion.'" —From Godless Ann Coulter Tue, 06 Jun 2006 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286377 thebookvoice.com 12:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 6, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "If a martian landed in America and set out to determine the nation's official state religion, he would have to conclude it is liberalism, while Christianity and Judaism are prohibited by law. Many Americans are outraged by liberal hostility to traditional religion. But as Ann Coulter reveals in this, her most explosive book yet, to focus solely on the Left's attacks on our Judeo-Christian tradition is to miss a larger point: liberalism is a religion—a godless one. And it is now entrenched as the state religion of this county. Though liberalism rejects the idea of God and reviles people of faith, it bears all the attributes of a religion. In Godless, Coulter throws open the doors of the Church of Liberalism, showing us its sacraments (abortion), its holy writ (Roe v. Wade), its martyrs (from Soviet spy Alger Hiss to cop-killer Mumia Abu-Jamal), its clergy (public school teachers), its churches (government schools, where prayer is prohibited but condoms are free), its doctrine of infallibility (as manifest in the "absolute moral authority" of spokesmen from Cindy Sheehan to Max Cleland), and its cosmology (in which mankind is an inconsequential accident). Then, of course, there's the liberal creation myth: Charles Darwin's theory of evolution. For liberals, evolution is the touchstone that separates the enlightened from the benighted. But Coulter neatly reverses the pretense that liberals are rationalists guided by the ideals of free inquiry and the scientific method. She exposes the essential truth about Darwinian evolution that liberals refuse to confront: it is bogus science. Writing with a keen appreciation for genuine science, Coulter reveals that the so-called gaps in the theory of evolution are all there is—Darwinism is nothing but a gap. After 150 years of dedicated searching into the fossil record, evolution's proponents have failed utterly to substantiate its claims. And a long line of supposed evidence, from the infamous Piltdown Man to the "evolving" peppered moths of England, has been exposed as hoaxes. Still, liberals treat those who question evolution as religious heretics and prohibit students from hearing about real science when it contradicts Darwinism. And these are the people who say they want to keep faith out of the classroom? Liberals' absolute devotion to Darwinism, Coulter shows, has nothing to do with evolution's scientific validity and everything to do with its refusal to admit the possibility of God as a guiding force. They will brook no challenges to the official religion. Fearlessly confronting the high priests of the Church of Liberalism and ringing with Coulter's razor-sharp wit, Godless is the most important and riveting book yet from one of today's most lively and impassioned conservative voices. "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious,' which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion.'" —From Godless Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Godless: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 6, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "If a martian landed in America and set out to determine the nation's official state religion, he would have to conclude it is liberalism, while Christianity and Judaism are prohibited by law. Many Americans are outraged by liberal hostility to traditional religion. But as Ann Coulter reveals in this, her most explosive book yet, to focus solely on the Left's attacks on our Judeo-Christian tradition is to miss a larger point: liberalism is a religion—a godless one. And it is now entrenched as the state religion of this county. Though liberalism rejects the idea of God and reviles people of faith, it bears all the attributes of a religion. In Godless, Coulter throws open the doors of the Church of Liberalism, showing us its sacraments (abortion), its holy writ (Roe v. Wade), its martyrs (from Soviet spy Alger Hiss to cop-killer Mumia Abu-Jamal), its clergy (public school teachers), its churches (government schools, where prayer is prohibited but condoms are free), its doctrine of infallibility (as manifest in the "absolute moral authority" of spokesmen from Cindy Sheehan to Max Cleland), and its cosmology (in which mankind is an inconsequential accident). Then, of course, there's the liberal creation myth: Charles Darwin's theory of evolution. For liberals, evolution is the touchstone that separates the enlightened from the benighted. But Coulter neatly reverses the pretense that liberals are rationalists guided by the ideals of free inquiry and the scientific method. She exposes the essential truth about Darwinian evolution that liberals refuse to confront: it is bogus science. Writing with a keen appreciation for genuine science, Coulter reveals that the so-called gaps in the theory of evolution are all there is—Darwinism is nothing but a gap. After 150 years of dedicated searching into the fossil record, evolution's proponents have failed utterly to substantiate its claims. And a long line of supposed evidence, from the infamous Piltdown Man to the "evolving" peppered moths of England, has been exposed as hoaxes. Still, liberals treat those who question evolution as religious heretics and prohibit students from hearing about real science when it contradicts Darwinism. And these are the people who say they want to keep faith out of the classroom? Liberals' absolute devotion to Darwinism, Coulter shows, has nothing to do with evolution's scientific validity and everything to do with its refusal to admit the possibility of God as a guiding force. They will brook no challenges to the official religion. Fearlessly confronting the high priests of the Church of Liberalism and ringing with Coulter's razor-sharp wit, Godless is the most important and riveting book yet from one of today's most lively and impassioned conservative voices. "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious,' which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion.'" —From Godless https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Looking Out For You? Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 23, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Media powerhouse and expert critic Bill O'Reilly's most comprehensive book yet offers new insight into the current state of life in America. In examining the social, political, and economic aspects of our daily lives, O'Reilly exhausts every bureaucratic system to see what our higher-ups are doing to take care of us, and points out the people and institutions who are failing the average American. At the same time, he makes one of his most profound and daring journeys yet, as he ventures to question how much genuine altruism is left in a society that thrives on a competitive, increasingly self-indulgent ethos. With thoughtfulness and candor, O'Reilly targets our biggest problems, and offers sage advice on how to regain control and trust in these troubled times. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 23 Sep 2003 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52705 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Looking Out For You? Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 23, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Media powerhouse and expert critic Bill O'Reilly's most comprehensive book yet offers new insight into the current state of life in America. In examining the social, political, and economic aspects of our daily lives, O'Reilly exhausts every bureaucratic system to see what our higher-ups are doing to take care of us, and points out the people and institutions who are failing the average American. At the same time, he makes one of his most profound and daring journeys yet, as he ventures to question how much genuine altruism is left in a society that thrives on a competitive, increasingly self-indulgent ethos. With thoughtfulness and candor, O'Reilly targets our biggest problems, and offers sage advice on how to regain control and trust in these troubled times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's Looking Out For You? Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 23, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Media powerhouse and expert critic Bill O'Reilly's most comprehensive book yet offers new insight into the current state of life in America. In examining the social, political, and economic aspects of our daily lives, O'Reilly exhausts every bureaucratic system to see what our higher-ups are doing to take care of us, and points out the people and institutions who are failing the average American. At the same time, he makes one of his most profound and daring journeys yet, as he ventures to question how much genuine altruism is left in a society that thrives on a competitive, increasingly self-indulgent ethos. With thoughtfulness and candor, O'Reilly targets our biggest problems, and offers sage advice on how to regain control and trust in these troubled times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: A Terrifying True Story of War, Politics, and Religion at the Twilight of the American Empire Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A REVELATORY AND DARKLY COMIC ADVENTURE THROUGH A NATION ON THE VERGE OF A NERVOUS BREAKDOWN—FROM THE HALLS OF CONGRESS TO THE BASES OF BAGHDAD TO THE APOCALYPTIC CHURCHES OF THE HEARTLAND Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi set out to describe the nature of George Bush’s America in the post-9/11 era and ended up vomiting demons in an evangelical church in Texas, riding the streets of Baghdad in an American convoy to nowhere, searching for phantom fighter jets in Congress, and falling into the rabbit hole of the 9/11 Truth Movement. Matt discovered in his travels across the country that the resilient blue state/red state narrative of American politics had become irrelevant. A large and growing chunk of the American population was so turned off—or radicalized—by electoral chicanery, a spineless news media, and the increasingly blatant lies from our leaders (“they hate us for our freedom”) that they abandoned the political mainstream altogether. They joined what he calls The Great Derangement. Taibbi tells the story of this new American madness by inserting himself into four defining American subcultures: The Military, where he finds himself mired in the grotesque black comedy of the American occupation of Iraq; The System, where he follows the money-slicked path of legislation in Congress; The Resistance, where he doubles as chief public antagonist and undercover member of the passionately bonkers 9/11 Truth Movement; and The Church, where he infiltrates a politically influential apocalyptic mega-ministry in Texas and enters the lives of its desperate congregants. Together these four interwoven adventures paint a portrait of a nation dangerously out of touch with reality and desperately searching for answers in all the wrong places. Funny, smart, and a little bit heartbreaking, The Great Derangement is an audaciously reported, sobering, and illuminating portrait of America at the end of the Bush era. Matt Taibbi Tue, 06 May 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52585 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: A Terrifying True Story of War, Politics, and Religion at the Twilight of the American Empire Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A REVELATORY AND DARKLY COMIC ADVENTURE THROUGH A NATION ON THE VERGE OF A NERVOUS BREAKDOWN—FROM THE HALLS OF CONGRESS TO THE BASES OF BAGHDAD TO THE APOCALYPTIC CHURCHES OF THE HEARTLAND Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi set out to describe the nature of George Bush’s America in the post-9/11 era and ended up vomiting demons in an evangelical church in Texas, riding the streets of Baghdad in an American convoy to nowhere, searching for phantom fighter jets in Congress, and falling into the rabbit hole of the 9/11 Truth Movement. Matt discovered in his travels across the country that the resilient blue state/red state narrative of American politics had become irrelevant. A large and growing chunk of the American population was so turned off—or radicalized—by electoral chicanery, a spineless news media, and the increasingly blatant lies from our leaders (“they hate us for our freedom”) that they abandoned the political mainstream altogether. They joined what he calls The Great Derangement. Taibbi tells the story of this new American madness by inserting himself into four defining American subcultures: The Military, where he finds himself mired in the grotesque black comedy of the American occupation of Iraq; The System, where he follows the money-slicked path of legislation in Congress; The Resistance, where he doubles as chief public antagonist and undercover member of the passionately bonkers 9/11 Truth Movement; and The Church, where he infiltrates a politically influential apocalyptic mega-ministry in Texas and enters the lives of its desperate congregants. Together these four interwoven adventures paint a portrait of a nation dangerously out of touch with reality and desperately searching for answers in all the wrong places. Funny, smart, and a little bit heartbreaking, The Great Derangement is an audaciously reported, sobering, and illuminating portrait of America at the end of the Bush era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: A Terrifying True Story of War, Politics, and Religion at the Twilight of the American Empire Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A REVELATORY AND DARKLY COMIC ADVENTURE THROUGH A NATION ON THE VERGE OF A NERVOUS BREAKDOWN—FROM THE HALLS OF CONGRESS TO THE BASES OF BAGHDAD TO THE APOCALYPTIC CHURCHES OF THE HEARTLAND Rolling Stone’s Matt Taibbi set out to describe the nature of George Bush’s America in the post-9/11 era and ended up vomiting demons in an evangelical church in Texas, riding the streets of Baghdad in an American convoy to nowhere, searching for phantom fighter jets in Congress, and falling into the rabbit hole of the 9/11 Truth Movement. Matt discovered in his travels across the country that the resilient blue state/red state narrative of American politics had become irrelevant. A large and growing chunk of the American population was so turned off—or radicalized—by electoral chicanery, a spineless news media, and the increasingly blatant lies from our leaders (“they hate us for our freedom”) that they abandoned the political mainstream altogether. They joined what he calls The Great Derangement. Taibbi tells the story of this new American madness by inserting himself into four defining American subcultures: The Military, where he finds himself mired in the grotesque black comedy of the American occupation of Iraq; The System, where he follows the money-slicked path of legislation in Congress; The Resistance, where he doubles as chief public antagonist and undercover member of the passionately bonkers 9/11 Truth Movement; and The Church, where he infiltrates a politically influential apocalyptic mega-ministry in Texas and enters the lives of its desperate congregants. Together these four interwoven adventures paint a portrait of a nation dangerously out of touch with reality and desperately searching for answers in all the wrong places. Funny, smart, and a little bit heartbreaking, The Great Derangement is an audaciously reported, sobering, and illuminating portrait of America at the end of the Bush era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Is Wrong: How the Lunatic Fringe Hijacked America, Shredded the Constitution, and Made Us All Less Safe Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Arianna Huffington Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 29, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With her trademark passion, intelligence, and devastating wit, Huffington Post editor in chief Arianna Huffington tackles the issues that are crucial to this year’s presidential election and, even more so, to the fate of the country. Huffington makes the case that America has been hijacked from within by a radical element—the “lunatic fringe” of the Right that has taken over the Republican Party. Despite holding views at odds with the majority of Americans, these zealots have given us an endless war in Iraq, a sputtering economy, a health care system on life support, a war on science and reason, and an immoral embrace of torture. But they haven’t done it on their own: they have been enabled by a compliant media that act as if there is no such thing as truth and are more interested in cozying up to those in power than in holding them accountable, and by feckless Democrats who have allowed themselves to be intimidated into backing down again and again. Both a withering indictment and a hopeful call to arms, Right Is Wrong is an explosive, boldly incisive work that will help set the national agenda. Arianna Huffington Tue, 29 Apr 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52571 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Is Wrong: How the Lunatic Fringe Hijacked America, Shredded the Constitution, and Made Us All Less Safe Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Arianna Huffington Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 29, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With her trademark passion, intelligence, and devastating wit, Huffington Post editor in chief Arianna Huffington tackles the issues that are crucial to this year’s presidential election and, even more so, to the fate of the country. Huffington makes the case that America has been hijacked from within by a radical element—the “lunatic fringe” of the Right that has taken over the Republican Party. Despite holding views at odds with the majority of Americans, these zealots have given us an endless war in Iraq, a sputtering economy, a health care system on life support, a war on science and reason, and an immoral embrace of torture. But they haven’t done it on their own: they have been enabled by a compliant media that act as if there is no such thing as truth and are more interested in cozying up to those in power than in holding them accountable, and by feckless Democrats who have allowed themselves to be intimidated into backing down again and again. Both a withering indictment and a hopeful call to arms, Right Is Wrong is an explosive, boldly incisive work that will help set the national agenda. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Right Is Wrong: How the Lunatic Fringe Hijacked America, Shredded the Constitution, and Made Us All Less Safe Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Arianna Huffington Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 29, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With her trademark passion, intelligence, and devastating wit, Huffington Post editor in chief Arianna Huffington tackles the issues that are crucial to this year’s presidential election and, even more so, to the fate of the country. Huffington makes the case that America has been hijacked from within by a radical element—the “lunatic fringe” of the Right that has taken over the Republican Party. Despite holding views at odds with the majority of Americans, these zealots have given us an endless war in Iraq, a sputtering economy, a health care system on life support, a war on science and reason, and an immoral embrace of torture. But they haven’t done it on their own: they have been enabled by a compliant media that act as if there is no such thing as truth and are more interested in cozying up to those in power than in holding them accountable, and by feckless Democrats who have allowed themselves to be intimidated into backing down again and again. Both a withering indictment and a hopeful call to arms, Right Is Wrong is an explosive, boldly incisive work that will help set the national agenda. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Thirteen American Arguments: Enduring Debates That Define and Inspire Our Country Author: Howard Fineman Narrator: Scott Sowers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Fineman, one of our most trusted political journalists, shows that every debate, from our nation’s founding to the present day, is rooted in one of thirteen arguments that–thankfully–defy resolution. It is the very process of never-ending argument, Fineman explains, that defines us, inspires us, and keeps us free. At a time when most public disagreement seems shrill and meaningless, Fineman makes a cogent case for nurturing the real American dialogue. The Thirteen American Arguments runs the gamut, including • Who Is a Person? The Declaration of Independence says “everyone,” but it took a Civil War, the Civil Rights Act, and other movements to make that a reality. Now, what about human embryos and prisoners in Guantanamo? • The Role of Faith No country is more legally secular yet more avowedly prayerful. From Thomas Jefferson to James Dobson, the issue persists: Where does God fit in government? • America in the World In Iraq and everywhere else, we ask ourselves whether we must change the world in order to survive and honor our values–or whether the best way to do both is to deal with the world as it is. Whether it’s the nomination of judges or the limits of free speech, presidential power or public debt, the issues that galvanized the Founding Fathers should still inspire our leaders, thinkers, and fellow citizens. If we cease to argue about these things, we cease to be. “Argument is strength, not weakness,” says Fineman. “As long as we argue, there is hope, and as long as there is hope, we will argue.” Howard Fineman Tue, 22 Apr 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52545 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Thirteen American Arguments: Enduring Debates That Define and Inspire Our Country Author: Howard Fineman Narrator: Scott Sowers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Fineman, one of our most trusted political journalists, shows that every debate, from our nation’s founding to the present day, is rooted in one of thirteen arguments that–thankfully–defy resolution. It is the very process of never-ending argument, Fineman explains, that defines us, inspires us, and keeps us free. At a time when most public disagreement seems shrill and meaningless, Fineman makes a cogent case for nurturing the real American dialogue. The Thirteen American Arguments runs the gamut, including • Who Is a Person? The Declaration of Independence says “everyone,” but it took a Civil War, the Civil Rights Act, and other movements to make that a reality. Now, what about human embryos and prisoners in Guantanamo? • The Role of Faith No country is more legally secular yet more avowedly prayerful. From Thomas Jefferson to James Dobson, the issue persists: Where does God fit in government? • America in the World In Iraq and everywhere else, we ask ourselves whether we must change the world in order to survive and honor our values–or whether the best way to do both is to deal with the world as it is. Whether it’s the nomination of judges or the limits of free speech, presidential power or public debt, the issues that galvanized the Founding Fathers should still inspire our leaders, thinkers, and fellow citizens. If we cease to argue about these things, we cease to be. “Argument is strength, not weakness,” says Fineman. “As long as we argue, there is hope, and as long as there is hope, we will argue.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Thirteen American Arguments: Enduring Debates That Define and Inspire Our Country Author: Howard Fineman Narrator: Scott Sowers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Howard Fineman, one of our most trusted political journalists, shows that every debate, from our nation’s founding to the present day, is rooted in one of thirteen arguments that–thankfully–defy resolution. It is the very process of never-ending argument, Fineman explains, that defines us, inspires us, and keeps us free. At a time when most public disagreement seems shrill and meaningless, Fineman makes a cogent case for nurturing the real American dialogue. The Thirteen American Arguments runs the gamut, including • Who Is a Person? The Declaration of Independence says “everyone,” but it took a Civil War, the Civil Rights Act, and other movements to make that a reality. Now, what about human embryos and prisoners in Guantanamo? • The Role of Faith No country is more legally secular yet more avowedly prayerful. From Thomas Jefferson to James Dobson, the issue persists: Where does God fit in government? • America in the World In Iraq and everywhere else, we ask ourselves whether we must change the world in order to survive and honor our values–or whether the best way to do both is to deal with the world as it is. Whether it’s the nomination of judges or the limits of free speech, presidential power or public debt, the issues that galvanized the Founding Fathers should still inspire our leaders, thinkers, and fellow citizens. If we cease to argue about these things, we cease to be. “Argument is strength, not weakness,” says Fineman. “As long as we argue, there is hope, and as long as there is hope, we will argue.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? Author: Morgan Spurlock Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Academy Award®—nominated filmmaker Morgan Spurlock is a jittery father-to-be with a simple question: If OBL is behind 9/11 and all the ensuing worldwide chaos, then why can’t we just catch him? And furthermore, why is his message so compelling to so many people? So the intrepid Spurlock kisses his anxious, pregnant wife goodbye and–armed with a complete lack of knowledge, experience, or expertise–sets out to make the world safe for infantkind and find the most wanted man on earth. After boning up on his basic knowledge of OBL, Islam, and the Global War on Terror, he hits the Osama trail. He zigzags the globe, drawing ever closer to the heart of darkness near the border between Afghanistan and Pakistan, where OBL is rumored to be hiding. Along the way he interviews imams and princes, refugees and soldiers, academics and terrorists. He visits European ghettos where youth aspire to global jihad, breaks the Ramadan fast with Muslims in Cairo, and rides in the bomb squad van in Tel Aviv. And then the fun really starts. Companion to the acclaimed documentary, Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? delves even deeper than the film. What listeners come away with is possibly the first-ever funny book about terrorism, as well as a greater understanding of a conflict that has cast a shadow across America and the world. Morgan Spurlock Tue, 15 Apr 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52522 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? Author: Morgan Spurlock Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Academy Award®—nominated filmmaker Morgan Spurlock is a jittery father-to-be with a simple question: If OBL is behind 9/11 and all the ensuing worldwide chaos, then why can’t we just catch him? And furthermore, why is his message so compelling to so many people? So the intrepid Spurlock kisses his anxious, pregnant wife goodbye and–armed with a complete lack of knowledge, experience, or expertise–sets out to make the world safe for infantkind and find the most wanted man on earth. After boning up on his basic knowledge of OBL, Islam, and the Global War on Terror, he hits the Osama trail. He zigzags the globe, drawing ever closer to the heart of darkness near the border between Afghanistan and Pakistan, where OBL is rumored to be hiding. Along the way he interviews imams and princes, refugees and soldiers, academics and terrorists. He visits European ghettos where youth aspire to global jihad, breaks the Ramadan fast with Muslims in Cairo, and rides in the bomb squad van in Tel Aviv. And then the fun really starts. Companion to the acclaimed documentary, Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? delves even deeper than the film. What listeners come away with is possibly the first-ever funny book about terrorism, as well as a greater understanding of a conflict that has cast a shadow across America and the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? Author: Morgan Spurlock Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Academy Award®—nominated filmmaker Morgan Spurlock is a jittery father-to-be with a simple question: If OBL is behind 9/11 and all the ensuing worldwide chaos, then why can’t we just catch him? And furthermore, why is his message so compelling to so many people? So the intrepid Spurlock kisses his anxious, pregnant wife goodbye and–armed with a complete lack of knowledge, experience, or expertise–sets out to make the world safe for infantkind and find the most wanted man on earth. After boning up on his basic knowledge of OBL, Islam, and the Global War on Terror, he hits the Osama trail. He zigzags the globe, drawing ever closer to the heart of darkness near the border between Afghanistan and Pakistan, where OBL is rumored to be hiding. Along the way he interviews imams and princes, refugees and soldiers, academics and terrorists. He visits European ghettos where youth aspire to global jihad, breaks the Ramadan fast with Muslims in Cairo, and rides in the bomb squad van in Tel Aviv. And then the fun really starts. Companion to the acclaimed documentary, Where in the World Is Osama bin Laden? delves even deeper than the film. What listeners come away with is possibly the first-ever funny book about terrorism, as well as a greater understanding of a conflict that has cast a shadow across America and the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retribution: The Battle for Japan, 1944-45 Author: Max Hastings Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his critically acclaimed Armageddon, Hastings detailed the last twelve months of the struggle for Germany. Here, in what can be considered a companion volume, he covers the horrific story of the war against Japan. By the summer of 1944 it was clear that Japan’s defeat was inevitable, but how the drive to victory would be achieved remained to be seen. The ensuing drama–that ended in Japan’s utter devastation–was acted out across the vast stage of Asia. In recounting the saga of this time and place, Max Hastings gives us incisive portraits of the theater’s key figures–MacArthur, Nimitz, Mountbatten, Chiang Kai-shek, Mao, Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin. But he is equally adept in his portrayals of the ordinary soldiers and sailors–American, British, Russian, Chinese, and Japanese–caught in some of the war’s bloodiest campaigns. With unprecedented insight, Hastings discusses Japan’s war against China, now all but forgotten in the West, MacArthur’s follies in the Philippines, the Marines at Iwo Jima and Okinawa, and the Soviet blitzkrieg in Manchuria. He analyzes the decision-making process that led to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki–which, he convincingly argues, ultimately saved lives. Finally, he delves into the Japanese wartime mind-set, which caused an otherwise civilized society to carry out atrocities that haunt the nation to this day. RETRIBUTION is a brilliant telling of an epic conflict from a master military historian at the height of his powers. Max Hastings Tue, 18 Mar 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52443 thebookvoice.com 27:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retribution: The Battle for Japan, 1944-45 Author: Max Hastings Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his critically acclaimed Armageddon, Hastings detailed the last twelve months of the struggle for Germany. Here, in what can be considered a companion volume, he covers the horrific story of the war against Japan. By the summer of 1944 it was clear that Japan’s defeat was inevitable, but how the drive to victory would be achieved remained to be seen. The ensuing drama–that ended in Japan’s utter devastation–was acted out across the vast stage of Asia. In recounting the saga of this time and place, Max Hastings gives us incisive portraits of the theater’s key figures–MacArthur, Nimitz, Mountbatten, Chiang Kai-shek, Mao, Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin. But he is equally adept in his portrayals of the ordinary soldiers and sailors–American, British, Russian, Chinese, and Japanese–caught in some of the war’s bloodiest campaigns. With unprecedented insight, Hastings discusses Japan’s war against China, now all but forgotten in the West, MacArthur’s follies in the Philippines, the Marines at Iwo Jima and Okinawa, and the Soviet blitzkrieg in Manchuria. He analyzes the decision-making process that led to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki–which, he convincingly argues, ultimately saved lives. Finally, he delves into the Japanese wartime mind-set, which caused an otherwise civilized society to carry out atrocities that haunt the nation to this day. RETRIBUTION is a brilliant telling of an epic conflict from a master military historian at the height of his powers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retribution: The Battle for Japan, 1944-45 Author: Max Hastings Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his critically acclaimed Armageddon, Hastings detailed the last twelve months of the struggle for Germany. Here, in what can be considered a companion volume, he covers the horrific story of the war against Japan. By the summer of 1944 it was clear that Japan’s defeat was inevitable, but how the drive to victory would be achieved remained to be seen. The ensuing drama–that ended in Japan’s utter devastation–was acted out across the vast stage of Asia. In recounting the saga of this time and place, Max Hastings gives us incisive portraits of the theater’s key figures–MacArthur, Nimitz, Mountbatten, Chiang Kai-shek, Mao, Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin. But he is equally adept in his portrayals of the ordinary soldiers and sailors–American, British, Russian, Chinese, and Japanese–caught in some of the war’s bloodiest campaigns. With unprecedented insight, Hastings discusses Japan’s war against China, now all but forgotten in the West, MacArthur’s follies in the Philippines, the Marines at Iwo Jima and Okinawa, and the Soviet blitzkrieg in Manchuria. He analyzes the decision-making process that led to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki–which, he convincingly argues, ultimately saved lives. Finally, he delves into the Japanese wartime mind-set, which caused an otherwise civilized society to carry out atrocities that haunt the nation to this day. RETRIBUTION is a brilliant telling of an epic conflict from a master military historian at the height of his powers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Translator Author: Daoud Hari Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: I am the translator who has taken journalists into dangerous Darfur. It is my intention now to take you there in this book, if you have the courage to come with me. The young life of Daoud Hari–his friends call him David–has been one of bravery and mesmerizing adventure. He is a living witness to the brutal genocide under way in Darfur. The Translator is a suspenseful, harrowing, and deeply moving memoir of how one person has made a difference in the world–an on-the-ground account of one of the biggest stories of our time. Using his high school knowledge of languages as his weapon–while others around him were taking up arms–Daoud Hari has helped inform the world about Darfur. Hari, a Zaghawa tribesman, grew up in a village in the Darfur region of Sudan. As a child he saw colorful weddings, raced his camels across the desert, and played games in the moonlight after his work was done. In 2003, this traditional life was shattered when helicopter gunships appeared over Darfur’s villages, followed by Sudanese-government-backed militia groups attacking on horseback, raping and murdering citizens and burning villages. Ancient hatreds and greed for natural resources had collided, and the conflagration spread. Though Hari’s village was attacked and destroyedhis family decimated and dispersed, he himself escaped. Roaming the battlefield deserts on camels, he and a group of his friends helped survivors find food, water, and the way to safety. When international aid groups and reporters arrived, Hari offered his services as a translator and guide. In doing so, he risked his life again and again, for the government of Sudan had outlawed journalists in the region, and death was the punishment for those who aided the “foreign spies.” And then, inevitably, his luck ran out and he was captured. . . . The Translator tells the remarkable story of a man who came face-to-face with genocide– time and again risking his own life to fight injustice and save his people. Daoud Hari Tue, 18 Mar 2008 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52429 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Translator Author: Daoud Hari Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: I am the translator who has taken journalists into dangerous Darfur. It is my intention now to take you there in this book, if you have the courage to come with me. The young life of Daoud Hari–his friends call him David–has been one of bravery and mesmerizing adventure. He is a living witness to the brutal genocide under way in Darfur. The Translator is a suspenseful, harrowing, and deeply moving memoir of how one person has made a difference in the world–an on-the-ground account of one of the biggest stories of our time. Using his high school knowledge of languages as his weapon–while others around him were taking up arms–Daoud Hari has helped inform the world about Darfur. Hari, a Zaghawa tribesman, grew up in a village in the Darfur region of Sudan. As a child he saw colorful weddings, raced his camels across the desert, and played games in the moonlight after his work was done. In 2003, this traditional life was shattered when helicopter gunships appeared over Darfur’s villages, followed by Sudanese-government-backed militia groups attacking on horseback, raping and murdering citizens and burning villages. Ancient hatreds and greed for natural resources had collided, and the conflagration spread. Though Hari’s village was attacked and destroyedhis family decimated and dispersed, he himself escaped. Roaming the battlefield deserts on camels, he and a group of his friends helped survivors find food, water, and the way to safety. When international aid groups and reporters arrived, Hari offered his services as a translator and guide. In doing so, he risked his life again and again, for the government of Sudan had outlawed journalists in the region, and death was the punishment for those who aided the “foreign spies.” And then, inevitably, his luck ran out and he was captured. . . . The Translator tells the remarkable story of a man who came face-to-face with genocide– time and again risking his own life to fight injustice and save his people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Translator Author: Daoud Hari Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: I am the translator who has taken journalists into dangerous Darfur. It is my intention now to take you there in this book, if you have the courage to come with me. The young life of Daoud Hari–his friends call him David–has been one of bravery and mesmerizing adventure. He is a living witness to the brutal genocide under way in Darfur. The Translator is a suspenseful, harrowing, and deeply moving memoir of how one person has made a difference in the world–an on-the-ground account of one of the biggest stories of our time. Using his high school knowledge of languages as his weapon–while others around him were taking up arms–Daoud Hari has helped inform the world about Darfur. Hari, a Zaghawa tribesman, grew up in a village in the Darfur region of Sudan. As a child he saw colorful weddings, raced his camels across the desert, and played games in the moonlight after his work was done. In 2003, this traditional life was shattered when helicopter gunships appeared over Darfur’s villages, followed by Sudanese-government-backed militia groups attacking on horseback, raping and murdering citizens and burning villages. Ancient hatreds and greed for natural resources had collided, and the conflagration spread. Though Hari’s village was attacked and destroyedhis family decimated and dispersed, he himself escaped. Roaming the battlefield deserts on camels, he and a group of his friends helped survivors find food, water, and the way to safety. When international aid groups and reporters arrived, Hari offered his services as a translator and guide. In doing so, he risked his life again and again, for the government of Sudan had outlawed journalists in the region, and death was the punishment for those who aided the “foreign spies.” And then, inevitably, his luck ran out and he was captured. . . . The Translator tells the remarkable story of a man who came face-to-face with genocide– time and again risking his own life to fight injustice and save his people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bill of Wrongs: The Executive Branch's Assault on America's Fundamental Rights Author: Molly Ivins, Lou Dubose Narrator: Liz Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 23, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout her long career of “afflicting the comfortable and comforting the afflicted,” the cause closest to Molly Ivins’s heart was working to protect the freedoms we all value. Sadly, today we’re living in a time when dissent is equated with giving aid to terrorists, when any of us can be held in prison without even knowing the charges against us, and when our constitutional rights are being interpreted by a president who calls himself “The Decider.” Ivins got the idea for Bill of Wrongs while touring America to honor her promise to speak out, gratis, at least once a month in defense of free speech. In her travels Ivins met ordinary people going to extraordinary measures to safeguard our most precious liberties, and when she first started writing this book, she intended it to be a joyous celebration of those heroes. But during the Bush years, the project’s focus changed. Ivins became concerned about threats to our cherished freedoms–among them the Patriot Act and the weakening of habeas corpus–and she observed with anger how dissent in the defense of liberties was being characterized as treason by the Bush administration and its enablers. From illegal wiretaps, the unlawful imprisonment of American citizens, and the undermining of freedom of the press to the creeping influence of religious extremism on our national agenda and the erosion of the checks and balances that prevent a president from seizing unitary powers, Ivins and her longtime collaborator, Lou Dubose, co-author of Shrub and Bushwacked, describe the attack on America’s vital constitutional guarantees. With devastating humor and keen eyes for deceit and hypocrisy, they show how severe these incursions have become, and they ask us all to take an active role in protecting the Bill of Rights. In life and on the printed page, Molly Ivins was too cool to offer a posthumous valedictory (or even to take a victory lap for her many triumphs over inane, vainglorious, and addlepated politicos). But in Bill of Wrongs, her final and perhaps greatest book, the irrepressible Molly Ivins really does have the last word. Molly Ivins, Lou Dubose Tue, 23 Oct 2007 01:22:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52246 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bill of Wrongs: The Executive Branch's Assault on America's Fundamental Rights Author: Molly Ivins, Lou Dubose Narrator: Liz Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 23, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout her long career of “afflicting the comfortable and comforting the afflicted,” the cause closest to Molly Ivins’s heart was working to protect the freedoms we all value. Sadly, today we’re living in a time when dissent is equated with giving aid to terrorists, when any of us can be held in prison without even knowing the charges against us, and when our constitutional rights are being interpreted by a president who calls himself “The Decider.” Ivins got the idea for Bill of Wrongs while touring America to honor her promise to speak out, gratis, at least once a month in defense of free speech. In her travels Ivins met ordinary people going to extraordinary measures to safeguard our most precious liberties, and when she first started writing this book, she intended it to be a joyous celebration of those heroes. But during the Bush years, the project’s focus changed. Ivins became concerned about threats to our cherished freedoms–among them the Patriot Act and the weakening of habeas corpus–and she observed with anger how dissent in the defense of liberties was being characterized as treason by the Bush administration and its enablers. From illegal wiretaps, the unlawful imprisonment of American citizens, and the undermining of freedom of the press to the creeping influence of religious extremism on our national agenda and the erosion of the checks and balances that prevent a president from seizing unitary powers, Ivins and her longtime collaborator, Lou Dubose, co-author of Shrub and Bushwacked, describe the attack on America’s vital constitutional guarantees. With devastating humor and keen eyes for deceit and hypocrisy, they show how severe these incursions have become, and they ask us all to take an active role in protecting the Bill of Rights. In life and on the printed page, Molly Ivins was too cool to offer a posthumous valedictory (or even to take a victory lap for her many triumphs over inane, vainglorious, and addlepated politicos). But in Bill of Wrongs, her final and perhaps greatest book, the irrepressible Molly Ivins really does have the last word. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/52246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bill of Wrongs: The Executive Branch's Assault on America's Fundamental Rights Author: Molly Ivins, Lou Dubose Narrator: Liz Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 23, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout her long career of “afflicting the comfortable and comforting the afflicted,” the cause closest to Molly Ivins’s heart was working to protect the freedoms we all value. Sadly, today we’re living in a time when dissent is equated with giving aid to terrorists, when any of us can be held in prison without even knowing the charges against us, and when our constitutional rights are being interpreted by a president who calls himself “The Decider.” Ivins got the idea for Bill of Wrongs while touring America to honor her promise to speak out, gratis, at least once a month in defense of free speech. In her travels Ivins met ordinary people going to extraordinary measures to safeguard our most precious liberties, and when she first started writing this book, she intended it to be a joyous celebration of those heroes. But during the Bush years, the project’s focus changed. Ivins became concerned about threats to our cherished freedoms–among them the Patriot Act and the weakening of habeas corpus–and she observed with anger how dissent in the defense of liberties was being characterized as treason by the Bush administration and its enablers. From illegal wiretaps, the unlawful imprisonment of American citizens, and the undermining of freedom of the press to the creeping influence of religious extremism on our national agenda and the erosion of the checks and balances that prevent a president from seizing unitary powers, Ivins and her longtime collaborator, Lou Dubose, co-author of Shrub and Bushwacked, describe the attack on America’s vital constitutional guarantees. With devastating humor and keen eyes for deceit and hypocrisy, they show how severe these incursions have become, and they ask us all to take an active role in protecting the Bill of Rights. In life and on the printed page, Molly Ivins was too cool to offer a posthumous valedictory (or even to take a victory lap for her many triumphs over inane, vainglorious, and addlepated politicos). But in Bill of Wrongs, her final and perhaps greatest book, the irrepressible Molly Ivins really does have the last word.